Home

USB Protocol Suite User Manual

Contents

1. t i t i i i i i i i H I j a Measure P1 ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampli Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 529 34 mV 530 71mV status S d Pass Fail Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 as P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P6 2 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q48Q5 A Passed 0 Of 2 sweeps 200 mV div 10 0 ns div Typical CP5 Pattern LeCroy Corporation Timeb 35E JU ps 10 0 ns div 40 GS s Edge 4 00 kS 341 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy P11 Pio P10 P8 P1 ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 Measure value 334 89 mV 332 25 mV 499 768 MHz v7 v7 status Q7 Qs Q6 Q5 True Q4 True Q3 amp Q2 amp P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140 ps Q1 amp Pass Fail P38 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P3 300mV P52100mV P6 2 100mMV P6 lt 0 Positive 40 GS s Edge Ww a8 lt w a D z N lt m o w w oO a q li 5 rs gt 55 3 gt G z i w o J ss NT g Typical CP6 Pattern p P11 P12 P10 P8 P1 ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye
2. perch Fd e Click on the toolbar to return to the normal CATC Trace View or Select Trace Views gt CATC Trace LeCroy Corporation 119 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 44 Spreadsheet View You can view the CATC Trace as a spreadsheet in color or black and white e Click on the toolbar or e Select Trace Views gt Spreadsheet Color LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb 2 ol x Ez File Search View Window Help N Bore Auto Mode Record am ite of BY Sheps OL she T Setup Record Generate Report Miscellaneous noo odo di0 2 Pkts D c LFPS Duration 200 ns TSEQ Count 2 oo 000 4 470 of rae 5 li 4 D G IPS Cnt 6 z IPS Cnt 1 e LGEOOD 0 ESAR BAKIE t sas _ O i 1 non Te 1 0 o Noi women Pez ERROA O 000 t 23 1 1 OUT E Ping Res p 000 00 5i Pkt 10 Pkt 11 H H 4 H 000 001 70 Pkt 12 H 000 00 Pkt 13 H H H H H H H 000 00 Pkt 14 000 00 Pkt 15 000 00 Pkt 16 000 00 Pkt 17 000 00 Pkt 16 000 00 Pkt 19 444444405 44 b QuickTining markersnot set C es o beahr 3 e Click on the toolbar or e Select Trace Views gt Spreadsheet B W LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suke SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb l H Ai oj xj Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search view Window Help 5X ia i Auto Mode Record E
3. 0 000 ee 271 10 8 Recording Bus Data 0 0 0 0 ees 272 10 9 Merging Trace Files 0 0 0 0 0 cc cece 213 10 10 Recording Option Summary Tab 0 4 275 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 277 11 1 Connecting to the Exerciser Generator 217 11 1 1 Connecting to USBTracer Trainer 217 11 1 2 Connecting to Voyager 0 0 02 eee eee 281 11 2 Traffic Generation Files 0 0 0 0 0c 283 11 3 Creating Traffic Generation Files 00 5 284 11 3 1 Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export COMMANG cats sh eon tote A oS See oan Be 284 11 4 Editing a Generation File 0 0 000 c eee eee 286 WAP ToO ba act aS ue seers bt dere tg Ree ore 287 11 4 2 Pop up Menu 2 0 ee 288 ASF TADS iss 24 eee a Ao ea SS Saas Be 288 VAAAEInOr WOO is t c uc a 2 3 6 ah eee cates cohen dat aaa 288 TEAS WOODS amp Sones he macnn ae ae ee hart ates ea eae 288 11 5 Loading the Generation File 00000005 289 11 5 1 Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe 291 11 6 Starting Traffic Generation 0 0 00 eee eee 291 11 7 Repeating a Generation Session 0000000 291 11 8 Stop Traffic Generation 2 0 0 0 0 eee 291 11 9 Device Emulation 0 0 00 ccc es 292 11 9 1 Creating a Generation File 292 11 9 2 Setting Generation
4. Options Mame Default lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Basic Mode Save Save Os Default Load 226 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Advisor has only the General tab Recording Options USB Advisor a x General Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer f Advisor Mobile Recording Type f Snapshot Options i Beep When Trigger Occurs Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Trigger Filter Channel High Speed Manual Trigger Event Trigger Trigger Position Buffer Size 1 000 ME Mot used with snapshot ee W a Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Advanced Mode Save Save Os Default Load LeCroy Corporation 227 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Advisor has the General tab and USB 2 0 Recording Rules tab with no Misc USB 2 0 tab Recording Options USB Advisor _ x General USE 2 0 Rec Rules
5. Full Soeed and Low Speed connections are the same Hi Speed connections differ from Full Soeed Low Speed connections 11 1 1 1 Full Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Full Speed or Low Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel 0 Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds Your Device 277 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 1 1 2 Hi Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel 0 Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds O O Device Host Device 278 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 1 1 3 Full Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Full Speed or Low Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel O Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds U Host Device Host Device Host under Test LeCroy Corporation 279 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 1 1 4 Hi Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi Speed connect to the USB Tracer Trainer according to the following diagram Channel 0 Channel 1 High Speed Classic Speeds Host Device Host under Test 280 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 1 2 Connecting to Voyager The connections differ for
6. Transmit pair Rx Receive pair Clock A downstream MMCx plug connectors for interfacing Clock B upstream with external clock source or sink In Connects to an external reference clock Out Provides reference clock output LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description LeCroy Corporation Trigger In SMA external trigger input Note Threshold value is 0 8 V Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is 0 V Out SMA external trigger output USB Type B connector for connection to host computer ETHERNET Gigabit Ethernet connector for connection to host computer Note The rear has only a power connector Warning Do not open the Voyager M3 enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to LeCroy customer care 31 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 4 Voyager M3 Specifications 32 The Analyzer has the following specifications 2 4 1 Power Requirements 90 to 254 VAC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum 2 4 2 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Oto 55 C 32 to 131 F Storage Range 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F Operating Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters 2 4 3 Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors USB 3 0 cables MMCx connectors for USB 3 0 High Speed USB Connectors Standard
7. USB Attached SCSI Protocol Decodes USB 3 0 Compliance Suite USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured via SMA connectors Gigabit Ethernet link for host interface communications Minimum Trigger Filter Snapshot Only Decodes Transfer layer and above Decodes Packet Transaction and Transfer layers and Standard Descriptors Link Training and Status State Machine Views Specification View USB 2 0 Real time Statistics Verification Script Engine trace parser Capture USB VBus Power Information Capture External Self Power Information Allow Class Decodes Allow User Defined Vendor Decodes Bus Utilization View Timing Calculator Export to CSV Excel file Filter NAKs and Pings USB Protocol Suite User Manual Save As Close The File Information report provides information about how the recording was made what the buffer settings were what the trigger options were and what version of all the Analyzer hardware was used to make the recording The File Information dialog provides a link Open Recording Options in a dialog so you can load a copy of the recording options that existed when the file was recorded 178 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 2 Error Summary The Error Summary details all errors analyzed throughout the recording e Select Error Summary under Report in the Menu Bar OR e Click D in the Tool Bar to display the Error screen below the Trace View Traffic Su
8. Warning If you specify PID 0xNN you must use Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Key Code Format Description SSS frame 11 bits Creates a start of frame packet and generates a or SOF PID as expected AUTO The key should be assigned a value of the frame KEEP_ALIVE number AUTO or KEEP_ALIVE Note An explicit frame number is supported only when the generator is in Bitstream Mode AUTO instructs the generator to increment the frame number automatically KEEP_ ALIVE instructs the Analyzer to generate a low speed EOP in place of a SOF packet for traffic on a low speed branch file_speed LOW For Device Emulation this statement is ignored by the Device Emulator but serves to organize the utg file in a more readable manner empty_frame integer Host Generation Only This key creates a sequence of start of frame packets with idle TO_EOF values for the idle time This results in N empty frames where N is the integer value specified If the branch speed is LOW the frames contain only the keep alive standalone EOP s This key makes for an easier to manage utg file by eliminating the need for many lines of frame AUTO idle TO_EOF statements Usage empty_frames 23 insert 23 empty frames here host_exp_pid Device Emulation Only Defines the PID that is expected to be received from the Host The Device Emulator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet The key
9. e Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current Record voltage and current LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 2 Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer and Mobile The Misc USB 2 0 page presents options for setting e Analyzer Trace Speed Select Auto Detect Low Full or High e USB On the Go Check On the Go SRP Optionally select Dual Role Devices as 2 DRD s and enter device names Optionally assume that B is the first host e Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Select Slow Clock and enter number of megahertz Note Auto Detect mode does not allow Slow Clock e Generator related Parameters Choose parameters and device address location e Options Truncate data fields Recording Options oyager f i x General Misc USB 2 0 misc USE 3 0 USE On The Go On The Go SRP Analyzer Trace Speed Channel 0 Auto Detect Dual Role Devices M 2 DRDS rey A Pey Mame Ee B Bey Mame is Assume Bis 1st Hast Low C Full High Generator analyzer Clocking Overrides Slow Glock Divide by 2 655341 Use multiples of 60 for Hi Speed Slow Clock not possible in Guto Detect mode Generator related Parameters Disable Generator Memory Use all of Capture Buffer for Trace W Default to Intelliframe Mode WEO W W Device Emulation Mode Tracing limit
10. 0x00 0x1200 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Call SetAddress EndpointNum DeviceNumber 256 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Note You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters 319 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 320 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 11 Add other generation procedures For how to set up other generation procedures see Appendix A of the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual Script Scenario 3 MassStorageEnumeration USB3g J gt xX LAHHHHHRRRH RRR R RRR a 2i FILE INFORMATION 3i q FILE 5 DESCRIPTION 6 REVISION HISTORY 7 HHHHHHHHHHHHHHRRRHHHHHHHHHM EEEE EEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE E g INCLUDE FILES 10 11 ine lude Finclude FrameworkLib gqinc 12 CONSTANTS 13i DATA PATTERNS 14 FRAME TEMPLATES 154 GLOBAL VARIABLES i6 GENERATION SETTINGS 17 SCRIPT CODE 18 19 const EndpointNum 1 20 const DevyiceNumber 1 z1 22iconst WaitTPSleep 200 23 const WaitDPSleep 200 24 25set Mode HOST 26 27 Main 2a 25 Place your generations instructions here 30 31 setLinkState LinkState U0 azi 33 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum O DEVICE DESC Ox00 0x00 0x1200 WaitTPaleep WaitDPole 34 35 Call Setadddress EndpointNum DeviceNumber 256 WaitTPSleep WaitbFSleep 36 37 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum DeviceNumber CONFIGURATION DESC 0x00 0x00 0x0900 Wai
11. A USB2 0 tho cht 2 Data Packets 00 000 000 000 N A 3 3 Data Bytes 00 000 000 000 N A A Total Bytes 00 000 000 000 N A 22 a USB 3 0 2 1 Endpoint Statistics Address Endpoint Direction Sa 7 2 Out amp 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 14 000 14 500 Time ms lt i gt 376 192 MB s 716 093 MB SN 501 Data Payload Throughput Ch 0 ai 7 132 3 176 0 3 0 0 0 E s00 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 lt j tream Downstream 132 132 SN 501 Bus Usage Ch 0 22 22 c 44 44 66 66 2 88 88 110 110 g 220000 220000 5s 110 110 0 050000 0 050000 814 814 0 22 22 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 2 702703 OT lt 22 22 0 0 _ SN 501 SuperSpeed Host Rx Data Payload Throughput E amp SuperSpeed Host Tx Data Payload Throughput DA 0 000000 0 000000 Li A 0 0 uo a vF 0 0 a 0 000000 0 000000 220836 220836 28 132 132 n G 0 059773 0 059773 ES d m aE v Time From Start 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 11 000 11 500 12 000 12 500 13 000 13 500 14 000 14 500 Time ms l 00 00 04 Save and Restart g i gt For USB 3 0 the Real Time Statistics window can display a SuperSpeed graph of real time link activity In order to see a grap
12. Advisor T3 0 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Options i Snapshot Beep When Trigger Occurs Suto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Manual Trigger Event Trigger Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes Buffer Size Trigger Position 4 000 ME Mot used with snapshot ee W a Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Advanced Mode Save Save Os Default Load LeCroy Corporation 225 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Tracer Trainer is Recording Options USB Tracer Trainer General Misc USB 2 0 USE 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 1 Product Voyager Advisor T3 0 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type f Snapshot Options Beep When Trigger Occurs Suto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Manual Trigger Event Trigger Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes Buffer Size Trigger Position 4 000 ME Mot used with snapshot a Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location
13. Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Fort On The Ga b ij Girl Shift o l irtam 132 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 5 Go To USB3 0 LeCroy Corporation The Go To USB3 0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace Step 1 Select Go To USB3 0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB3 0 drop down menu For 3 0 data the menu is Search View Window Help fa0 bo Trigger Go to Packet Transaction Transfer Crrl G Go to Marker Ctrl h a0 bo USB2 0 b i Find i AMY Error Ctrl Shift 3 ik Find Next Specific Errors j Data Length j Search Direction Forward Addr amp Endp r Header Packet Type j Link Command j LMP Subtype l Transaction Packet Type Specific Errors j Data Length j ddr amp Endp H Step 2 Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view 6 5 1 Packet Type Facket Type h T5EQ AMY Error Ctrl ShiFE 3 TSi Specific Errors d gz Data Length b LFPS Addr amp Endp j Electrical Idle Header Packet Type i IPS Link Command j Link Command LMF Subtype b SKF Transaction Packet Type r Header Packet Payload Packet Select the Packet Type to which you want to go 133 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 134 6 5 2 Specific Errors Packet Type ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Specific Errors H Data Length Addr amp Endp Header
14. LeCroy PROTOCOL SOLUTIONS GROUP 3385 SCOTT BLVD SANTA CLARA CA 95054 LeCroy USB Protocol Suite User Manual Manual Version 4 21 CATC Advisor Advisor T3 USB 2 3 0 Advisor T3 USB Advisor USB Tracer Trainer Voyager M3 USBMobile HS USBMobile T2 For Software Version 4 21 June 2011 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Document Disclaimer The information in this document has been carefully checked and is believed to be reliable However no responsibility can be assumed for inaccuracies that may not have been detected LeCroy reserves the right to revise the information in this document without notice or penalty Changes or Modifications Any change or modification not expressly approved by LeCroy voids the user s authority to operate this equipment Trademarks and Servicemarks CATC LeCroy Voyager Voyager ReadyLink USB Protocol Suite USB Advisor Advisor T3 USB Chief USB Inspector USB Detective USB Tracer Trainer and BusEngine are trademarks of LeCroy Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks and Windows Vista is a trademark of Microsoft Inc Intel is a registered trademark and Core is a trademark of Intel Corporation All other trademarks are property of their respective companies Copyright Copyright 2011 LeCroy Corporation All Rights Reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission but all copies should con
15. LeCroy Corporation 321 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 322 12 8 1 Graphical Scenario Window The Graphical Scenario window contains SCSI TASK REQ SET Insert Instructions and Delete Selected Item buttons You can Insert 1 to 20 instances instance s SCSI command SPC 3 SBC 2 SMC 2 SSC 2 MMC 5 SCC 2 SES 2 TASK Task button Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set LUN Reset Clear ACA Query Task Query Task Set T Nexus Reset Query Asynchronous Event REQ REQ button Bus Enumeration Device Requests e Clear Feature e Get Configuration e Get Descriptor e Get Interface e Get Status e Set Address e Set Configuration e Set Descriptor e Set Feature e Set Interface e Set Status e Synch Frame e Set Sel e Set Isoch Delay USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser SET_ SET button e ErrLost GOOD e ErrWrongLGOOD e ErrLostLCRD ErrWrongLCRD e ErrCorruptLinkCmd e ErrCorruptLMP e ErrDisparity e ErrWrongSymbol e ErrLBAD e ErrLost GOODAdv e ErrWrongLGOODAdv e ErrLostLCRDAdv e ErrWrongLCRDAdv e SetLinkState AP CMD TMEF button inserts Mass Storage transfer items in BOT or UAS based on Active Device See Initiator Emulator Setting e Command e Task Management Instruction items e Start Loop e End Loop e Delay e Stop Delete Selected Item s
16. Physical HID 05h Hid hid dec Hid Hid Req dec Still Imaging Class PTP 06h 01h 01h StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkIn dec Still Image StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkOut dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageRequests dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllnterrupt dec Printer Printer 07h Oth xxh Printer Printer_req dec Mass Storage Mass Storage 08h SCSI Bulk Protocol Mass Storage 08h O6h 50h MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnly_Requests dec SCSI Bulk MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCSIInEndpoint dec MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCS lOutEndpoint dec MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCS lOutEndpoint dec UFI floppy CBI Protocol MassStrg Class 08h 04h 00h MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_Requests dec UFI CBI MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_BulklnEndp dec MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_BulkOutEndp dec MassStorageClass MS_UFI_CBI_InterruptEndp dec Hub support Hub Class 09h HubClass HubClassRequests dec HubClass HubClassStatusEndpoint dec 156 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB Decode USB Decoder Name Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB IF Codes Base Sub Class Class Proto col ID Picture Transfer Protocol PTP PTP Photographic and Imaging Manufacturers Still Image Association PIMA 15740 and ISO 15740 Stilll mageClass PTPStilllmageBulkIn dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkOut dec Stilll mageClass PTPStilllmageRequests dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllnterrupt dec Extension Communications Device Class CDC Data
17. a a i aa fa Recovery m gt Click to synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View Click the left arrow to go to previous link state Click the right arrow B to go to next link state Click the down arrow e to show Downstream port link states Click the up arrow t to show Upstream port link states Click to show number of transitions Note To enable LTSSM buttons open the Display Options dialog In the General tab check the Process USB3 LTSSM checkbox Click Save As Default Reopen the trace file LeCroy Corporation 209 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 13 Power Tracker Note Power Capture can only be enabled on licensed M3i versions of Voyager The Power Tracker displays the power voltage and current at each time Select Report gt Power Tracker or click F _to display the Power Tracker Fower Tracker AA waa h wH Sy WE Power 0 uw voltage 5 074 v Current 0 uA TID z Too tooo j Lf 1 60 5 020 320 00 8 ee l i i 1 1 i 1 I 1 40 5 060 280 00 3 J J 1 1 1 20 040 240 00 rt 0 J 1 1 1 00 5 020 200 00 BERL E 0 Y Y 1 I E E 1 0 60 4980 120 00 f ii f f J 1 i Le 020 4940 40 00 i i i i 1 000 4820 o 00 hooo a a a a y o Power Voltage Current 0 04 0 08 0 12 0 16 E 0 04 0 08 i oe vi kman ms me 0 21 ms Is 3 E Qui
18. packet EOP The default value is the correct length 2 bits of SEO 1 bit of J The value is reflected by lt val 1 gt bits of SEO plus one bit of J hi_eop AB CD Hex Used to generate a high speed EOP pattern The bytes are in the order they come across the bus and the bits within the bytes are in LSB to MSB order Maximum number of bytes allowed is 13 positive integer Defines the length of idle after the current packet or Assign a positive integer or string to this key The TO EOP positive integer indicates the number of full speed or low speed bit times The default value is around 4 bits for Classic speeds and around 150 bits for High speeds When this keyword is assigned a string TO_EOF USB Chief automatically calculates the amount of idle remaining in the frame When handshaking with a device you can use this keyword to add idle where you anticipate a packet being returned from the device The idle key is always associated with the proceeding packet or bus condition so you should not put file control keys between the packet or bus condition statement and the idle statement marker string Assign a string in quotation marks to be put in the marker for the defined packet raw_data aa bb Use to send a non modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data packet It is only valid in conjunction with the raw_data statement Normally every bit of the array defined in a raw_data xx yy type of statement would be sen
19. packet fields per screen e Click on the Tool Bar 4 7 3 Wrap Select Wrap to adjust the Trace View so that packets fit onto one line If a packet is longer than the size of the window the horizontal scroll bar can be used to see the hidden part of the packet e Click E on the Tool Bar or select Wrap under View on the Menu Bar 89 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 8 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process 4 8 1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite software application select the Launch CrossSync Control Panel entry in the Setup menu see the screen capture below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu Ea ecroy USB Protocol Suite File Setup Record Generate View Help Display Options Ctrl Shift D Recording Options Update Device Launch Crosssync Control Panel Analyzer Network i All Connected Devices USB 3 0 Device Host Signal parameters Figure 4 1 Launching CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite Application For more information refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual Note If you are using CrossSync USB Compliance Suite or any application that uses the Automation Interface to the USB Protocol Suite and the system prompts you that it cannot write a trace file to
20. 10 6 1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page and are the same as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules see Recording Rules Toolbar on page 249 Note Ifyou have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel LeCroy Corporation 263 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 264 10 6 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as a workspace for creating recording rules rules that determine how the analyzer records traces Recording rules are combinations of events and actions For how the Recording Rules page works see Recording Rules Page How It Works on page 250 Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states 10 6 3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons see Creating Event Buttons on page 251 The following events are available for USB 3 0 recording rules aa Newevent im Q Packet Type Data Packet OPH DPP All Link Commands Link Command Flow Control Link Command Link State LFPS Training Sequences Header Pattern Timer External SMAIBEIC Trig In alobal SCSI SCSI Primary Command s
21. 2 0 and 3 0 e Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 e Has a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specification 3 0 e Uses Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use 24 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview 1 6 USBMobile T2 The LeCroy USBMobile T2 is a portable hardware based USB 2 0 protocol analyzer that debugs tests and verifies low full and high speed USB devices The USBMobile T2 fits into a single PCMCIA slot in a laptop computer The USBMobile T2 uses the standard CATC Trace display Figure 1 9 USBMobile T2 The USBMobile T2 is available in three configurations that can be upgraded to add the advanced functionality shown USBMIobile USBMobile USBMobile POG Standard Advanced USB 2 0 US68 1 1 OTG Recording Memory View Packet Layer Bus Conditions View Transaction Layer iew Transfer Application Layers Triggering PID Type PID Address Triggering Payload amp Dev Requests Max Sequential Events per Triggering sequence Max Number of Triggering Sequences cosci ia 4 of Ao iFiter PiDs Truncate Data payload z2 Upgradeable via software f LeCroy Corporation 25 Chapter 1 Overview 1 6 1 Features Features USB Protocol Suite User Manual Benefits Low power 16 bit Type II PC Card Design Personal analyzer Portable operation with any notebook PC CATC Trace
22. 3 0 nananana cece ee ees 106 5 23 Hide Downstream Packets 3 0 0 0000 106 5 24 Hide Electrical Idles 3 0 0 0 cece ees 106 5 25 Hide Skip Sequences 3 0 000 eee 106 5 26 Hide LFPS Packets 3 0 ox etd de dene ode a ww eee od 107 5 27 Display 2 Only vio ce baddies ee Se Swe DIS ea Se Be 107 926 Display S ONY ce oc eS 04 See e vy nd eee E ode Gs 107 5 29 Switch to Transactions View 0 0000 c eee ee eee 108 5 30 View Decoded Transactions 0 0000 cee eens 110 5 30 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transactions 111 5 31 Switch to Split Transaction View 00000 112 5 32 Switch to Transfer View 0 000 cee ee eee 112 5 33 View Decoded Transfers 0 000 eee eee eee 113 5 33 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transfers 113 5 34 Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and PAN lE Sau ic test ah ete eden areca ace ahd das a ean han eat as a cates 115 5 35 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Segment View 115 5 36 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Transfer View 116 5 37 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Segment View 116 5 38 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Transfer View 116 5 39 Switch to PTP Transactions 0000 eee eee 117 5 40 Switch to PTP Object Transfers 005 117 5 41 Switch to PTP Sessions 0 0 0 0 00 eee eee 118 5 42 Switch
23. A Email Creates an email with a mm bmp file attachment of the graphs eu Print r E Full Screen a View Settings opens a sub menu with options for formatting the display See 9 6 2 View Settings Menu below 7 ila E A q Horizontal zoom in Ka w Horizontal zoom out RAAA USB Protocol Suite User Manual EAA Vertical zoom in Vertical zoom out Click and Drag zoom Click diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph Select Range Sync and Graph areas If two or more graphs are displayed this button synchronizes the graphs to one another Once synchronized the positioning slider of one graph moves the other graphs Graph Areas Presents options for displaying additional graphs of data lengths packet lengths and percentage of bus utilized LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 6 2 View Settings Menu Clicking the View Settings button JE causes a menu to open with options for formatting the display Orient horizontally Tile vertically Show Markers Show Plumb Line Status j Grid Lines b Grid on Top Fonts amp Colors e Orient Horizontally changes the orientation of bus usage to horizontal After selecting this option the menu has Orient Vertically e Tile Vertically tiles the two graphs vertically i e side by side After selecting this option the menu has Tile Horizontally e Show Markers
24. Act Data Pattern ctione Property Value Data Pattern Mask Match Hex 0 of 16 bytes specified i Bute O Hex Bute 1 Hex Data Pattern Byte 2 Hex Byte 3 Hex Bute 4 Hex Bite amp Hex Ca eo Byte 6 Hes C Byte 7 Hex Bite 8 Hex Byte 9 Herl xl Label Desc Any occurence on channel 0 of the specihed Data Patter Click the button at the right of the first line to display the Data Pattern dialog Data Pattern Pe Mask Match m Ea eeo XXXXXXXX loo oo es etel XXXXXXXX loo fool Eells eez XXXXXXXX loo oo Doon etea XXXXXXXX loo oo Gyte 4 Herd l etet XXXXXXXX oo oo Se etes XXXXXXxx foo fool SO wes XXXXXXxx foo fool ee Byte 7 EEE o0 00 etea XXXXXXXx oo fool _ Byte 3 Hen ewes XXXXXXxx ool ool Byte 10 ZXZXXXXXX foo oo Cancel In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation Note If you ar
25. Foes o o JlolD s D 0x06 0x0100 0x0000 Time Stamp 0 546 803 300 Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp 1196 0 20 366 us 0 546 812 266 7 Transaction W N ADDR IT Data Time Time Stamp 1 S o6 o o Ox4B ff 10 500 ps 0 546 832 632 Transaction ADDR Jata osr 0 0 8 966 S 3 Time Time Stamp 94 150 us 0 546 843 132 a HY H Frame ORGS Pkt Len Time Time Stamp Sil oxA5 1196 1 0103 12 I 3 139ms 0 546 937 282 Chirp K Time Time Stamp l 16 985 ms 0 550 075 832 HY H Frame ORGS Pkt Len Time Time Stamp I oxas 1216 oaa 12 I 19 790 ms 0 567 060 816 Note This menu selection displays a check next to Transaction Level when you have selected it When you want to switch back to Packet View mode right click anywhere in the trace window and then left click Transaction Level Note This view also shows Extension Transactions such as the Link Power Management LPM transaction defined by the USB 2 0 LPM specification as shown below CEE onr EN EN pE A a A Te tind M ial e jal N Tae NA Frame CRCS Pkt Len i Time Stamp Transaction LPM ADDR HIRD Link State Rem Wake ek Time Stamp 0 CRC5 Pkt Len Time Stamp k State Rem Wake Rsvd CRCS5 Pkt Len Time Stamp Time Stamp Full Speed J Suspend Time Stamp LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace You can also switch to Transaction View from the Menu Bar Ste
26. Frame CRCS EOF Hie os 07 oae FF FF FE FF FE USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 2 To edit the Marker Comment select Edit Marker Comment to display the Step 3 96 Edit marker comment window Edit the comment Edit marker comment for packet 398 and then click OK gt The hub driver reads the status for the port and continues with the port initialization Cancel To clear a Marker click Clear Marker The vertical red Marker bar disappears LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 4 Set or Clear Quick Timing Markers Quick Timing Markers provide immediate time deltas and bandwidth calculations If the Start is placed on a packet that contains an Address and Endpoint the bandwidth for that combination displays in the Status Bar below the trace data To set or clear quick timing markers Step 1 Right click Packet to display the Packet menu Packet 0 Show Raw Bits Sek marker Time From Marker Set Start Quick Timing marker Ctrl Click Set End Quick Timing marker Cbrl Shifk Click Format Color d Hide Step 2 To set the start quick timing marker select Set Start Quick Timing Marker to mark the packet with a red S Packet Step 3 To clear a marker right click Packet to display the Packet menu and then click Clear Quick Timing Marker The red S disappears LeCroy Corporation 97 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite Us
27. Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Recording Channels Options Mame f Snapshot P F use 2 0 Default Manual Trigger Trace Filename amp Path Event Trigger USB 3 0 Change Default Location C Program Files Lecroy Installation data usb Recording Scope Mote For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512MB trace Files 3 vous Power i Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position Keep YBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes a 32 000 MB Mot used with snapshot Capture M3i Power Measurements voltage and Current gt lt Debug Support gt Spooled Recording 7 Max Disk Usage 5 GB Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 jap f Until Triggered plus Daplis 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg Switch to Advanced Mode E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 36 of disk space For each trace Save Save Os Default Load The Recording Options window always opens with the General tab showing Note Tabs available differ depending on attached analyzer type If no analyzer is attached you can select any product See Recording Option Summary Tab on page 275 LeCroy Corporation 221 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Modes The General tab shows either the Basic
28. Step 1 Right click Packet for the packet to mark to display the Packet menu Frame CRCS EOF Packet 3 o7 o FF FF FF FF FE Shor Raw Bits Frame CRCS EOF o 0e FF FF FF FF FE peeks Frame CRCS EOF Idle Time stamp 124 755 ps O0000 0002 0000 Idle Time stamp 124 785 ps O0000 000 3 0000 Idle Time stamp 124 755 ps o0000 0004 0000 Time From Marker Frame CRCS EOP Format p E oF 006 FF FF FF FF FE Frame CRES EOF o 0e FF FF FF FF FE Frame CRCS Idle Time stamp 124 788 ps oo000 0005 0000 Idle Time stamp 124 785 ps o0000 0006 0000 Color Hide Step 2 Select Set Marker You see the Edit Marker Comment window Mark packet 401 enter optional marker comment Cancel _ Step 3 Entera comment about the packet Step 4 Click OK A marked packet has a vertical red bar along the left edge of the packet block SETUP ADDR CROS EOP Paoooooa oxB4 2 o ots 250 LeCroy Corporation 95 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 3 Edit or Clear Marker To clear or edit the comments associated with a packet marker Step 1 Right click Packet to display the Packet menu n Frame CRCS EOF e i EA Frame CRCS EOF Jo aeee Show Raw Bits Edit marker r Frame ees EOP perne FF FF FF FF FE E Frame CRCS EOF oas o7 ows Fr FF FF FF FE os o7 oe FF FF FF FF FE Time From Marker Frame CRCS EOF Format E Lees oos e rererere Color
29. Yoyager General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Toolbar W Newevent m Qa Config Status Indicator Available Events Area Main Display Area Save Save s Defaut Load The page has the following areas e Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Recording Rules page e Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area e Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules You configure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons e Config Status Indicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Config is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid LeCroy Corporation 247 Chapter 10 Recording Options 248 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Recording Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Add Counter Move Event To b Copy Event Ta jea Delete This Event Properties Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialo
30. gt B B hg AE Di six Auto Mode Record W wT af Dy i Kis i ints E duh 15 lt gt se H nas eal f E TE Qs NK ER ER Bk Bx ORR AK HK PR RR S 3 EB ne LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp al Ping 200ns 220 000ns 0 000 000 010 TSEQ Data TSEO Count Time Stamp 3 Correct 32 symbol sequence 0 000 000 230 Time Stamp 0 000 000 368 2 Packets Time Time Stamp 4 5 5 TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On 60 000 ns O 000 000 410 ES Eit IPS Smbl COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 Ips IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp mm 6 SKP COM D30 0 SHP D30 0D14 1 22 000ns 0 000 000 584 Packet ST ps IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Tim 8 rE ie COM D02 0 D30 0 D27 4 COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 0 00 Time Time Stamp 114 000 ns 0 000 000 470 Quek Timing markers not set EER Hide Any Chirp J s or Chirp K s O You can use the software with or without the system connected to the host Without the Analyzer the program functions as a trace viewer to view analyze and print trace files 3 5 1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection USB Connection For USB connection after you open the USB Protocol Suite application confirm proper installation and USB connection by selecting About from the Help menu to view the Software Version Firmware Version BusEngine Version and Unit Serial Number in the About window Ethernet Connection Voyage
31. select the Analyzer you want to use for recording LeCroy Corporation 57 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 5 3 IP Settings Voyager only If connected to a device you can change the IP settings e DHCP automatically assigns an IP address DHCP is the default e Static IP prompts you to enter a specific IP address To change from DHCP to Static IP while connected to a device Step 1 Select Setup gt All Connected Devices from the menu bar to display the Analyzer Devices dialog Analyzer Devices Device Location Status About Voyager 5W 501 Local machine Ready Update Device Update License Connect Add Device IP Settings Select analyzer devices you want to participate in the recording a P Eae PN Note If you are not connected to a device the IP Settings command is grayed out 58 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation Step 2 Select the device to use in the recording then click the IP Settings button to display the Device IP Settings dialog Device Voyager 5M 501 IP Settings Use the following IP address Static IP Suggest static IP settings Host IP Host subnet mask Two radio buttons are available e Obtain IP address automatically DHCP default e Use the following IP Address Static IP LeCroy Corporation 59 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 To change to Static IP click the Static IP radio butt
32. transfers between a PC and a device wire adapter To view device wire adapter transfers switch to the Device Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level To select the Device Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level e Click XER on the toolbar OR e Select View gt DWA Transfer Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check DWA Transfer and then click OK LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 39 Switch to PTP Transactions The Analyzer supports the Picture Transfer Protocol PTP and also supports the Media Transfer Protocol MTP which is an extension of PTP The Analyzer can track PTP transactions object transfers and sessions A transaction is a standard sequence of phases for invoking an action In PTP an Initiator initiated action provides input parameters responses with parameters and binary data exchange and is a single PTP Transaction Also a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe is a single PTP Transaction The PTP Transaction trace viewing level is the lowest PTP level To view PTP transactions switch to the PTP Transaction trace viewing level e Click TRA on the toolbar OR e Select View gt PTP Transaction Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Transaction and then click OK 5 40 Switch to PTP Object Transfers A logical object
33. 0 specification Supports Link Power Management extension to USB 2 0 specification Has reconfigurable hardware for future enhancements Supports all USB speeds High Speed Full Speed and Low Speed Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Self diagnoses at power on Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support 17 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Physical Components High impedance tap Inserts non intrusively in any branch of a USB system 128 MB of physical data recording memory Two recording channels one for High Speed traffic and one for Classic Speed traffic either Low Speed or Full Speed Secondary recording channel for development of multiple speed functions up stream and down stream of a speed matching hub or transaction translator Convenient Detach Device switch operates with the Classic recording channel to save time and reduce USB cable connector wear for multiple connects and disconnects to host Full speed USB connection to desktop or portable host PC Internal wide range AC power supply Breakout board included Recording Options 18 Triggering on all USB2 0 PIDS and special tokens such as ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA CATC Trace display and enumeration of USB2 0 Micro Frames Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event High Full and Low speed traffic ca
34. 138 Find Next Repeats the previous Find operation Search Direction Allows the search direction to be changed from Forward to Backward or vice versa Mew e o aaao Displays list of available toolbars See Resetting the Toolbar on page 83 Opens a dialog that allows you to conduct chat sessions over an IP LAN In order to send and receive electronic text messages each Analyzer Network Chat Bar user must be working with a PC that is on an IP LAN and also attached to an analyzer Status Bar Switches display of the Status Bar on or off See Status Bar on page 85 QuickTiming Bar Quick Timing provides immediate time deltas and bandwidth calculations If the Start is placed on a packet that contains an Address and Endpoint the bandwidth for that combination is displayed in the Status Bar below the trace data See Set or Clear Quick Timing Markers on page 97 Real time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur See Real Time Monitoring on page 217 USB Electrical Test Tests electrical characteristics See USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes on page 330 Trace Views Displays CATC Trace Compressed CATC Trace PrE ALEN Ean or Spreadsheet ea Show USB 2 Traffic Displays only USB 2 0 traffic Only Show USB 3 Traffic Displays only USB 3 0 traffic Only LeCroy Corporation 13 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Hiding USB 2 Traffic Hides e SOF s S
35. 155 8 1 Class and Vendor Definition Files 0 4 155 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Options 0000 0 159 8 2 1 Mapping Request Recipient to Class Vendor Decoding 159 8 2 2 Mapping Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding 162 8 2 3 Mapping Request RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding 166 8 2 4 Mapping Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding 167 8 2 5 Mapping Request DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding 168 8 2 6 Mapping Endpoint DWA RPipes to Class Vendor DCCOGING gt cst aG es wR Sete Re Ae Sauls Oe an Swe eae 169 8 3 General Options axia hence Peet a oy hoe 170 8 3 1 Decoding USB Device Requests 170 8 3 2 Decoding Standard Requests 045 171 8 3 3 Decoding Class Requests 0000 eee 172 8 3 4 Decoding Vendor Requests 00 00 eaee 172 8 3 5 Decoding Undefined USB WUSB Device Requests 172 8 3 6 Decoding using Endpoint Information 173 8 3 7 Changing the Layout of Decode Requests 173 Chapter9 Reports 000 e eee ees 175 9 1 ENE Information ces Sate 5 a Reachne nw hee aoe te awe a a 177 9 2 Error SUMIMANY cm si na eee ed eee Qe we ee Red 2 ee Cd ee 179 9 3 Timing Calculations 2 4 0 5 4 45 L t0k we Sth bd apes ek hed Geode 180 9 4 Data ViICW ssa G2 ce Souk Wate Sassen Wa A eulcd GD eee oi aes 183 99 Mane SUMIMANY rsa et hota a bn bees ohm Peas boa ke 184 Ol SCSI IVIEGUICS e cnie dee wrest E Ae EAE E Ss
36. 232 10 1 3 Options for USBTracer Trainer and Advisor e Beep When Trigger Occurs See above e Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Causes USB Tracer to merge traffic of the two recording channels into a file called data_merged usb or whatever name you give it USB Tracer also makes two other files during this recording data_0 usb and data_1 usb or whatever names you choose If unchecked USB Tracer creates only two files one for Classic Speed traffic and another for Hi Speed traffic e Save External Interface Signals Causes USB Tracer to save signals from a Breakout Board pins Data7 Data0 as fields in the trace e Trigger Filter Channel Select 0 or 1 The selection tells USB Tracer what channel it should use to perform its triggers filters If you want to set triggers filters on both channels then you must select a channel assign trigger filter events and actions then select the other channel and assign trigger filter events and actions to it In other words you must set your events and actions twice once for each channel The channel to which you are currently applying the triggers filters is shown in the Dialog Title Bar 10 1 4 Recording Channels Voyager and Advisor T3 Voyager You can select USB 2 0 and or USB 3 0 as the recording channel Both can be captured simultaneously Advisor T3 You can select USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 as the recording channel Only one of these can be captured at a time LeCroy Corporation U
37. Command Settings Auto Tag Assignment You can choose Auto Tag Assignment for SCSI Commands Then the tag will be assigned automatically for SCSI Commands starts with 1 and continually increments If you deselect this feature you must check the tag value of all SCSI Commands in the project and make them unique in each run General Settings The middle pane has General Settings Tx Scramble Rx Descramble Port Configuration Ack Tx Invert Polarity and Rx Invert Polarity checkboxes You can set Logical Block Size Packet Delay Random Seed Skip Timer and Maximum Loop Iteration Count Link Delay Settings The middle pane has Link Delay Settings Delay for LGOOD LGOOD Count LBAD LBAD Count LCRD and LCRD Count Link Power Management Settings The right pane has Link Power Management Settings You can disable LPMA and PMLC Timeout You can set Power State Accept and PMLC Timeout LFPS Settings The right pane has LFPS Settings You can set Exit TBurst for U1 U2 and U3 Link Configuration Settings The right pane has Link Configuration Settings You can disable LUP LDN and LUP LDN Timeout You can set LUP LDN Interval and Detect Timeout You can select a Custom Flow Control such as Automatic Link Flow Control No LGOOD Detect No LCRD Detect No LGOOD Generation No LCRD Generation or No Flow Control Note A value of 4294967295 OxFFFFFFFF indicates that a default value will be used Infinite or Auto LeCroy Corpor
38. Facket Type Link Command LMP Subtype b Transaction Packet Type H Bad CRCS Bad CRC16 Bad CROS2 Disparity 10 Bit Symbol Unknown Packet IPS Framing Symbol LC Data Symbol Bad Header Packet Length Bad Data Length Field SEP Symbol Missed DPH Missed DPP Setup DFH seg Number Error select the specific error to which you want to go USB Protocol Suite User Manual Note Seq Number Error refers to Transaction Sequence Numbers 0 to 31 not to Link Control Word LCW sequences 6 5 3 Data Length Packet Type r AMY Error Ctrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors j ddr amp Endp Header Packet Type j Link Command j LMF Subtype b Transaction Packet Type p Specific Errors j 0 bytes 6 bytes 13 bytes 31 bytes 36 bytes 525 bytes More Select the data length to which you want to go LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation 6 5 4 Address and Endpoint Packet Type j ANY Error Chrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors Data Length i Header Packet Type S 0o02 Of OUT Link Command i More LMP Subtype j Transaction Packet Type H Select the address and endpoint to which you want to go 6 5 5 Header Packet Type Packet Type j AMY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors j Data Length j Addr amp Endp b Link Management Packet Link Command i Transaction Packet LMF Subtype j Data Packet Header Transaction Packet Type i Isochronous Timestamp Packet Select the hea
39. File Control Keys 295 File Export menu 284 File Information report 177 File menu 70 310 File Tabs 313 files dec 155 utg 283 309 editing comment for trace 124 File Control Keys 295 file information 177 generation loading 289 328 information 177 loading generation 289 328 script 155 tabs 288 trace filename 236 Files of Type field 289 328 Filter In action 254 option 254 Filter Out action 254 option 254 Filter Out ITP 241 246 Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs 241 246 Filter Out LUP LDN 241 246 filtering 3 hardware 12 filters 247 Find command 138 utility 138 Find Next command 142 firewall 52 firmware automatic updates 349 update 349 first recording 65 Fit to Graph Area option 219 fonts changing 145 Fonts and Colors options 190 Fonts option 145 format display 67 display options 149 fractional clock rate 9 16 From Frame field 329 Front Panel 41 363 Index Full Speed indicator 34 fuse 34 42 G General Settings 325 General tab Display Options 144 Recording Options 231 Generate menu 71 310 generating traffic 16 generation file loading 289 328 formats 294 mode 290 291 options 292 repeating 291 running 293 session 291 starting 291 328 generation file creating 292 editing 286 loading 289 328 repeat 291 Generation Files option 289 generation script file 292 generator modules 34 Generator Text File 291 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides option 238 Gigabit Ethernet
40. High Speed Channel Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer 0 Advisor Mobile Recording Type i Snapshot Options i Beep When Trigger Occurs Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files Save External InterFace Signals Trigger Filter Channel High Speed Manual Trigger Event Trigger Trigger Position Buffer Size 1 000 ME 1 1 1 I Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Basic Mode Mot used with snapshot ee W a Save Save Os Default Load 228 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS has the General and Misc USB 2 0 tabs Recording Options USB Mobile HS T2 General misc USB 2 0 Product Voyager Advisor T3 US Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type i Snapshot Manual Trigger Event Trigger Buffer Size 0 500 ME Options Mame lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 36 of disk space For each trace Default Options E Beep When Trigger Occurs Trigger Position Mot used with snapshot l I l Pr po
41. Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Speed Low Speed and Hi Speed connections are the same 11 1 2 1 Hi Full Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram Analyzer Exerciser A B a LT es Your Device 281 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 1 2 2 Hi Full Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram Analyzer Exerciser Fost under Test L 282 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 2 Traffic Generation Files LeCroy Corporation The system generates USB 2 0 traffic from traffic generation files utg which are text based script files that instruct the Generator how to generate USB 2 0 traffic These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The script example below shows the beginning of a traffic generation file created through the Export command This command provides an easy way to create a generation file you open a trace file then run the Export command The trace serves as a blue
42. Options 292 11 9 3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File 293 11 10 Format of Traffic Generation Files 294 11 10 1 Script control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes 294 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 307 12 1 Connecting to Voyager 0 ee 307 12 1 1 Host Emulation 0 0 0 0 cee ee 307 12 1 2 Device Emulation 0 0 0 cece 308 12 2 Transaction Engine 0 0 0 es 309 12 9 Exerciser PICS 3 22 00 weods aio Rhee east A tee hee te 309 12 4 Creating Exerciser FileS 0 0 0 0 cece eee 309 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 5 Exerciser VWINGOW 2 608 ee eata e pitino iweteeia wd aaa as 310 12 5 1 Exerciser MenuS 000 cece eee 310 12 5 2 Main Exerciser Toolbar 0 000000 ce eae 312 12 0 SCPL ECOL lt 1 oa tdduteed woe eed Sete ea aed 313 126 HIGMIIQHUNG 4 34 toe Ne ose orean nin ee eee Bes 313 12 6 2 Text Editing Commands 000000005 313 120 3 FeDe tue onan ee Male Bee et ore werner eee Se 313 12 6 4 Properties Window 0 0 cc eee 313 12 65 File TADS 1 cain Suey Si wine Soe ese eae eS Ns 313 1226 0 ENOS era an Oa eect hk oot we eh sh Be ea Oe 313 12 67 OUIDUGS nrk oh Bonen te tees amp eee ecole 4b ow 314 12 6 8 Options Me NU sci2 wean bee dba ieee ee 314 12 6O QUUINING suse vee he oe setewrdvewieue tedarecwarse 314 12 6 10 L
43. Places tick marks along the x axis of each graph e Show Plumb Line e Status Opens a sub menu with the following options e Bar Displays a status bar at bottom of graph e Tooltip Causes a tooltip to appear if you position your mouse pointer over part of the graph and leave it there for a couple of seconds e None Turns off tooltips and the status bar e Grid Lines Opens a sub menu with the following options e Both Displays both X and Y axis gridlines e X Axis Displays X axis gridlines e Y Axis Display Y axis gridlines e None Turns off gridlines e Grid on Top Moves the grid lines above the graph LeCroy Corporation 189 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual e Fonts and Colors Opens a dialog box for setting the colors and fonts used in the graphs view options x Fonts Tithe Times New Roman E B z AXIS Background rea 190 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation 9 6 3 Graph Areas Menu The Graph Areas menu allows you to view different information in the Bus Utilization window To view information or de Step 1 Click the Ka button to open the Graph Areas menu For USB 2 0 the display is similar to the following Rew Packet length Data length Bus Usage a Bus used Addr 0 amp Bus used Addr 1 Bus used Addr 0 Bus used Addr 1 For USB 3 0 the display is similar to the following U
44. Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests You can create your own dec file for a Class or Vendor Request For more information on the format of these Script Decoder files and the Script Decoding language read the Script Decoder Manual 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Options LeCroy Corporation The software will automatically assign decoders based on the enumeration sequence in a recorded file If the enumeration sequence is not captured or if software assigns an incorrect decoder you may manually select a decoder You can permanently assign a class or vendor decoding for an address and or endpoint or interface in a trace file Once assigned the decoding occurs automatically when you display transactions 8 2 1 Mapping Request Recipient to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a decoding group to a request recipient Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map Request Recipients to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding _ X Request Recipients Endpoints Request AFipes Endpoint AFipes Request 4 APipes Endpoint OWA APipes Gee bin Keep Actoss Recordings Cancel Apply Help 2 The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request Recipients found in the trace file The d
45. RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding Before mapping Request DWA RPipes to Class Vendor Decoding you must first assign the following endpoint decoders e Wire Adapter Data Out e Wire Adapter Data In e Wire Adapter Notif To assign a decoding group to a Request RPipe Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box Step 3 Click the Request DWA RPipes tab to display the Request DWA RPipes dialog Dox Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding a X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint APipes Request DwiA APipes Endpoint OA APipes Class Vendor Decoding 0 Class Port 0 64 D RPipe ClassVendor Decoding Groups Ho Decoding Keep Actoss Recordings x Cancel Apply Help 2 The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request recipients found in the trace file The RPipe field shows all Class and Vendor Request RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 4 Select a recipient Step 5 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Group
46. SYNC Expansion Card LeCroy Corporation You can cascade two Analyzers if they both have a CATC SYNC port e Voyager requires a CATC Sync Expansion Card for cascading e Advisor T3 has a built in CATC SYNC port and only requires a cross connect or octopus cable accessory After Analyzers are connected recording will start simultaneously and triggers will occur simultaneously with synchronized timestamps You must select both Analyzers in the Device List dialog see Analyzer Devices on page 57 Important When you are NOT doing cascaded recording you must UNPLUG the cable If you do not unplug the electrical signal prevents recording on all Analyzers Note In this software version cascaded recording only works if you use two Voyagers OR two Advisor T3s You cannot use one of each Also you must enable 3 0 Auto Detect Termination mode Manual control does not work 3 4 1 Removing Expansion Cards You can remove expansion cards using two tools e Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver e LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 3 16 x3 LeCroy EXTRACTION TOOL PN 230 0160 00 53 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual To remove an expansion card follow these steps Step 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel of the expansion card
47. Search View Window Help 0 bo Trigger 0 to Packet Transaction Transfer Crrl 6 ao to Marker Ctrl h 0 bo USB3 0 d AMY Error shift E i Find specific Errors j i Find Next F3 Ere ddr amp Endp j Search Direction Forward Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Ga j Channel j Step 2 Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view LeCroy Corporation 127 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 128 6 4 1 Packet IDs PIDs ANY Error Shift E IN Specific Errors SOF Data Length SETUP ddr amp Endp DAT AO Bus Conditions DATAL Split Hub ddr amp Pork t DATAZ On The Go MATA Channel b ACE MAK STALL WET PREERR SPLIT PIfdts ExT DAT A Select the type of packet to which you want to go 6 4 2 ANY Error ShifE C shift I shift F shift 5 shift 0 shift 1 Shiite Shift ShiFt 4 shift M Shiht L Shifts r Shiht F Shifts Shiht Shift R Shift D USB Protocol Suite User Manual Repositions the trace to show the next instance of any error LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 4 3 Errors The Errors menu allows you to search for five different types of error PID CRC5 CRC16 Packet Length and Stuff Bits Menu items appear in bold if they are present in the trace or are grayed out if not present in the trace as shown in the example below P
48. Session Level displays PTP Sessions SCSI Operation Level Displays SCSI Operation Level 14 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Refresh Decoding Forces the software to re decode transactions and transfers Useful if you have applied a decoding mapping which helps fully decode a sequence of transfers as is the case with Mass aa eee decoding fae a ea aaau display of the Tool Bar on or off Aep dye all open windows in an overlapping arrangement e o a S Displays online help You can also select F1 Video Tutorials Has links to YouTube videos that describe Voyager features Basic USB 3 0 Recording USB 3 0 Basic Triggering USB 3 0 Advanced Triggering Troubleshooting USB 3 0 Connection Issues USB 3 0 Packet Header Display USB 3 0 Compliance Part 1 USB 3 0 Compliance Part 2 laa License Opens a dialog box for updating your LeCroy license See Updating the Software License on page 352 F License Displays information related to licensing Information See License Information on page 351 Register Product Register at the LeCroy website Online See Registering Online on page 352 Check for Updates Use the Internet to analyze your system for licensed updates You can set the system to automatically check for updates at application startup in the LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update window See Software Updates on page 346 Displays version inf
49. Staccato Communications Product ID is 1024 The device releasenumber is 1 00 The manufacturerstring descriptorindex is 1 The productstring descriptorindex is 2 The device doesnt havethe string descriptordescribing the serial number The device has 1possible configurations x aw Previous Next jp L cee Step 2 To find a word in the text box click the Find button Enter the word in the Find What field To use a case sensitive search check Match Case To find only the exact word check Match Whole Word Only You can search Up or Down To search click Find Next Step 3 To save the View Fields text box as an HTML file click the Save As button enter a file name in the Save As dialog box then click Save Step 4 To view the previous or next Transfer Control field request of the same request type click Previous or Next The View Fields for Standard Request dialog box displays field definitions and values of the Standard Request LeCroy Corporation 171 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 172 For field definitions please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 8 3 3 Decoding Class Requests Examples of a class request are Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Request
50. TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On 60 000 ns O 000 000 410 PS IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 114 000 ns 0 000 000 470 IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp We 6 SKP COM D30 0 SHP D30 0 D14 1 22 000ns 0 000 000 584 IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Stamp 4 8 mi gt COM D02 0 D30 0 D27 4 COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 0 000 000 606 z aa b Bawa fauicktiming markers not set SS O Cf Hide Any Chirp J s or Chirp K s L I arch fad 4 LeCroy Corporation 69 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 2 The Main Display Window Menu Function New utg file Creates a new empty traffic generation file Available only if a trace file usb is open To edit a utg file click Edit as Text in the toolbar Closes the current file Saves all or a range of packets from the current file Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor Available only when a traffic generation file utg is open See Editing a Generation File on page 286 Edit Comment Creates or edits the Trace file comment field See Edit Comment on page 124 Check Syntax of utg Reads open utg file and checks syntax for errors Available only file when a traffic generation file utg is open Export gt
51. Text From Packet jo To Packet 48038 Frame Numbering Generate Automatically C Keep Original Values Channel Number Channeld Channel 1 T Include NAK ed Transactions T Include Device Side Packets Include Exact EOP values takes longer Step 5 Enter the numbers of the first and last packets in the series Note The device packets are removed from the exported generator text This is essential in creating a generator text file that can be used to handshake with your device Step 6 You can opt to regenerate the frame numbers and remove the NAKed transactions Once the generator text file is exported you may need to edit the file and adjust idle time to properly anticipate the responses from your device LeCroy Corporation 285 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 4 Editing a Generation File A utg file is a text file that can be edited with any text editor such as Notepad A better editing option however is Script Editor of the application Script Editor provides the usual editing functions such as select cut copy and paste but also adds tool tips colored keywords drop down parameter values and expandable collapsible packet data fields To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click the trace window and choose Edit as Text The Script Editor window opens in the lower portion of the trace window F LeCroy USB Prot
52. The data format for data fields such as Pids and Raw bits is hex e Each packet definition consists of this set of assignments key value e White space is permitted around the equal sign e There are no restrictions on dividing packet definition to lines nor is it necessary to define each packet in a separate line although it is recommended e The maximum number of characters in a line is 250 e The characters and indicate end of line comments i e the rest of the line is ignored e Comments are not allowed within brackets e No keys or values are case sensitive Each packet definition starts with one of these assignments e pid N where N is a string representing a valid packet identifier or an eight bit value e OR e frame N where N is an eleven bit value of the frame number or the strings auto and keep_alive A bus condition definition starts with one of these assignments e reset N where N is a positive integer or string e suspend N where N is a positive integer e resume N where N is a positive integer e chirp here Subsequent assignments after a packet s starting assignment define the values of particular fields within the packet If a field is not defined it is assumed to be 0 Values are assumed to be decimal unless they are prefixed with 0x and then are interpreted as hexadecimal Values within a data block assignment are always assumed to be hexadecimal and should not be prefixed by Ox 11 10 1 Scr
53. Toolbar 00000 00 249 10 5 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works 250 10 5 3 Creating Event Buttons 005 251 10 5 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area 252 10 5 5 Assigning an Action 0 0 0 0 cc eee eee 253 10 5 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus 254 10 5 7 Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 256 10 5 8 Counters and Timers for USB 2 0 209 10 5 9 Actions and Action Properties 261 10 5 10 Using a Single State Sequence 262 10 5 11 Using a Multi State Sequences 262 10 5 12 Using Independent Sequences 262 LeCroy Corporation xi USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 6 Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager only 263 10 6 1 Recording Rules Toolbar 0000 263 10 6 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works 264 10 6 3 Creating Event Buttons 05 264 10 6 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area 265 10 6 5 Assigning an Action 0 0 cee eee 266 10 6 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus 266 10 6 7 Actions and Action Properties 266 10 6 8 Events and Event Properties for USB 3 0 267 10 6 9 Counters and Timers for USB 3 0 269 10 6 10 Configuration Validity 0 00 00 000 e 271 10 7 Saving Recording Options
54. U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 Solid Yellow FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic Slow Flashing Yellow LS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Fast Flashing Yellow FS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Solid Green HS SOF s or control endpoint traffic Flashing Green HS traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Exerciser 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 unused Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab 88 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 7 Navigation Tools LeCroy Corporation You can zoom in and out and wrap packets transactions transfers to fit within the screen using the following buttons 4 7 1 Zoom In Zoom In increases the size of the displayed elements allowing fewer but larger packet fields per screen e Click Ey on the Tool Bar 4 7 2 Zoom Out Zoom Out decreases the size of the displayed elements allowing more but smaller
55. a oe ail Note The example shows a different expansion card but the removal method is the same Step 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs Step 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle 54 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation Step 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns Step 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 Step 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system a LeCroy Corporation 55 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 5 Application Startup 56 To start the application launch the LeCroy USB Protocol Suite program from the Start Menu Start gt Programs gt LeCroy gt USB Protocol Suite gt USB Protocol Suite to open the main window ALeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 5im_packets usb Eg Fie Setup Record Generate Report Search Yiew Window Help
56. a Memory Segment of commands and responses There are a maximum of eight of these queues and each has a unique address direction combination For control endpoints one queue is shared by both directions of the endpoint Traffic on the Default Endpoint Address 0 Endpoint 0 shares the same queue as the endpoint 0 of the selected device address the address it gets from the Host through the SetAddress request These always use endp_mem_seg 1 These are all set automatically when exporting a trace file to a Device Emulation utg file LeCroy Corporation 297 CONOOBRWDND Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual DET direction IN OUT retry TRUE FALSE 298 Defines the transfer direction of data for the specified endpoint For all transfer types but CONTROL there can be two distinct logical connections using the same address and endpoint They would differ only in defined direction Syntax example direction IN Host Generation Only Defines whether an automatic retry should be performed on packets to from this endpoint in the case that they are NAKed or in some cases NYETed or if a timeout on device response occurs RETRY only works for the Pids Setup In and Out If TRUE the Exerciser automatically retries the specified sequence if a Pid is received on the bus which does not match the expected_pid or if a timeout occurs The generator re issues the host packet s after
57. against fire replace fuse only with the type and rating specified above e USB type B host computer connector e Data In Out DB 9 9 pin external interface connector Note The BNC connector next to the Data In Out 9 pin DIN connector DOES NOT PROVIDE ANY USER FUNCTIONALITY It may have the label EXT CLK AUX or TRIGGER depending on when it was manufactured Do not use the BNC connector for any purpose The Trigger In and Trigger Out functions are only available through the Breakout Board accessory Warning Donotopen the Analyzer enclosure There are no operator serviceable parts inside Refer servicing to LeCroy LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 15 Advisor System Setup The Analyzer functions with any personal computer using the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 or Windows Vista 64 operating system and equipped with a functional USB interface The Analyzer is a stand alone unit configured and controlled through a personal computer USB port It can be used with portable computers for field service and maintenance as well as with desktop units in a development environment To install connect a cable between the computer s USB port and the Analyzer s USB port USB Advisor PC for Analysis USB Host Breakout Board USB af PC Connection USB Device T ee T gt USB Under Analysis Figure 2 8 USB Advisor Connection LeCroy Corporation 43 Chapte
58. and save display formats for later use Pop up tooltips annotate packet fields The display software operates independently of the hardware allowing it to function as a stand alone trace viewer that you can freely distribute LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help ECD tte ee ee ed ee EEE 2o Ball ya Ba OR i a BR Re ER wi EBD wn 1B LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp S Ping 200ns 220 000ns O 000 000 010 TSEQ Data TSEQ Count 3 Correct 32 symbol sequence Time Stamp 0 000 000 230 Time Stamp 0 000 000 368 S Time Time Stamp S TS2 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scrambling On 60 000 ns 0 000 000 410 Ips lite Cu Smbl Time Time Stamp E 7 COMD30 0 D30 J D30 0 COM D26 0 D15 0 114 000 ns O 000 000 470 PS Cnt IPS Smbl Time Time Stamp PS E co SKP COM D30 0 SHP D30 0 D14 1 22 000 ns O 000 000 584 IPS Cnt IPS Smbl Time St a PS COM D02 0 D30 0 D274 COM D30 0 D30 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 D150 0 000 OC Bw QuickTimingmarkersnotset sd Hide Any Chirp or Chip Ks C T T Figure 1 1 Trace Viewer Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 1 2 Accurate Time Measurement Voyager Advisor T3 The internal counter timer circuitry enables reliable accurate 2 ns resolution time stamping of recorded bus traffic Trace
59. and the bits within the bytes are in MSB to LSB order Maximum number of bytes allowed is 1049 5 bits 0x0 0x1F Assign a value for the crc field The default value is the correct crc calculated for the packet Key Code Format Descripton or 16 bits 0x0 0xF FFF Oor 1 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the s High Speed SPLIT Start Speed field Oor 1 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the sc High Speed SPLIT Start Complete field Oor 1 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the e High Speed SPLIT End field et 0to3 Host Generation Only Assign a value for the et High Speed SPLIT Endpoint Type field 0 Control 1 Isoch 2 bulk 3 Interrupt hird 4 bits 0 15 Host Generation Only Assign the Host Initiated Resume Duration Default value is 0 For a description of the values 1 through 15 see the Link Power Management Specification link_state 4 bits 0 15 Host Generation Only Assign the link state Currently the only legal link_state value is 1 for L1 Sleep Default value is O so set the link_state value to 1 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 KeyCode Format remote_wake Oor 1 Host Generation Only Disable or enable Remote Wakeup Default value is 0 which disables Remote Wakeup To enable Remote Wakeup set the value to 1 positive integer Assign a positive integer for the length of the end of
60. any of the components needs to be updated Follow the on screen instructions to complete the update 349 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual 13 3 4 Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine You can manually update the Firmware BusEngine and or Serdes BusEngine by performing the following steps Step 1 Select Setup gt Update Device on the Menu Bar to display the Update Device dialog Update Voyager SN 62170 Status File Name DG p_4 Software net2010 AnalyzerSwiC GR p _4 Software net2010 AnalyzerSwi DG cp _4 Software net2010 AnalyzerSwiC GR p _4 Software net2010 AnalyzerSwi The dialog shows the Device Name Type Current Version Required Version Status and File Name Note Updating the CATCSync Bus Engine can take up to 40 minutes For that reason it is recommended that you do not update it when its current status is OK Step 2 To update the Firmware BusEngine and or Serdes BusEngine first select its check box Step 3 Click Update Selected or click Update All to update all three Note The most current files were copied to your LeCroy USB Protocol Suite directory when you installed the program Step 4 Power cycle the Analyzer Re initialization takes a couple of minutes 350 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 13 4 License Information Chapter 13 Updates You can view license information by selecting Display License Informatio
61. aon 185 9 6 BUS Utilization naana Spm 4 de bh dd Sd beak Weed 186 9 6 1 Bus Utilization Buttons 0 0 0 0 0005 188 9 6 2 View Settings Menu 0 0 0 cee ees 189 9 6 3 Graph Areas Menu 0 0 0 ee 191 9 7 Link Tracker 3 0 s 2 5043 5 2 2b tae eo hae nw aden Seen ddd 193 9 7 1 Using the Link Tracker Window 194 9 7 2 Link Tracker Buttons 00 020 c eee 196 9 8 Using the Trace Navigator 0 000 ce eee eee 198 9 8 1 Displaying the Navigator 0200 0 eee 198 9 8 2 Navigator Toolbar 0 0 cee ee ee 199 9 8 3 Navigator RangeS 0 000 cee ees 200 9 8 4 Navigator PaneS 0 0c eee 202 9 9 Detail View wi gece hist nananana naaa aa 205 9 9 1 Detail View and Spreadsheet View 205 910 SPEC VIEWS O eranan ns puis eed eat he eked he 206 9 11 USB3 Link State Timing View 0 0 02 00 0c eae 207 9 11 1 USB3 Link State Timing View Toolbar 208 9 12 USB3 LTSSM View 0 0 0 0000 eee 209 9 13 POwer PACKER corrosie eo iae tr hi ah Gow An alsae ow ede a gh 210 9 13 1 Power Tracker Toolbar 0 0000 eee 211 9 14 Running Verification Scripts 0 0 0 0 eee eee 212 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 15 Real Time Monitoring 0 0 00 ee eee 217 9 15 1 Real Time Statistics Buttons 218 9 15 2 Real Time Statistical M
62. are highlighted in brown Comments are in green Errors are in red 12 6 2 Text Editing Commands The Script Editor supports standard editor commands using toolbar buttons and Edit menu commands e Cut Copy Paste Also available by right clicking a command to display a menu e Undo Redo e Find Replace Find Next e Bookmarks Show Hide Previous Next and Clear All 12 6 3 Help Right click a command to display a menu from which you can choose Help 12 6 4 Properties Window The Properties window lists all parameters and their values for the selected script command Parameters values can be changed by entering text into the text boxes or by selecting items from pull down menus 12 6 5 File Tabs At the top of the Script Editor window is a tab with the name of the open generation file lf there are Include statements in the generation file that link it to other generation files these files automatically open and display as tabs at the top of the window You can click the tabs to toggle between the open generation files 12 6 6 Errors When you compile a script and have an error the error appears in the Error tab at the bottom of the application window Each error has a file name line number and description Double clicking the error jumps to the line number A red square appears next to the line number that contains the error A yellow square appears next to the line number that has a warnings Note You cannot run a scr
63. at E Sof ak Packet tH reports Packet 0 To Packet 32986 eFers Min eFers Avro riers Max Resp time Max oo T Al Traffic 2 zZ 2 54 81 683 ps 2 694 ms 116 701 ms 234 z234 PKT Fackets ae Token M Data L G Handshake TRA Transactions L G Handshake p FR Transfers E W Control PTPIMTP Transaction PTPIMTP Object Transfer PTPIMTP Session SCSI clea Ran E nee mo wy OW Win Sl Timing Report giie wine om a a a zi RD READ E i Lun READ Performance By LUN ee WA WRITE Operations i Lun WRITE Performance By LUN J Power Measurements USB 2 0 Errors S Operation ll Trafic e Address e Number Of Transfers Total number of transfers that compose the SCSI operation e Response Time Time to transmit on the USB link from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation e Latency Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans mitted for the SCSI IO operation e Data To Status Time Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer e Payload Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI operation LeCroy Corporation 185 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 6 Bus Utilization The Bus Utilization window displays information on bandwidth use for the three recording channels To open the Bus Utilization window select Report gt Bus Utilization
64. can convert a graphical scenario to a script scenario which you can then modify Note The software does not support converting a text scenario to a graphic scenario Save You can save a created project by selecting File gt Save You can run a saved project by selecting Generation gt Run Scenario or using the Run Toolbar LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 8 2 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario To select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario Step 1 Right click any SCSI packet and select Copy to exerciser from the menu a ahl j o if al TET a l SCH Operation 3 Expand This CSI Operation Expand All SCSI Operations Collapse All SCSI Operations Set marker Set Start Quick Timing marker Ctri Click Set End Quick Timing marker Ctri Shitt Click Step 2 Go to the Graphical View of the Exerciser right click in the view and select paste from the menu 12 8 3 Graphical Toolbar The Graphical toolbar contains buttons for Zooming wrapping and converting from graphic scenario to text scenario Des ies T The buttons have the following functions Fe 7 E Zoom In ER Zoom Out Convert from graphic scenario E Wrap bi to text scenario LeCroy Corporation 327 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 9 Loading and
65. capability Plug and Play USB installation 2 GB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host PC DC power supply Expansion port for optional External Trigger In Out cable as well as multi box synchronized recording USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d transactions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet tru
66. conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 21 Chapter 1 Overview 22 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 5 2 Advisor T3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions Has field upgradeable firmware Supports all USB speeds 5 GB s 480 MB s 12 MB s and 1 5 MB s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 computer with USB
67. describe a combined USB Tracer Universal Protocol Analyzer System 2 9 1 Package UPAS 12 2 x 12 2 x 3 5 inches 31 1 x 31 1 x 8 9 cm USB Tracer Plug in 4 5 x 6 7 x 1 3 inches 11 3 x 17 0 x 3 2 cm 2 9 2 Connectors UPAS AC power connection External trigger connection Host connection USB type B 2 9 3 Weight UPAS 7 5 Ib 3 4 kg USB Tracer Plug in 1 0 Ib 0 5 kg 2 9 4 Power Requirements 90 to 254 VAC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum LeCroy Corporation 35 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 36 2 9 5 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 55 C 32 to 131 F Storage Range 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F Operating Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters 2 9 6 Probing Characteristics Connection High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables 2 9 7 Switches Power On off Manual Trigger When pressed forces a trigger event 2 9 8 Indicators LEDs UPAS Power PWR Illuminated when the Analyzer is powered on Status STATUS Illuminated solid during self test blinking during failure off when the Analyzer is functioning properly Recording REC Illuminated when the Analyzer is actively recording traffic data Triggered TRG Illuminated during power on testing and when the Analyzer has detected a valid trigger condition Uploading UPLD Illuminated when the Analyzer is uploading its recording memory to the
68. does not move Zoom In R Zoom Out Q Continuous Time Scale No collapsing Collapse Idle Do not show some periods of Link being idle E Collapse Idle Plus Do not show periods of Link being idle Bezi 196 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Ox One CET Text Columns Show Values Show Scrambled Values Show 10b Codes Show Symbols Show Text Columns to view Chapter 9 Reports 197 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 8 Using the Trace Navigator The trace Navigator is a tool for navigating within the trace It allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace and to narrow the range of traffic on display It also allows you to quickly jump to any point in the trace 9 8 1 Displaying the Navigator Click Es in the toolbar select Report gt Navigator or select the Navigation Bar checkbox in the Display Options General window to display the Navigator Navigator Mas Pre Post Trigger Types of traffic Protocols of traffic The Navigator appears on the right side of the Main window It has a two button toolbar and a vertical slider bar It also has colored panes for navigating the trace in different ways You set which panes are displayed through Navigator pop up menus The Navigator bar can be repositioned in the trace and can be oriented horizontally or vertically docked or undocked by dragging the parallel bars at t
69. file was Hi Speed and was recorded in Auto Speed Detect mode you must add a ping here statement before the first SOF packets in the utg file This is required because when the capture is made in Auto Speed Detect mode the first Ping sequence is not captured in the trace file LeCroy Corporation 77 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 3 Tool Bar ott i Auto Mode record A Db O dt et ub oe AECE CO eee ae et ee ee ee ae EE Sess 4 a s Sep ne The Tool Bar provides quick and convenient access to the most popular program functions Tool tips briefly describe the functionality of each icon and menu item as the mouse arrow is moved over the icon item USE 3 0 Exerciser 4 3 1 Files Searches and Options Lar Open file Save As Edit as Text Find see Find on page 138 Find Next Setup Recording Options See Recording Options on page 221 Setup Display Options zee E See Display Options on page 143 4 3 2 Zoom and Wrap Zoom In a Zoom Out E Wrap 78 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview LeCroy Corporation 4 3 3 Miscellaneous 3 Display Realtime Statistics See ____ Assign High Level Decodes Real Time Monitoring on page 217 nee See Decode Requests on page 155 Display Stacking View Stacking conserves space in the trace view by displaying rep
70. generation files utg to generate traffic Device emulation has three steps create a generation file configure generation settings and then generate traffic 11 9 1 Creating a Generation File Generation files can be created one of two ways e Write a generation script file using either LeCroy s context sensitive script editor or any text editor that you choose OR e Use a pre recorded trace file that has the type of traffic that you want to generate This file is a blueprint for the traffic generation script file If you decide to use a pre recorded trace file as a generation blueprint then verify that the trace file contains traffic for only one device If it does not hide all the other devices Setup gt Level Hiding and save the file as a new file without the hidden traffic File gt Save As and check the option Do not save hidden packets transactions transfers 11 9 2 Setting Generation Options Step 1 Set the Traffic Generation options by configuring the Misc page in the Recording Options dialog box Setup gt Recording Options gt Misc Step 2 In the Misc page select Device Emulation Mode Step 3 Configure Resume settings e If you want the simulated device to issue Resumes then select Device Resumes and enter a delay time in milliseconds If you do not select Device Resumes then the emulated device waits for a Host to issue a Resume e If you want the simulated device to take its address from the Traffic
71. hand edit the file to achieve the desired results For example if a NAK comes where the expected_pid was a DATA1 the user should edit the utg file to move the pid IN command to later in the file by inserting some frame AUTO idle TO_EOF pairs before it This allows time for the device to be ready for the IN lf RETRY TRUE for this address endpoint the NAKs are ignored and the SOF s are generated automatically until the expected PID occurs device_pid pid string Use this as the first key of most packets sent by a device The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification DATAO DATA1 ACK NAK STALL NYET DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM Normally the device_pid statement is NOT present in a Host Generation utg file because the device responses are intended to come from real devices By default Host Generation files exported from Trace Files do NOT include device_pid statements Warning If you specify PID OxNN you must use raw_data to specify the rest of the packet data because the packet structure is unknown LeCroy Corporation 301 Use this as the first key of most packets sent by the Host Exception Use frame for SOF packets The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification SETUP IN OUT DATAO DATA1 ACK PRE PING SPLIT DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM Optionally you may assign this key a raw eight bit value to force an error condition
72. it is necessary to update for optimal performance Updates can be performed two ways either automatically or manually This chapter describes both procedures 13 1 Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions The Readme txt file on the first installation disk and in the installed directory gives last minute updates about the current release Included with each release are the most recent downloadable images of the Firmware and the BusEngine Once the Analyzer has completed the self diagnostics and is connected to the PC you can check the latest revision of the software and BusEngine by selecting About from the Help menu About USB Protocol Suite k LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB Protocol Analyzer PO EE AERE EE Software Version 3 30 Build 545 No remote nodes in analyzer network 2009 LeCroy Corporation Voyager Serial Number 61495 0x00F037 Firmware Version 1 05 Build Number 42 BusEngine Version 1 04 Build Number 226 Serdes BusEngine Version 1 03 Build Number 38 CPU Board ID 0x41 Rev 0x3 FPGA Board ID 0x12 Rev 0x4 PHY Board ID 0x18 Rev 0x3 About details revisions of the following software and hardware e Software Version e Unit Serial Number e Firmware Version e BusEngine Version e Serdes BusEngine Version Note When contacting LeCroy for technical support please have available the revisions reported in the About window LeCroy Corporation 345 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite Use
73. or Advanced Recording Options Mode Basic mode is for simple Recording Options Advanced mode provides more sophisticated Recording Rules that enable complex filters triggers and Sequencing You can switch modes by clicking the Switch to Basic Mode or Switch to Advanced Mode button In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Voyager is Recording Options oyager l x General Misc USB 2 0 Misc LISE 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product f Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Options Mame Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Program Files Lecroy Installation data usb Recording Type Recording Channels f Snapshot IY USB 2 0 Manual Trigger USB 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Mote For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512M6 trace Files Vous Power f Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position Keep YBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes WEO W W 32 000 ME Mot used with snapshot Capture M3i Power Measurements voltage and Current lt Debug Support gt Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage c GB Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 jap Until Triggered plus 0Dayls 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 yp Switch
74. or click the button marked dl A window opens with graph areas For USB 2 0 the display is similar to the a Packet length EETTTEEEEEENE qo EE eee 000 81 200 1 400 1 60 1 600 2 000 2200 Time A _ Cc Length bytes L Bus usage es 1 ll el O00 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 Time Percent 0 14 DO M E Bus usage by device qe ee 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 600 2 000 2 200 Time ne Percent 40 1 E Ready Rec Speed ChO 4uto Chl Guta 5 a 186 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports For USB 3 0 the display is similar to the following Bus Utilization Sim_usb3_massstorage_convert usb B cs Br aaea Qe Selo USB 3 Packet Length 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 Time ns d USB3 Data Length a l R aeee E E E 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 Time i IEEE USB3 Data Throughput Lill IJ li ca 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 2 600 2 800 Time i AL Length bytes ui um oa D I L cn mu Throughput MB yess LeCroy Corporation 187 Chapter 9 Reports 188 9 6 1 Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data The buttons have the following functions Save As Saves the graphs as a m bitmap file bmp
75. position indicator 203 blue highlight 313 Bookmarks 313 branching 262 Breakout Board 38 40 45 brown highlight 313 359 Index BT dec file 158 buffer size 18 Buffer Size box 234 Bulk Int Transfer field 162 bus analyzer 12 condition 294 condition keys 303 Bus Conditions 131 Bus Conditions shortcuts 92 bus data recording 272 Bus Reset 151 Bus Usage option 220 Bus Utilization buttons 188 report 186 BusEngine 3 manual updating 350 technology 3 update 349 buttons bus utilization 188 Detach Device 41 Manual Trigger 41 real time statistics 218 Script Editor 287 312 316 317 327 tool bar descriptions 78 Bytes box 239 C cable connector 38 Cable Based Association Framework dec file 158 cables 40 connectors 45 USB 46 CAPI Control Model dec file 155 cascading 53 CATC SYNC port 53 CATC Trace 17 40 recording 67 set marker 95 CATC Trace View 119 Cell pop up menu 254 cells 252 highlight 252 types 252 Channel search 132 360 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Channel 0 or Channel 1 packets 151 Channel field 329 channels recording 18 Check for Updates command 346 348 Check Syntax command 70 Chirp Bus conditions 151 Chirped packets 105 chirps hiding 105 class decoding keys 306 class definition files 155 Class Request decode 172 Class request decode 172 Class Vendor decoding 159 Class Vendor Decoding field 159 Class Vendor Decoding Groups menu 160 Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding field 162 menu 1
76. precludes selecting Advance the Sequence and Restart the Sequence External Trigger Pulse HIGH Sends an output signal with a Pulse High format through the output ports on the back of the UPAS Pulse High is the default format Pulse High causes the analyzer to transmit a 5 volt 40 nanosecond signal Properties Displays the Action Properties dialog for the selected action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears The Event pop up menu has the following options Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop up described previously Add Counter Adds a counter to count a specified number of times the event occurs before the analyzer executes the corresponding action Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event 255 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 5 7 Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions These associations de
77. program prompts you to specify a range of packets then displays the following window H Ma BE re ao e fo eof at Packet t m m All reports Packet 0 To Packet 32986 a PKT Al Traffic SCSI Command TEST UNIT READY 0x00 A Packets SCSI Command INQUIRY SPC 0x12 Pass 1 PKT SCSI Command MODE SENSE 6 0x1A Pass 5 a Token SCSI Command READ FORMAT CAPACITIES 0x73 Pass i iad 10 Data SCSI Command READ CAPACITY 10 0x25 Pass E S Handshake SCSI Command READ 10O 0x28 Pass 112 Fl TR Transactions eat i FS Handshake Ble see Transfers Low Ww Control ETE PTPIMTP Transaction BTR PTP MTP Object Transfer sila Session jos a E ma Report E RD READ Operations wow Lun READ Performance By LUN 5 WR WRITE Operations n LUD WRITE Performance By LUN sase E Power Measurements F USB 2 0 Errors All Traffic SCS Operation The Options menu allows you to show Grid lines Row selection and Tight columns You can have Event Navigation Skip hidden items Show hidden items and Prompt for hidden Row selection Tight columns Event Navigation d 184 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports ry sh Click to display the Select Range dialog x From Packet 0 Packet E Reset Range to Whole Trace Cancel Enter a number From and a number To You can Reset Range to Whole Trace 9 5 1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are i Ma a Go
78. should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification SETUP IN OUT DATAO DATA1 ACK DATA2 or MDATA PRE and PING are for Hubs only and are not supported Each memory segment waits forever until it receives the expected PID to its address endpoint so the user may have to hand edit the file to achieve the desired results Each endpoint memory segment acts independently 302 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Format Dessin SSS Bus Condition Keys reset positive Host Generation Only integer Indicates the number of microseconds that Or single ended zeros SEO are driven onto the bus LS_EOP Assign a positive integer to this key This key can also be assigned the string LS_EOP to drive two low speed bit times of SEO followed by one bit time of J se0 positive integer Host Generation Only lt 2500 Same SEO signal as reset but the range is in nanoseconds accuracy 33 ns suspend positive Host Generation Only integer Indicates the number of microseconds of idle and suspend after the previous packet for example for ten milliseconds of suspend the key should equal 13000 Assign a positive integer to this key Note that suspend begins after 3 milliseconds of idle resume positive Host Generation Only integer Indicates the number of microseconds of K driven onto the bus Assign a positive integer to
79. software display Speeds interpretation and debug of USB traffic Compatible with LeCroy USBMobile Inspector Chief Advisor and USB Tracer Trainer OTG On The Go Support Records and analyzes HNP and SRP including capture of VBus pulses Trace Navigator Defines areas of interest and shrinks the viewable Trace to areas of most importance Advanced Triggering Isolates important traffic specific errors or data patterns Hardware Filtering Removes non essential fields from the trace for faster analysis Intelligent Reporting Quickly identifies and tracks error rates and abnormal bus or timing conditions Sophisticated Viewing Displays Packet Transaction and Transfer layers of the USB protocol Downloadable Trace Viewer Software General Shares and annotates trace recordings within a development team e Fully complies with USB 2 0 specification e Supports Link Power Management extension to USB 2 0 specification e Supports Full Speed Low Speed and Hi Speed USB e Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface e Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software e Has a 12 month warranty and hot line customer support Physical Components e PC Card form Personal analyzer Low power portable operation with any notebook PC e Two Mini AB USB ports and cables Designed to reduce bulk and maintain portabilit
80. the software update LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 13 Updates 13 2 2 Automatic Check for Software Updates You can set the application to automatically check for software updates either during software installation or in the installed application After enabling automatic software update checking when you start the application the application checks for any software updates If an update is available the application notifies you Note To automatically check for software updates you need an open internet connection Note Automatic checking for software updates does not download install or update the application It only notifies you that an update is available After receiving notification you must use the Software Update window to download and install the latest version of the application During Software Installation During software installation a window asks if you would like to receive automatic notification when software updates are available Select the checkbox to enable automatic checking for software updates LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Version 3 01 Build 484 LeCroy Software can automatically notify you when software updates are available Please select if you want to enable this feature for USB Protocol Suite on this machine IF you choose this option You must accept the terns of the LeCroy Pryvacy Policy Agreement fou may also change the setting later in the application Op
81. the starting event before it performs whatever action you assign Timers cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum timer value is 65 535 Counter A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum counter value is 65 535 Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event For example you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events you enable Counters Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering For example use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message Events and Actions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties e Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered e Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The de
82. the words Go to Step 3 Enter the number of the packet you want to display Step 4 Click OK The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view 6 3 Go to Marker To instruct the Analyzer to display a marked packet Step 1 Select Go to Marker under Search on the Menu Bar You see a drop down menu listing the marked packets in that Trace View Search View Window Help 0 to Trigger 60 to PacketiTransaction Transfer So bo Marker Packet 4 Marker 1 Packet 16 Marker All Markers Step 2 Select the desired packet from the displayed list The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Note The Go to Marker feature functions in conjunction with the Set Marker feature The comments within the parentheses following each marked packet are added or edited with the Set Marker feature Please refer to Set Marker on page 95 You can use Ctrl M to go immediately to the All Markers dialog Packet Selection works with Go to Marker 126 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 4 Go To USB2 0 The Go To USB2 0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace Step 1 Select Go To USB2 0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB2 0 drop down menu For 2 0 data the menu is
83. this key For a proper resume sequence this should be followed by the condition reset LS_EOP speed LOW wait_resume HERE Host Generation Only Place this immediately before a resume lt gt statement to implement a device resume also known as Remote Wakeup This causes the host to wait for the device to issue the Resume K condition before the Host proceeds with its own Resume signalling This statement MUST be followed by the resume lt gt statement chirp HERE Used to create a chirp sequence for a High Speed generation ae Usage chirp HERE wait_vbus VALID Device Emulation Only O waves OO termination HERE Device Emulation Only E seemanne wait_termination HERE Host Emulation Only Only for Voyager Wait until Device Speed terminations are seen before proceeding LeCroy Corporation 303 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 304 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Keys for Packet Fields Used to cause a low speed packet on a full speed branch The only legal value is speed LOW hub_addr 7 bits 0 127 Host Generation Only ae pee Assign a value for the hub_address field of a SPLIT packet 7 bits 0 127 Host Generation Only PR SOTE kes avalue or pon edota SPLIT pacet data AB CD Assign data bytes for the data field Use the following syntax data 12 34 56 78 90 AB CD EF DC 13 40 78 11 CA 70 65 You can wrap bytes of the data field to the next line The bytes are in the order they come across the bus
84. 000 O64 00 000 O00 072 00 000 000 080 00 000 O00 038 00 000 O00 036 00 000 000 104 00 000 000 112 00 000 O00 120 00 000 000 128 00 000 O00 136 00 000 O00 1 44 An Ann ANA 1A Onz 2 4nz 6nz Onz 25 4nz 6ng r Ready peach You can select the number of columns to view more or less data at one time Each time slot in the vertical axis represents the minimum time that a DWORD requires to traverse the bus Toolbar Presents buttons for changing the format of the Link Tracker window Main Display Area Displays traffic chronologically as it occurred in the recording The window divides into columns the first column shows time and traffic is shown on a channel by channel basis in the columns on the right 193 Chapter 9 Reports 194 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 7 1 Using the Link Tracker Window The Link Tracker window can be reformatted in several ways Zooming In and Out Zooming out can give you a quick high level view of a trace A fully Zoomed out trace only shows columns and colored lines Using the colors you can see what types of traffic run through the trace Further information can be obtained on any point of interest in the trace by positioning your mouse pointer over it Tool tips provide detailed description of events Note When fully zoomed out the smallest graphical unit is the DWORD represented by a single line Zooming out makes the trace appear smaller and increases the time scale in t
85. 000001 00010 2159 3607 SETUP ADDR CRES EOP gg 00000001 0xB4 O 0 0x08 233ns DATAO NECE a dle Time Stamp a 00000001 0xBB29 00010 2159 3987 EOP Idle Time Stamp E 00000001 983 200 us 00010 2159 4510 Before Trigger Idle Time Stamp 00010 2159 3802 Frame CRCS EOP oo000001 oas 724 xe 250ns dle Time Starnp After Trigger MA r NI ANMR ORAA ENP Idle Time Gtamn jad Time stamp appended to each packet Filtered Traffic is displayed as a gray line Specifies speed packet transmitted Indicates a marked comment is set You can start the application from the Desktop or from the installed directory The display software can operate independently of the Analyzer When used without the Analyzer the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view analyze and print captured protocol traffic When used with the Analyzer you can set trigger conditions record monitor and analyze the activity of your USB bus LeCroy Corporation 67 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 7 Notes on Vista and Windows 7 Directory Protections 68 3 1 User Data File Paths Windows Vista and Windows 7 institute a policy which prevents user data from being written into the Program Files directory folder It was common for applications written for Windows XP and earlier to use the Program Files folder to store user data LeCroy and CATC products used this folder as a default fo
86. 167 169 Endpoints tab 162 endpoints decoding 173 DWA RPipes 169 RPipes 167 Endpoints dialog box 162 environment 44 environmental conditions 32 36 EPLD 3 349 error detection 2 error log 288 317 Error Summary report 179 errors 313 searching for 129 summary 179 Errors pane 202 Ethernet connection 52 Ethernet connector 31 Ethernet Networking Control Model dec file 155 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Event buttons creating 251 dragging 252 Event pop up menu 255 Event Properties dialog 255 Event Trigger recording 231 events 3 actions 253 256 buttons 251 copying 255 deleting 255 moving 255 events for USB 2 0 256 257 Events Group box 139 events USB 3 0 267 Exclusion search 140 Exerciser LEDs 30 Exerciser menus 310 Exerciser Ports 30 expand 314 Expand Packet Data 144 Expand Script Decodes 144 Expand This USB Transfer command 114 Expand Transaction menu 111 Export command 70 283 Export dialog 329 Export to Generator Text window 285 Export to Script button 329 exporting Trace to a Traffic Generation File 329 exporting to a utg file 77 external clock 30 External Interface Breakout Board 38 45 external interface connector 34 42 External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers checkbox 241 External Trigger Pulse HIGH option 255 F fax 355 features 7 14 22 named 351 product 17 trace 67 93 fields expanding 101 Fields option 145 file generation format 294 LeCroy Corporation Index
87. 2 0 Key Code Format____ Description Endpoint Configuration begin_config HERE Defines the beginning of the region in the file used to configure the endpoint types The configuration is necessary to determine the default behavior of the NAK retry mechanism during IntelliFrame operation Between the begin_config HERE and the end_config HERE statements is a series of config_endpoint xxx statements which define each endpoint s type and default retry behavior The config region must precede any actual packet or bus condition statements For Device Emulation the config region is mandatory It provides the mapping of the endpoints into their corresponding segments of Analyzer memory which contain the traffic for those endpoints When exporting to a utg file from a trace file these sections are created automatically Syntax example begin_config HERE end_contig HERE Terminates the region in the file used for configuring the endpoints See begin_config Syntax example end_config HERE config_endpoint CONTROL Begins a statement that defines a particular INTERRUPT endpoint s type default retry behavior ISOCHRONOUS Host Generation only and memory segment BULK Device Emulation only Usage example config_endpoint BULK addr 1 endp 3 direction OUT retry TRUE retry_next_frame FALSE endp_mem_seg Device Emulation Only Separates each endpoint function into a different queue also referred to as
88. 3 LTSSM View on View on page 207 page 209 Run Verification Scripts Show Power Tracker penai See Running Verification Scripts on Power captures are supported only l page 212 on Voyager M3i See Power Tracker on page 210 4 3 5 Recording Superspeed USB 3 0 receiver terminations of Analyzer x Status On M3i If both Analyzer ports are set to Auto in Recording Options this button Record a ot is dimmed If either port is set to Manual this button can apply or remove USB 3 0 termination M3 This button is always enabled and Auto mode is not supported Start Recording iy Manual Trigger Stop Recording Repeat Upload Momentary VBus Disconnect Voyager M3i Only Causes the VBus power between the Host and the Device connected through the Analyzer A and B USB ports to be broken for 1 second simulating a unplug plugin cycle This is the recommended method of creating plug in scenarios Note When Disconnect is done during recording it may cause capturing of IPS undecodable symbols and false triggering of CRC triggers because packets will be abruptly stopped in the middle of a symbol stream LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 3 6 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 3 See Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser on page 307 Go to USB 3 0 Exerciser i 2 USE 3 0 Exerciser window Displ
89. 36 39 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum DeviceNumber CONFIGURATION DESC 0x00 0x00 0x2700 Wai 40 4 r Aa oi 17 Coe Tease soe bose D an dae aoe Tae Tee es oe Tae le ee SUT TAT Te ee Oe ee I Tee Step 12 optional You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters Step 13Click the Compile button or select Build gt Compile to check the file for errors The application lists any errors in the Errors tab Step 14Click the Save button or select File gt Save to save the file Note Saving the file automatically compiles it LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 8 Graphical Scenario Editor Graphic Scenario 3 The Graphical Scenario Editor allows you to create Host Emulator scenarios only using high level constructs and graphical elements After inserting an item you can modify these elements through simple edit boxes and pull down selections by clicking on elements You can insert the following items e High Level SCSI Commands SPC 3 SBC 2 SMC 2 SSC 2 MMC 5 SCC 2 and SES 2 e High Level Task Management Functions e Bus Enumeration Control Requests e Settings e Mass Storage Transfer Packets e Instructions Start Loop End Loop Delay Stop Exerciser After you create a new graphical scenario use the following steps to edit or build the scenario lt gt x Ready a Z
90. 36 month warranty and hot line customer support Works in conjunction with the LeCroy USB Trainer USB Traffic Generator hardware module to create a fully customizable USB test platform Physical Components 14 Hardware module for the LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 computer with USB capability Plug and Play USB installation High impedance tap Inserts non intrusively in any branch of a USB system 512 MB of physical data recording memory Two all speed Low Full or Hi Speed recording channels Full Speed USB connection to desktop or portable host PC Hi Speed on UPAS 2500H platform Internal wide range AC power supply Break out board to interface to external test equipment LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA CATC Trace displays and enumerates High speed Micro Frames Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions Such as NAK d transactions Advanced trigge
91. 5 Oisabled 55 Inactive Hot Reset Loopback Recowery Polling Rix Detect Unknown Time The States are U3 U2 U1 Compliance SS Disabled SS Inactive Hot Reset Loopback Recovery Polling Rx Detect and Unknown Time is displayed along the bottom in microseconds LeCroy Corporation 207 Chapter 9 Reports 208 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 11 1 USB3 Link State Timing View Toolbar TEES TR The buttons have the following functions Er Vertical zoom in Vertical zoom out Zoom by Selection Zoom by Horizontal Drag Full Screen Show Downstream port link states g Pointer Mode Hand Panning Insert Time markers After clicking click in the display to make a red vertical line Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines Monitor Sync by Time Synchronize the USB3 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View Show Upstream port link states LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 12 USB3 LTSSM View The LTSSM View displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification Click a to display the USB3 LTSSM View USES LTSSM view 33 Inactive C omp lian H PF ff ff it EA 7 r Fi yf Fi ri Y a _ Fa E z Loopback B ae A z j Hot Reset a m Ms n Fa k Ne 1 1 _ ba ic p 7 To a 1 LI f ee EEN Tit Mig
92. 63 Class Vendor endpoint RPipes decoding 167 169 Classic LED 34 Classic Speed port 41 Clear Marker command 96 Clear Quick Timing Marker command 97 clock 30 238 rate 16 selection 238 Clock Speed Selection 240 collapse 314 Collapse Idle 196 Collapse Idle Plus 196 Collapse This USB Transfer command 114 Collapsible Idle Time 195 colors Display Options 147 command modifiers 313 Command Properties window 313 commands 313 comments 313 editing 124 Communication Device Subclass EEM dec file 155 Communications and CDC Control dec file 155 Communications Device Class CDC Data 157 Communications Device Class CDC Data dec file 157 Compare Endpoint Data command 70 Compile command 320 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual components 40 physical 7 14 18 22 26 system 33 Compressed CATC Trace 119 Config Status Indicator 247 Configuration Name option 145 connect Trainer 307 connecting cables 51 52 65 Trainer 277 Connection Properties dialog 57 connections cable 45 connector pin out 46 to a PC 46 connector cable 38 Data In Out 38 DB 25 13 34 DB 9 42 descriptions 39 module 34 connectors 35 42 44 45 contents of package 40 Continuous Time Scale 196 Control Transfer 170 Control Transfer field 170 Conventional Single Buffer Recording 233 convert usb file 69 Copy Event to option 255 copying events 255 counter 2 counters 255 counting 3 creating generation file 292 CrossSync Control P
93. 69 P package 35 package contents 40 Packet field 95 Packet Direction field 94 packet fields keys 304 Packet label 100 Packet menu 95 packet starting keys 301 packet type 133 packet types USB 3 0 94 Packet View 108 packets defining fields 295 definition 294 display level 145 hiding SOF 105 packet starting keys 301 searching for IDs 128 view 67 Packets to CSV option 70 Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generation Text File option 70 LeCroy Corporation Index Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File option 70 Packets to Text Generator Text File Format com mand 285 Packets to Text option 70 Packets to USB3 Exerciser Script usb3g 70 Packing List 33 40 packing list 29 pane checkbox 203 parameters 313 Partial Upload 86 Partial Upload button 86 percentages post triggering 234 Photographic and Imaging Manufacturers Associa tion 157 Physical dec file 156 physical components 7 14 18 22 26 Physical Interface dec file 156 physical memory 234 Picture Transfer Protocol 117 Picture Transfer Protocol dec file 157 PID shortcuts 91 PIMA 157 pin signaling 45 pin out descriptions 46 pin outs 39 descriptions 39 pins 38 45 Point of Sale Devices dec file 156 Polarity Inversion 240 245 pop up menu Script Editor 288 317 pop up menus data field 102 Recording Rules 248 pop up tool tips 105 ports 41 position of trigger 234 post process analysis 212 post triggering percentages 234 power indicator 34 i
94. 9 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Select Map Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Click the Endpoint RPipes tab to display the Endpoint RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request APipes Endpoint RPipes Request 4 APipes Endpoint OWA APipes Onk oi endor E sapit Decoding Keep Actoss Recordings ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The RPipe field shows all RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Select an endpoint RPipe Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options are the same as for Endpoints Select the type of decoding OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Repeat the previous steps for any additional RPipes you would like to map To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Click OK 167 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 168 8 2 5 Mapping Request DWA
95. Analyzer includes one event counter and one time counter timer If you try to assign more you get a warning 269 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Packets You must assign a packet event or logical expression to a counter and or timer Using a Counter To use a counter Step 1 Click an event to display an arrow Step 2 Click a counter This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button Note For Timers do NOT use a timer as the first event in a sequence since this first event will be the start of recording and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing Use timers only AFTER the first event Setting a Counter To set a counter Step 1 Open the Recording Rules page select an event and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell Step 2 Counts can only be set on a per channel basis so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed Step 3 Right click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog Step 4 In the text box to the right of the label Count enter a value Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked Step 5 Click the X in the top right corner of the dialog box to close the dialog A counter button should appear just below your selected event Changing a
96. C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite data65468_usb Save External Signals No Auto Merge No Truncate Data No USB 2 0 Capture Enabled No USB 3 0 Capture Enabled Yes M3i only VBus Power Capture OF USB 3 0 Idle SKP Filtering Yes USB 3 0 Capture Ports MMCX USB 3 0 Bit Rate 5 0 Gbps USB 3 0 Descrambling Mode Downstream Off Upstream Off USB 3 0 Polarity Inversion Mode Downstream Off Upstream Off USB 3 0 Generation Mode Off Analyzer Only M31 only USB 3 0 Analyzer RxDetect and Termination modes Analyzer Port A Auto Analyzer Port B Auto M3i only USB 3 0 Exerciser Port RxDetect Host Port A On Device Port B On Open Recording Options in a dialog Recorded on Channel number 0 USB2 0 Traffic found No SuperSpeed Traffic found Yes Recorded on product Voyager License information for the product Serial Number 65468 used to record this trace file Software maintenance expires on 12 01 2011 Available Features N Feature Title Purchased Feature Description Hi Speed Slow Clock Yes Hi Speed Traffic Generated and Traced at Slow Clock rate aaah Yes Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Yes Hi Speed Tracing Enabled Capturing USB 2 0 Yes Capture USB 2 0 traffic Capturing USB 3 0 Yes Capture USB 3 0 traffic Memory Size 512MB Yes Recording buffer size up to 512MB Memory Size 1GB Yes Recording buffer size up to 1GB Memory Size 2GB Yes Recording buffer size up to 2GB Memory Size 4GB Yes Reco
97. CDC Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wPW dec Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wPW dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wPW dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_ wPW dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wPW_wCTE dec Smart Card CCID CCID and ICCD SmartCard CCIDBulkIn dec SmartCard CCIDBulkOut dec SmartCard CClDInterrupt dec SmartCard CCID_req dec SmartCard lICCDBulkIn dec SmartCard lCCDBulkOut dec SmartCard lCCDInterrupt dec SmartCard lICCD_req_Ver A dec SmartCard lICCD_req_Ver B dec Video Class UVC decoding 1 1 currently at 1 0 VIDEO CONTROL Video VIDEO STREAMING Video VIDEO INTERFACE COLLECTION Video VideoClass VideoBulkIn dec VideoClass VideoBulkOut dec VideoClass Videolnterrupt dec VideoClass VideolsochIn dec VideoClass VideolsochOut dec VideoClass Video1 ORequests dec VideoClass Video1 1Requests dec LeCroy Corporation OAh xxh OBh OOh OEh OEh O1h OEh 02h OEh O3h O1h 02h 00h 00h 00h 157 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB Decode USB USB IF Codes Decoder Proto Name Base Sub col Class Class ID Wireless Controller EOh BT HCI E0h 01h 01h UWB WA Radio Control E0h 01h 02h Remote Network Driver Inte
98. CHIC EMOS o raia a a Gavan S ho Sia Be 134 6 5 3 Data Length 23 0 2 ae sek ERAS ERS OS a Shee oes 134 6 5 4 Address and Endpoint 0 0 0 0 eee 135 6 5 5 Header Packet Type 0 00 cee eee 135 6 9 0 Link Command sa 2255 te eat Gu thd ak See btw i 136 6 5 7 LMP Subtype sew sced lt cee ninriy ei ee oa wee ed adm ew ae 136 6 5 8 Transaction Packet Type 2 00 00 c eee 137 66 60 16 SColl 2 t ce ewe 3 tee heehee Sada GOh ee eee oe ae 137 OOE ts ac 5 e a dow ed cae bb Sdn a BS eat 137 ETA A o reat ales i Geese 55 OS ea tet ae ca Os wns Geico BD ees eee 138 6 7 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match 141 6 6 FINGUINGX 3 5 220 5 fc B s 3 ea att sae een he Oe aetna ec 142 6 9 Search Direction na n biden dwt kite waa dk tobe d ae 142 OAO FOUOCOL e te sree st eat am Gs Saks eR bn oh Goole gs eee 142 Display Options 000 143 7 1 General Display Options 0 000000 144 7 2 Color Format Hiding Display Options 146 7 2 1 Color Display Options 0 000 cee eee 147 7 2 2 Formats Display Options 00 0000 e ae 149 7 2 3 Hiding Display Options 2 0 0 0 cee eee 150 7 3 USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Options 00005 151 7 4 USB 3 0 Packet Hiding Options 000 152 7 5 Saving Display Options 0 0 00 es 153 ix USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests 0000008
99. CI SCO out e HTTP Out Endp e ICCD Bulk Out Message e IP _ET0800 Internet Protocol Out Endp e IPv6_ET0800 Internet Protocol Out Endp e IrDA Bridge Out Endp e Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp e Mass Strg UFI_CBI Bulk Out Endp e RNDIS PACKET MSG Bulk Out e Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Bulk Out e TCP Transmission Control Protocol Out Endp e Video Bulk Out e Video Isoch Out e Virtual UART e Wire Adapter Data Transfer Out Endp 163 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options an IN or Interrupt endpoint are e No Decoding e ATAPI MMC4 In Endp e ATAPI SPC3 In Endp e ATAPI SSC2 In Endp e CCID Bulk In Message e CCD Data Bulk In w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk In w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk In w Prot Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch In w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch In w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch In w Prot Wrapper e Communication Class Interrupt Notification e Display DATA e HCI data in e HCl event e HCI SCO in e HID In Endp e HTTP In Endp e Hub Class Status Change Endp e ICCD Bulk In Message e ICCD Interrupt Message e IP _ETQ800 Internet Protocol In Endp e IPv6 ET0800 Internet Protocol In Endp e IrDA Bridge In Endp e Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp e Mass Strg CBI Interrupt Endp e Mass Strg UFI_CBI Bulk In Endp e Mass Strg UFI_CBI Interrupt Endp e RNDIS PACKET MSG Data In e Still Image PTP MTP PictBri
100. CS High EOP idle Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 250 000 Frame CRCS High EOP idle Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 375 000 Frame CRCS High EOP idle Time Stamp FF FFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 500 000 Frame CRCS High EOP idle Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 625 000 Frame CRCS High EOP idle Time Stamp S FF FF FFFFFE 124 788 us O 000 750 000 ci BEEwa S T E S Ready C a a EE Step 5 Decide how many times you want the traffic pattern to be generated then select a value from the Repeat drop down menu Run once The Repeat mode allows for a single pass through the generation file looping forever or looping 1 to 65 534 times as desired by the user If a wrap HERE location is found in the utg file that location is where the looping portion begins The loop end is at the end of the utg file or up to the stop HERE statement in the file d Step 6 Select the Generation mode in which to generate traffic see below for an explanation by depressing or undepressing the IntelliFrame button B on the toolbar e Depressed IntelliFrame e Undepressed Bitstream 290 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 5 1 Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe IntelliFrame and Bitstream are modes that control how the generator interacts with other devices when it is generating traffic e Bitstream Mode In Bitstream Mode th
101. Counter Filter In Move Event To Filter Out Copy Event To Restart All ixi Delete This Event External Trigger Pulse HIGH Properties External Trigger Pulse LOW External Trigger Pulse TOGGLE Properties Step 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned ww Newevent im Available Events Sequence 0 State 1 Errors TRIGGER Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions LeCroy Corporation 253 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 5 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options e New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar e Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears The Action pop up menu has the following trigger and filter options e Trigger Sets or clears Trigger action
102. Counter Value To change the counter value Step 1 Click the small blue dot in the upper left corner of the counter button to display a menu Step 2 Select Change Counter Value Step 3 Enter a new value in the pop up dialog box The new value appears in the counter button 2 0 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 6 10 Configuration Validity The USB Protocol Suite Software monitors the current trigger and filter configuration to ascertain whether or not it is valid The configuration may not be valid because of any of the following reasons e More resources are configured than exist in the hardware e Conflicts occur between shared hardware resources e Configurations may be incomplete such as choosing an event like SCSI Command but not selecting a specific command If Config is not valid red you must fix the problem so that the green Config is Valid shows in the status area If this is not done the configuration will not be applied to the current Recording Rules and the trigger or filter will not function General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules USB 3 0 Rec Rules Config is valid ma Neweyent i1 Available Events mm 10 7 Saving Recording Options To complete your Recording Options settings use the features at the bottom of the Recording Options screen These features remain the same no matter which of the three Recording Options scre
103. Cr a0 to USB2 0 b 0 to USB3 0 b A Find Command Status i ete Ez Task Management Task Management Response Search Direction Forward SCSI Op Status SCSI Op Invalid OpCode LeCroy Corporation 137 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 7 Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search gt Find or by click a on the toolbar Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as Find all packets with x OR y You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option To perform a search Step 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click A in the Tool Bar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Search for l Frotocol Packets z USE 20 f USB 3 0 Packets To Search For Event Groupes Direction f Forward C Backward Address Endpoint Address Endpoint Direction O00 Ou Ou Oo Address Endpoint Data Pattern Data Lengths Split Facket Identifiers IFrames Bus Conditions Errars Origin i Top of the screen Last match Start of the file End of the file T F
104. Croy Corporation 355 Limited Hardware Warranty USB Protocol Suite User Manual 356 How to Obtain Warranty Service To request warranty service you must complete and return the registration card or register via the internet within the fifteen day period described above and report your covered warranty claim by contacting LeCroy Technical Support or its authorized representative You can reach LeCroy Technical Support at 800 909 7112 or via email at psgsupport lecroy com You may also refer to the LeCroy website at http www lecroy com for more information on how to contact an authorized representative in your region If warranty service is required LeCroy or its authorized representative will issue a Return Material Authorization Number You must ship the Product back to LeCroy or its authorized representative in its original or equivalent packaging prepay shipping charges and insure the shipment or accept the risk of loss or damage during shipment LeCroy must receive the Product prior to expiration of the Warranty Period for the repair s to be covered LeCroy or its authorized representative will thereafter ship the repaired or replacement Product to you freight prepaid by LeCroy if you are located in the continental United States Shipments made outside the continental United States will be sent freight collect Please remove any peripheral accessories or parts before you ship the Product LeCroy does not accept liability for lost or damag
105. Data Field Pop up Menus You can expand or collapse data fields by clicking a data field and selecting Expand Data or Collapse Data from the pop up menu To expand and collapse data using the menu Step 1 Right click Data in the Data packet to expand or collapse to display the Data Field menu If your Data Trace View is currently expanded you see the Collapse Data command 00 O06 Seep ete View Data Block Collapse Data xpand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Format i Color If your Data Trace View is currently collapsed you see the Expand Data command E byt SEE View Data Block h Expand Data i Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields ina Format Color gi Hide Step 2 Select the Expand Data or Collapse Data menu item The Trace View repositions with the selected packet s in the format that you specified Expand or Collapse All Data Fields To expand or collapse all data fields select Expand All Data Fields or Collapse All Data Fields from the data field pop up menus 102 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 8 Format Color Hide Fields LeCroy Corporation From the field context menu you can often find Format Color and Hide menu selections a byt EAEE View Data Block h Expand Data Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Format d F Color Hide Ae You can cha
106. Do 4 i Io i I i A i io og 1 l ee f i io i cr 2 H 4 j i H 4 2 i i j i a i H a Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 591 4 mV 123 9 ps 790 7 mV 4 9798 Gbit s 394 44 mV 381 34 mV status a 7 a7 S mA 7 Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 False Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P5 2100mV P6 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 False Passed 0 Of 5 sweeps imebase 40 ps 1 00 ns divg A 400 5 40 GS s Typical CPO Pattern LeCroy Corporation 339 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 6 To display subsequent Compliance patterns click the Send 1 Ping button once for each advance to the next pattern The following photos show the appearance of the signals for each CP pattern as captured by a LeCroy oscilloscope Use these photos as guides to verify that you are seeing expected patterns LeCroy i o i i i i i H 3 H I r n i i i d j i i i H i n 7 Pi H H u i oe te por er e nr T a eed ne ie E sa se Ppi ta T Go oe a oe 2 Hot os 1 4 8 pou n f h os Fit rita roi pe eb Oe aw n ie fie i r a i 1 4 f H t 5 al ME TEE 114 Pet E OE E A Oe cis 1 I I Py rig E I iooi oi e l o a tig i Eo 3o a ot ti 8 j ae x a i a zoa Lice H 2 1 a og L a e r aoa e j oi a s
107. EDP SYNC Pid Frame CRCS Maa a a a a a a a ere a re eA Sa ea ae rier ra 8 Pel oa or eran aA Packet Stutt Bit Stuff Bit Error oor lt Prev yeno Show Stuff Bits Prey Hert j Prev Hiert j l Done Along the top of the Raw Bits View is a linear strip of the logical bit values with corresponding field demarcations Bit stuffing is in color Below the logical bit values is a representation of the D D signaling complete with NRZ encoding A scroll bar assists in navigation of larger packets Use the two buttons under the label Packet to view previous or next packets Two buttons under the label Zoom allow you to zoom in or out on packets 100 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 7 Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields LeCroy Corporation You can expand a Data field to view it in greater detail or collapse it when you want a more compact view 5 7 1 Using the Expand Collapse Data Field Arrows To expand or collapse a Data Field click the small triangular arrow on the left side of the data field 5 7 2 Double Clicking to Expand Collapse Data Fields You can expand or collapse Data fields by double clicking anywhere in the data field 5 7 3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields Expand or collapse all data fields by holding down the button for more than a second 101 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 4 Using the
108. Enter a message DeviceEnumerationlnit snpt Text snippet for device enumeration 315 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 316 Note In the syntax for Text Snippets the and stand for comment marks Do not use either the or when you enter a parameter For example in Send packet template name the entry might look like this Send Name1 Script Scenario 27 Send packet template name delay override 2 SendFile r file pach 7 evice addr y tendpointt 7 delay d shart seg nun aif payload_size Scream idt f troute Sering yy 4 TxSleep if interval gSetLinkState link state 6 Loop i counter j FStarctRecording 7 trecording opticns y trace tile keep_ old trace 7 s StopRecording yait for trace 7 d Torce stap recording 9 Triggeranalyzer i ia fort i 0 i 10 i baci 12i place your code here 13i 14 Call f Procedure parameters j iSipkt size template igpttn size i tdata pattern 17Fld size field_name 1giSet set setting value igiTrace Bi St message j 20 Trace message Jj adi Note For information about each command see the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 6 13 Views Toolbar The Views toolbar contains buttons for viewing text snippets Output window and Error Output window FE The
109. Filter Out Exclude from the trace file the event Exclude from the trace file the event specified Advance the bt a a T to the next state in this sequence sequence in which this action is located Action Properties of the Error Event Event Properties l E Internal Triggering M Trigger Analyzer Label Errors Sequencing Advance Sequence f Restart Sequence Restart Al i None External Triggering Pulse High Channels o Pulse oie Filtering Toggle Level T Count 2 None Set External Trigger Filter In Filter Out None Desc Any occurence on channel 0 of the speciied Errors You can set Internal Triggering External Triggering Sequencing and Filtering LeCroy Corporation 261 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 262 10 5 10 Using a Single State Sequence As described previously a sequence can be single state or multi state A single state sequence is a simple combination of events and actions You cannot create looping or branching conditions with this type of sequence A multi state sequence allows you to branch successively to advance to lower states in the sequence or to loop to the front of the sequence restart the sequence 10 5 11 Using a Multi State Sequences Multi state sequences allow you to create conditions that branch down to successive states or loop back to the beginning of the sequen
110. Frame mode is that it creates an image in the Generator s memory that is MUCH smaller than that of the Bitstream mode so it downloads much faster Note Device emulation only works in Intelliframe mode Note In IntelliFrame mode the hardware generates SOFs and Pings so these cannot be altered force CRC value explicit frame number and so on If you want to explicitly corrupt or manage these PID types you must use Bitstream mode 11 6 Starting Traffic Generation To start traffic generation click Z on the Tool Bar 11 7 Repeating a Generation Session If you wish to repeat a generation session press the Traffic Generation Start Stop button again There is no need to reload the utg file You can make an additional entry in a Generator Text File that allows you to specify a portion of the file for repetition e Enter wrap here in the Generator Text File The traffic above the entry is run only once The traffic below the entry is repeated continuously Note For a usage example see the sample file FS Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg 11 8 Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation e Click on the Tool Bar LeCroy Corporation 291 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 9 Device Emulation 292 Device Emulation is a licensed option that allows the system to generate device side traffic Like host traffic generation device emulation uses text based
111. Generation utg script file then select Use Address in utg file This option causes the system to read the utg file and assign a Device Address based on the device traffic that it sees in the file Note In this release the Device Emulator does not look at the Set Address in the script so if your host controller is running more than one device it may enumerate your device emulator incorrectly when you begin to generate traffic The solution is to manually assign a device address To manually configure the Device Address select Emulated Device s Hex Address and enter an address or mask Note A mask allows the system to respond to multiple device addresses Step 4 Click OK to close the Recording Options dialog and apply the changes The generation settings take effect as soon as you execute a script LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 LeCroy Corporation 11 9 3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File Step 1 Connect the system s port B either Hi Speed or Classic Speed to the Host Step 2 Open the Traffic Generation utg file Step 3 Begin traffic generation by clicking Z When execution begins the system reads the entire generation file and then parses the generation commands into groups according to their endpoints Each of the parsed groups of commands are then written into dedicated memory segments in the generator Up to eight memory segments can be created for the variou
112. Host PC to display the CATC Trace LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description LeCroy Corporation 2 9 9 Recording Memory Size 512 MB DRAM for traffic data capture timing state and other data Power Cord Set Cord Manufacturer and Models e 180 0005 00 Quail 5000 079 UL CSA e 180 0013 00 Quail 8500 098 VDE KEMA CEBERC NEMDO DEMDO SETI OVE SEV e 180 0014 00 Quail 9650 098 ASTA USB Tracer on the UPAS 2500H Platform UPAS 2500H USB Tracer is a USB 2 0 Certified Hi Speed Device To upload at Hi Speed you must have a USB 2 0 Certified Host Controller and be running the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 or Windows Vista 64 operating system The UPAS 2500H ships in one of two configurations Classic and Hi Speed The Classic version can trace and generate traffic at Low and Full Speeds The Hi Speed version can trace and generate traffic at All speeds Low Full and Hi The Classic model may be upgraded to a Hi Speed model by purchasing a License Key from LeCroy Contact your LeCroy representative for more information Note The UPAS 2500 and UPAS 2500H products include internal 1 1 and 2 0 Hubs You might see the drivers for these generic hubs being installed upon initial plug in 37 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 10 USBTracer Trainer External Interface Breakout Board The External Interface Breakout Board is an accessory that allows co
113. ID gt ANY Error ShiFt E PID Data Length CRS ddr amp Endp GREIG Bus Conditions j Packet Length Split HubAddr amp Pork b stutt Bits On The Go d EGF Channel Babble Start Babble End haa Frame Length Turnaround Timeout Data Toggle Micka Frame nalyzer internals Incomplete Last Byte On The Go Error ETE Tra No Command ETE Tra Mo Response ETE Transid Disorder ETE Tra Wo Operation Gode You can press Shift E to go to the first error of any type LeCroy Corporation 129 Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 4 4 Data Length USB Protocol Suite User Manual Allows you to search for data packets of particular lengths Lengths are displayed in Bytes in a drop down menu as shown below Selecting a length causes the display to move to the next instance of that packet length PID ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length ddr amp Endp Bus Conditions d Split HubAddr amp Port b On The Go b Channel 6 4 5 Addr amp Endp The Addr amp Endp feature allows you to search for the next packet which contains a particular address and endpoint All available address endpoint combinations are displayed in the pull down menu PID i ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length d ddr amp Endp O01 Oz OUT Bus Conditions d 00i 03 IN Split HubAddr amp Port d More On The to d Channel j 130 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation PID AM
114. LeCroy Corporation To set up an Analyzer using a USB connection Step 1 Connect the AC power cord to the rear of the Analyzer and to a 100 volt to 240 volt 50 Hz to 60 Hz 100 W power outlet Note The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts 50 Hz or 60 Hz thus supporting all supply voltages around the world Step 2 Connect the USB port to a USB port on the PC using the LONG 6 foot 2 meter USB 2 0 cable Step 3 Insert the Installation CD Step 4 Turn on the power switch Note At power on the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an exhaustive self diagnostic that lasts about five seconds If the diagnostics fail call LeCroy Customer Support for assistance Step 5 Click Next after you see the Add New Hardware Wizard window 51 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 6 Follow the Microsoft Windows on screen Plug and Play instructions for the automatic installation of the Analyzer as a USB device on your analyzing PC the required USB files are included on the Installation CD Step 7 Click Finish when you see the message that says Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware requires and the driver files have been installed in your PC Step 8 Check Analyzer setup in the Application Startup section See Application Startup on page 56 Warning Donot change from USB to Ethernet or b
115. Microframes LeCroy Corporation 93 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 94 5 1 1 USB 3 0 Packets USB 3 0 has the following packet types e Link Commands Flow Control e Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ e Logical Idle Packets e Upstream Packets e Downstream Packets e Skip Sequences e ISO Time Stamp Packets e Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets e Link Commands other than Flow Control e LMP Packets e Electrical Idles e LFPS Packets e Termination Packets Time stamped when termination is detected by Analyzer 5 1 2 Packet Direction The Packet Direction field displays the direction the packet or signal was traveling on the a to bus Downstream from a Host Hy or Upstream from a Device In most cases direction can be determined unambiguously However some signals and situations including protocol errors cannot be determined with high confidence since either Host or Device might be responsible for them Such cases are marked as a Question Marks in the trace Rather than mis identfying the signal the software requires you to determine direction or note an error condition which experience has shown is rare In most cases you can assume the direction based on the sequence of events that occurred LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 2 Set Marker You can define a unique Marker for each packet To place a marker on a packet
116. NRDY e ERDY e STATUS e STALL e DEV_NOTIFICATION e PING e PING RESPONSE e HOST NOTIFICATION e Data Packet Header e Isoch Timestamp Packet e External Trigger In Voyager 267 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual e Primary Command Set e Block Command Set e Media Changer Command Set e Stream Command Set e Multi Media Commands e Controller Commands e Enclosure Services Event Properties The Event Properties dialog lists the Properties and their Values see Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 on page 256 Note The Header Pattern tab is different for the USB 3 0 recording rules Event Properties LiF Fx Label Channels All Desc on channels Ax or Tx Header Pattern Actions Dwi XXXMXMMXXXKEMEKKEX EMM XE U2 Inact Tmt Dw KKEKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEK ee ae FEB Ite elite FE Fort Config i Dwa IMKKKKKKK KKK ed Port Cha Ack Most fields are mask and match The Type and Subtype fields have drop down menus You can set the Subtype to e Reserved e Set Link Func e U2 Inact Tmt e Vndr Development Test e Port Capability e Port Config e Port Cfg Ack 268 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation 10 6 9 Counters and Timers for USB 3 0 Timer A timer counts the time from a starting event to a final event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 nanoseconds or milliseconds after
117. NTABILITY AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY WARRANTIES THAT MAY ARISE FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR TRADE USAGE SOME JURISDICTIONS MAY NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS SO THE PRECEDING LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU LECROY DOES NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY STATEMENT OR FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LIABILITY FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE OR FORLOST DATA OR SOFTWARE LECROY S LIABILITY TO YOU MAY NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE PRECEDING EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU The limited warranty on a Product may be transferred for the remaining term if the then current owner transfers ownership of the Product and notifies LeCroy of the transfer You may notify LeCroy of the transfer by writing to Technical Support at LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 USA or by email at support catc com Please include the transferring owner s name and address the name and address of the new owner the date of transfer and the Product serial number 357 Limited Hardware Warranty USB Protocol Suite User Manual 358 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index Sym
118. P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 Measure value 485 04 mV 470 23 mV 498 082 MHz I status Q7 Q8 Q Q5 True Q4 True Q3 amp Q2 amp P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140 ps Q1 amp Pass Fail P38 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P3 300mV P52100mV P6 2100mMV P6 lt 0 Passed 0 Of 80 sweeps Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 8 rigger 400 ps imebase 0 mV Positive 10 0 ns div Auto 40 GS s Edge 4 00 kS Typical CP7 Pattern LeCroy Corporation 342 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy Measure P1 ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampli Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 499 320 MHz 483 69 mV 469 84 mV status amp A A Pass Fail Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P6 2 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q48Q5 A Passed 0 Of 121 sweeps Timebase 400ps Trigger GHG 10 0 ns div Auto 0 mV 4 00 kS 40 GS s Edge Positive 200 mV div 10 0 ns div Typical CP8 Pattern LeCroy Corporation 343 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 344 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 13 Updates Chapter 13 Updates From time to time as modifications are made to the Analyzer
119. P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 True Passed 114 Of 119 sweeps 200 mV div 1 00 ns div Typical CP2 Pattern 340 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy i i i i rit 7 i z i z u i i ri i H peor pkey f rei i E E E ogro 4 Ei i i b goa i I oo oa f u atk 4 i 4 i o Ean a Part soe 4 E z itt lig d 4 Eip o godo o ie t i y tt i Hi a z Ll E S L a A E i i E T A t i i a i k H a n H T l i i o i D H I 1 p g H o fd oo Leia a oo E S amp i po 1 ie 4 b os Oi 4g o i ioi ae y n a F i H i n 5 f a a H H n o 1 oe H i o ae ae iit i oo H T a i pope eet i Pi 1 f so eee fj i i ro i i a Measure P1t ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 590 5 mV 127 3 ps 799 9mV 4 9798 Gbit s 376 48 mV 390 45 mV status Ma A Va R Ma 7 Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 False Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Q8 P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P6 2100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 False Passed 0 Of 19 sweeps Typical CP3 Pattern ASE t0 ps TDC 0 mV Positive 1 00 ns div 40 GS s Edge LeCroy 1 s 1 t F1 I
120. Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USE Suite Samplefi Sim_packets usb Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search view Window Help 8X Ga TT Fi Automode Read m 7 A Ob OR eu b S a to FZ Zar Berl E z n e a Detail view of Packet 0 x 2 Packets HY Si LFPS Type LFPS Duration E lt j gt Time Time Stamp 2 270 000 ns 0 000 000 010 taer TSEQ Data TSEQ Count 3 Correct 32 symbol sequence Time Stamp 0 000 000 230 Ei gt Drag fields to add column to Spr j Swe fQuicktTimingmarkersmotset Cid Ready PT earch Fev To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View 123 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 45 Edit Comment You can create view or edit the 100 character comment field associated with each Trace file These comments are visible in the Windows Explorer if the Comments attribute is included in the Details view Step 1 Select Edit Comment under File on the Menu Bar You see the Edit comment for trace file window Edit comment for trace file This is a recording of a connection of a hub with a keyboard and MS 055 80 to another hub aa Step 2 Create view or edit the comment Step 3 Click OK You can view comments in Windows Explorer by selecting the Comments attribute 124 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapte
121. Remove Column To reposition a column drag the column header to the new position To resize columns select the column divider and drag the divider to the right or left 9 44 2 Rows To manipulate rows right click the left most column gray area to display the following commands Display Options Opens the Display Options menu see Display Options on page 143 Real time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur See Real Time Monitoring on page 217 Trace Views Displays CATC Trace Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet Color or Spreadsheet B W Show USB 2 Traffic Only Displays only USB 2 0 traffic Show USB 3 Traffic Only Displays only USB 3 0 traffic Hiding USB 2 Traffic Hides SOF s Start of Frames NAK s NAK ed Transactions Devices Packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint Chirps Chirp K and Chirp J Bus conditions these are recorded only LeCroy Corporation 121 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual Hiding USB 3 Traffic Hides e Link Commands Flow Control Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols Link Commands Other than Flow Control LMP Packets Electrical Idles LFPS Packets e LTSSM Transition Indicators View Layers Mode Display All Layers Application Layers or Lower USB Layers Stacking View Put
122. Running the Generation File 328 The USB 3 0 Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB 3 0 traffic A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a usb3g extension There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software To load a generation file Step 1 Select File gt Open from the menu to display the Open dialog box Step 2 Select Usb3Script Files usb3g from the drop down menu marked Files of Type to display a list of USB 3 0 Traffic Generation files Step 3 Select a Traffic Generation file usb3g Step 4 Click Open 12 9 1 Starting Traffic Generation Run To start traffic generation click on the Tool Bar Click the Trace Preview button to check the file 12 9 2 Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation click L on the Tool Bar LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 10 Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File A simple way to create a script file is to open a trace and then to export the trace data to a generation file To export Step 1 Open a usb file Step 2 Click the Export to Script Tak button to display the Export dialog x Dialog Export options Mote To exclude certain Frames Fram being exported hide them From the trace view First then invoke this dialog to per
123. S LS 82 4 3 10 USB 2 USB 3 Show 0 0 0 0 cee 82 4 3 11 USB 2 0 Display Hide 0 00000 c eee 82 4 3 12 USB 3 0 Display Hide 0000005 82 AA TOOMPG eka Ghai ate a ee Pa eg Es Rs ee ER a eae wee 82 4 5 View Options 0 0 ee eee 83 4 5 1 Resetting the Toolbar 0 000 eee eee 83 AO SAU SiON zres a hoa ied Sete See BA he eS SAE 85 4 6 1 Recording Progress 0 000 ee eee 85 4 6 2 Recording Status 0 0 0 0 ccc ee 86 4 6 3 Recording ACUIVILY 5 34 ocidan 842 boo oe ei ede bee had 87 4 6 4 Search Status 0 0 es 87 4 6 5 SuperSpeed Termination Status 4 87 46 6 Link StatUS 3 es sauts dangai do aa Salta Ab a a a 88 4 7 Navigation IOGIS iere has bint ees Sh bon eee a aa a 89 AT ZOOM Ws x3 thes oh oi SMES a Oe OER ERS WI OS 89 4 1 2 ZOOM OUT sx eins Aa we So SR a Sie RR 89 AA NAD enti oer a Sk See laren he Sd eke byw ae eee ee ete Ske 89 4 8 CrossSync Control Panel 0 0 0 0 cee ee eee 90 4 8 1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 90 4 9 Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts 0 0000 eee eee 91 Reading a WWaACC otc nee ce cee ewe eed 93 5 1 Trace View Features 0 0 ee 93 LET Wo 3 0 PaCKGlSs caocatiwt kat boa a Seekonk 94 5 1 2 Packet Direction rrota raa 0 00 00 cc eee 94 32 SCL MAKE 32 06 UR AEG AOE EGE Oe hea Bee abet 95 5 3 Edit or Clear Marker 0 0 0 0 cece nes 96 5 4 Set or Clear Quic
124. SB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 1 5 Recording Scope Voyager and Advisor T3 Select either e Conventional Single Buffer Recording Select Buffer Size see below The analyzer limits the data amount captured to the selected buffer size Use the Trigger Position slider See below to control the data amounts captured pre trigger and post trigger e Spooled Recording Enter Maximum Disk Usage as an integer in gigabytes The spooled recording mode automatically stops the recording when the size of the capture meets the Maximum Disk Usage value The analyzer begins recording data to the analyzer memory when the record button is pressed The entire analyzer memory 2 GB or 4 GB is used to buffer data while simultaneously uploading the trace file to an attached storage device Set Recording Size Limits If you use Snapshot you can optionally use Record for an elapsed time or Record a number of megabytes If you use Manual Trigger or Event Trigger you can optionally use the Until Triggered plus options to enter post trigger limits by megabytes or elapsed time These options allow you to specify a trigger event to start the recording When these options are used the trigger position slider is not active The trigger event is within the first 100 packets The balance of the memory captures traffic occurring post trigger Note You can use Snapshot Manual Trigger or Event Trigger recording type with either Record
125. SB3 Packet Length USB3 Data Length USB3 Data Throughput Step 2 Select the data you want to appear in the Graph Areas window Step 3 To make a new graph click New 191 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual To change the properties in the Bus Utilizations graph Step 1 In the Graph Area properties dialog box select what you want your graph to display then click OK Graph area properties 4 xX graph Title Appearance New graph Bars multiple colors Type olor Packet length over time C77 Filtering Options Hide Device Traffic T Hide Start Of Frame Packets Adds Era Gir T Hide NAK ed Transactions on of OUT T Hide Chirp Bus Conditions O01 O03 IN T Hide SEO Bus Conditions Hide Packets According to Speed T Hide Low Speed Packets Ney wee T Hide Full Speed Packets fo TAR o Mew Delete Restore deran f Hide High Speed Packets Cancel Apply Step 2 To make a new graph click New 192 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 7 Link Tracker 3 0 LeCroy Corporation The Link Tracker window displays a detailed chronological view of events Events are shown on a channel by channel basis in columns within the window Link Tracker Packet 0 E e lt lit RQ PEF Ox ox 10b RD Text Columns 00 000 000 000 00 000 000 O08 00 000 O00 016 00 000 O00 O24 00 000 000 032 00 000 O00 O40 00 000 O00 O45 00 000 000 056 00 000
126. SSSSS S l D 296 Causes a region in the utg file to be ignored as if commented out Can be used multiple times in the file Must be used in conjunction with skip_end HERE Example skip HERE frame auto makes this statement be ignored skip_end HERE Causes a region in the utg file to be ignored as if commented out See above in skip HERE If you want to run only some first portion of the beginning of a utg file insert this statement where you want generation to halt This saves having to edit a file into smaller files when testing a portion of traffic The usage of the keyword is stop HERE Host Generation Only Enables you to generate up to a point in the utg file then wait for input before continuing in the file During the breakpoint time the traffic signal icon in the toolbar flashes yellow indicating that a breakpoint was hit When you click the traffic light icon generation resumes If you want to stop rather than continue select Stop from the Generation menu or hit the Start Stop button on the front of the generator module Start of frames are issued automatically during the breakpoint duration When you resume running traffic begins after another start of frame is issued The break HERE statement must be inserted between frame xxx statements Syntax example frame AUTO break HERE frame AUTO LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation
127. Selected item s are marked by horizontal arrow s on left bar Note There are different ways to select items e Click item for single selection e Use Ctrl Shift or Ctrl A or drag mouse around item s for multiple selections LeCroy Corporation 323 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Initiator Setting Initiator Setting The Initiator Settings button displays the Initiator Settings dialog Initiator Setting Device Information Selected iter will be Active Device gtd Lucid Port Interface 0 fUAS t Protocol WASP Address 1 InterfaceMo 1 AlternateSetting 1 ConfigurationMo 1 o E Endpoint Informations Lucid Port Interface 0 BOT _ A5SMedia Interface 0 BOT BUFFALO Interface 0 BOT SCSI Command Settings Suto Tag Assignment General Settings Tx Scramble Tx Invert Polarity Rx Descramble Rx Invert Polarity Logical Block Size olz Packet Delay nano sec Random Seed E Max Loop Itr Count 2000 Link Delay Settings Delay LOOD nang ser Delay LGOOD Cnt Delay LEAL nano sec Delay LBAC Cnt Delay LORD Delay LORD Cnt TTT Device Information The left pane shows Device Information as expected from enumeration so this pane shows general device information from a pre configure file The Device Information Devicelnfo cfg file is in the Generation directory under the users directory You can edit this file USB Prot
128. Spreadsheet view LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 2 2 Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg files Before exporting to a utg file first make sure the usb file contains traffic for only one device Step 1 Hide all other device addresses in the trace leaving only the address of your device and the Address 0 the default enumeration address AddrOOl 0 1in2out All ial naran ee Step 2 Save to a new file using the All and Do not save hidden Packets Transactions Transfers selections File Save As mee Save in J USB Protocol Suite e Ele Name 5 Date modified Type Size te TE L Ji Automation 9 29 2010 10 56 AM File folder di Generation 12 16 2010 4 59 PM File folder i BB SampleFiles 9 29 2010 10 56 AM File folder Desktop Ji Scripts 11 17 2010 9 09 AM File folder en Ji Scripts4 10 957 10 15 2010 1212 File folder E E ER data62045_00000 usb 12 14 2010 1 07 PM LeCroy USB trace f 450 KB Libraries Number of Packets 0 Computer File name YourNew Trace FileName bal ii Save as type LeCroy USB Trace Files usb i All W Do not save hidden Packets Transactions Transfers Save Range Rename orginal file faster From Packet fo or Packet 0 Trigger To Packet 250385 or Markers ae Step 3 On the new file you can now Export Packets to USB 2 0 Text File utg Step 4 If the captured
129. Termination RxDetect section in the Analyzer Ports subsection select Manual termination Click the OK button to apply the options LeCroy Corporation 336 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Step 3 After you set up the system make sure that the USB cable is NOT plugged into Voyager and then select USB3 Electrical Test from the View menu oe E wE Be Bi RAE LeCroy Corporation 337 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 4 In the USB3 Electrical Test dialog check the Compliance Mode box Usb Electrical Test Loopback Command Glave Symbol Error Count 0 while in Compliance Master Symbol Error Count O Mode or it will interfere Mode states Loopback Status more information ose 338 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Step 5 Totest the USB 3 signals first connect the DUT HUT to the appropriate Exerciser port Do not click any buttons The DUT HUT should see termination on the port but no LFPS signaling and go to the CPO pattern LeCroy i i a t as e i i iit p TES i i j Pon A H j an iit i n 4 i J l i j 4 i i i i ot i a a toy i I 1 i i E pi l O i o i Li al ae i E a E ee E E ae DA M E a vee E i i 4 Po poi f i i 3 E i pf i i rf fot 3 bf i e i i i 4 r i
130. Tool Bar When the recording session finishes the traffic uploads from the Analyzer to the hard drive on your PC as a file named data usb or the name you assigned as the default filename While the file is uploading you should see a brown progress bar at the bottom of the screen When the bar disappears the data has uploaded to disk Step 8 To save a current recording for future reference select File gt Save As on the Menu Bar OR Click Fi on the Tool Bar to display the standard Save As window Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory 66 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 6 1 Trace View Features After the recording terminates the results display e The packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic e Packets are on separate rows with individual fields both labeled and color coded e Packets are numbered sequentially as recorded time stamped with a resolution of 2 ns on 3 0 signalling and highlighted to show the transmitted speed low speed full speed high speed or superspeed e You can name and save display formats for later use e Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display Each row numerates labels and color codes a USB packet Frame CROCS EOP dle Time Stamp 5 Frame CRCS EOP dle Time Stamp a 00000001 996 900 us 00010 2151 3619 Frame CRCS EOP dle Time Starnp sa 00
131. USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are converted upon loading Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger packet colors Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments Hides start of frame SOF packets as well as any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint Searches for a specific PID Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions Allows search and packet hiding Allows device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Has a Data View 2 0 and 3 0 Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specification 3 0 Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use 1 2 3 Hi Speed Slow Clock Trace and generate High Speed traffic at fractional slow clock rate capability 2 0 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 2 4 Traffic Generation USB 2 0 and 3 0 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low level control of headers payloads timing and link states The Exerciser can play back trace files bit for bit allowing validation engineers to recreate problems re
132. User Manual 250 10 5 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as a workspace for creating recording rules rules that determine how the analyzer records traces Recording rules are combinations of events and actions An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state One or more states are encapsulated in a sequence Note There can be from one to 512 states within a sequence You can associate one or more events with each state and you assign each event a different action or the same action A sequence that has only one state is called a single state sequence The analyzer continuously watches for each event in the sequence and executes the corresponding action if the event is detected A sequence that has multiple states is a multi state sequence The states are arranged in a hierarchy with a top state and successively lower states Only one state in a multi state sequence is active at a time The analyzer does not go to a successive state unless it is directed to do so by the previous state Sequences are described in detail in Using Sequences later in this chapter Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps Step 1 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area Step 2 Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area Step 3 Assigning an action or actions to each Event button LeCroy Corporation USB Pr
133. Y Error Specific Errors Data Length ddr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Pork On The Go Channel PID AMY Error Specific Errors Data Length ddr amp Endo Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Pork h Mone On The Go 6 4 6 Bus Conditions Allows you to search by bus conditions such as traffic speed reset and suspend All available bus conditions are displayed in the pull down menu keep Give eset suspend Resume chirp SEL Li EU FS Jon Ws Fok on HS WEUS voltage Ghange Low Speed Full Speed High Speed 6 4 7 Split HubAddr amp Port Allows you to go to a split hub address and port shitt 5 Shih T Shift Shift Shih Shiite shittt shiht 3 Shitt K Shih Chapter 6 Searching Traces 131 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 4 8 On the Go Allows you to search for On the go attributes The On the Go submenu contains entries for e HNP Host Negotiation Protocol e SRP Session Request Protocol e Host A Hosts with an A plug e Host B Hosts with a B plug ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length Addr amp Endo Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go HHF Shift Channel a SRE shitt HA Hast 4 trl ShihHA Host B or ShifE 6 6 4 9 Channel Allows you to search for traffic by 1 Classic Speed or 0 Hi Speed FID ANY Error Shift E Specific Errors Data Length j ddr amp Endp
134. abled or 3 0 recording enabled in Analyzer mode 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 Solid Yellow FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic Slow Flashing Yellow LS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Fast Flashing Yellow FS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Solid Green HS SOF s or control endpoint traffic Flashing Green HS traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 Exerciser Ports A downstream and B upstream Exerciser LEDs Gen Generating Green if generating enabled Rec Recording Red if 3 0 recording enabled when in Exerciser mode 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training 1TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic U0 LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 unused Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab A downstream MMCx plug connectors for interfacing B upstream with USB 3 0 signals Tx
135. ace View on Packet 192 List Values Ctrl Alk T Toggle Outlining e Cut e Copy e Paste e Position Trace View on Packet xxx e List Values e Toggle Outlining The List Values option displays the types of values that can be entered for a parameter in a line To see the types of values select the current parameter then choose Show Values from the pop up menu 11 4 3 File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the utg file If your utg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the utg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window l4 4 H e gt FS_Enum_Break_V rap_Sample utg 4 11 4 4 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes 11 4 5 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword 288 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 11 5 Loading the Generation File LeCroy Corporation The USB Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB traffic A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a utg extension These files can be created by any text editor or using the File gt Expo
136. ace display ial Navigator Panes This button has two purposes To select which Navigator panes appear and to bring up the Navigator legend The legend determines how information is shown in the panes 199 Chapter 9 Reports 200 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 8 3 Navigator Ranges You set the viewing range by dragging the yellow range delimiters along the slider To set the lowest packet viewable drag the top delimiter up As you do so a tool tip appears to indicate the current range Stop dragging when you reach the desired lowest packet To set the highest packet viewable drag the bottom delimiter down Stop when the tool tip indicates you are at the desired highest packet ST an TS1 0 2 D10 2 010 2 010 2 D10 Erom Packet 222 To Packet 777 T51 10 2 010 2 010 2 D10 2 D10 1 cn ci 1o un oO a mu m J5 2 D05 2 D05 2 D05 2 DOS TS1 10 2 D10 2 D10 2 D10 2 D10 To Determine Current Position In addition to the two range delimiters the slider has a blue current position indicator see above The current position indicator shows where you are in the trace display with respect to the possible viewing range For example suppose you set viewing range to packet 0 through packet 500 the top range delimiter is at packet 0 and the bottom range delimiter is at packet 500 If you then move the current position indicator on the slider to midway betwee
137. ack without power cycling the Analyzer 3 3 Setting Up the Analyzer Ethernet Connection To set up an Analyzer using an Ethernet connection Step 1 Connect the provided AC power cord to the rear of the Voyager M3 and toa 100 volt to 240 volt 50 Hz to 60 Hz 100 W power outlet Note The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts 50 Hz or 60 Hz thus supporting all supply voltages around the world Step 2 Insert the Installation CD Step 3 To use a DHCP network make sure that the PC connects to a DHCP network then connect the Ethernet port on the Analyzer to the DHCP network Note If the DHCP network uses a Firewall you must set the Firewall to allow the Analyzer device on the network Note Direct connection from the Ethernet port on the PC to the Ethernet port on the Analyzer is supported in this release See IP Settings Voyager only on page 58 Step 4 Turn on the power switch Note At power on the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an exhaustive self diagnostic that lasts about five seconds If the diagnostics fail call LeCroy Step 5 Complete Analyzer setup in the Application Startup section See Application Startup on page 56 Warning Do not change from USB to Ethernet or back without power cycling the Analyzer 52 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 4 Cascading with CATC
138. aded data When you click Partial Upload a dialog box displays options on what portion of data you want to upload again Select new upload range within the recorded butter 0 0 3 l From 0 0 to 0 3 Total upload 0 3 MB Full buffer Abort Upload Select an option Stop but preserve existing Uploaded data Continue as if Abort not initiated Flush data and cancel trace completely EE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview When the data is saved the Recorded Data file appears in the main display window and the Recording Status window clears e Ifthe recording resulted from a Trigger Event the first packet following the trigger or the packet that caused the trigger is initially positioned second from the top of the display e Ifthe recording did not result from a Trigger Event the display begins with the first packet in the traffic file 4 6 3 Recording Activity During recording a segment of the Status Bar displays recording activity as a series of vertical bars The more vertical bars that display the greater the amount of activity recording If there are no vertical bars there is no recording activity During uploading the percent of the completed upload displays Note If packets are filtered from the recording or data are truncated recording activity reduces 4 6 4 Search Status The lower rightmost segment displays the current search directio
139. ager is in Device Emulation mode connect the clock to the Clock B In connector Example setups using Voyager USB 3 0 in Exerciser Device Emulation mode over SMA inputs with External Slow Clock option LeCroy Trigger voyage voyager M3 LeCroy Trigger voyager voyager M3 Clock EXT REF CLK Figur 1 On b Board stock onal Figure 2 External reference locke LeCroy Corporation The Exerciser uses this clock as its transmit clock and provides the identical output to the Clock B Out connector The analyzer scales down the timestamps in trace files to the clocks in use so a symbol remains a 2 ns entity regardless of the clocking frequency value All time values displayed in trace information reflect this scaled value allowing easy comparison with the USB 3 0 specification If the DUT provides its own Tx clock you can connect the DUT clock to Clock In Note 1 LeCroy recommends using a LVPECL clock driver which can drive a 50 ohm load with a minimum peak to peak voltage swing of 200 mV Maximum peak to peak voltage swing should not exceed 1700 mV Note that these voltages are single ended because only one of the differential signals is connected using the coaxial cable 243 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 244 Note 2 On Voyager M3i only there is an option to use the Internal 10 Mbps clock as a clock source The Voyager 5 MHz clock is on both the Clock A Out and Clock B Out connectors Howeve
140. al etd ae eee ane 44 2 16 2 Power Requirements 0 0 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee 44 2 16 3 Environmental Conditions 00005 44 ZAGA SWIICHECS x oaas ba nied amp ea Eat eS RAR OE Oe SO RE 44 ZNO SLEDS 224 chews btu de hee eee cee 44 2 16 6 Recording Memory Size 0 0 0 eee 44 2 1 Advisor External Interface Breakout Board 45 2 17 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector 46 2 17 2 Prototype Rework Area 2 0 00 ee 46 2 17 3 PC Connection anaana 0 eee 46 ZAOROVISON TI giana ode a Se hw aie wae Sin oh SR eR ae n 47 2 18 1 Components 2 263 054 s44426 6 de dee rege weee esa eben 47 ZNOd Front PANG siete tia ee heate tie Shad Sawa eee 47 2 18 3 Rear Panel 0 0 0 0 eee 48 2 18 4 Advisor T3 System Setup 0 000000 eee 49 2 19 USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS 50 ZN ONC UU ass ap a Bence k at ee a the eee ee ea te ans 50 IIStANALIOND anciete Shwe Grate a a takes bea Bare 51 3 1 Installing the Analyzer Software on the PC 51 3 2 Setting Up the Analyzer USB Connection 51 3 3 Setting Up the Analyzer Ethernet Connection 52 3 4 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card 53 3 4 1 Removing Expansion Cards 0 00 eeuee 53 3 5 Application Startup 2 2 2 0 0 es 56 3 5 1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection 0 000 cee
141. alue windex wLength B4 o o J o D gt H s D oxo6 ox0100 oxoooo 64 _ Time Stamp Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp 1196 0 _20 366 s 0 546 812 266 Transaction All N ADDR T Data Time Time Stamp a aaan 2 I EE ARA Transaction ADDR Jata Time Time Sonn 94 150 us 0 546 843 132 Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp oxA5 1196 1 0x03 12 3 139ms 0 546 937 282 Chirp K Time Time Stamp 16 985 ms 0 550 075 832 0 S LIE Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp Ml oA5 1216 19 790 ms 0 567 060 816 When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transactions the components of each transaction are collected from the current recording and are grouped and indented below each decoded transaction Each row shows a transaction with a unique numeration a label and color coded decoding of important data Note If CRC errors are found in a DATAx 2 0 packet or a DP 3 0 packet the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction Transfer and so on levels above since it is assumed that the data will be re sent The data count will show as 0 Bytes 110 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace LeCroy Corporation 5 30 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transactions You can expand a specific transaction to view its parts which are grouped and indented below the transaction To expand a transaction Step 1 Right click the transaction number you wish to vie
142. ame is data usb for Low Full and High Speed recordings If you are recording on both channels then the system creates two files data_0 usb for Channel 0 and data_1 usb for Channel 1 e Click Trace File Name amp Path Click Change Default Location to display a Save As window in which to enter the recording file name usb for all subsequent recordings Note Due to restrictions on where files can be written by users in Windows Vista and Windows 7 the USB Protocol Suite software may implicitly change a directory from the Program Files path x Program Files Lecroy to the user s data path x Users Public Documents Lecroy This is done for example when the desired Trace File Name amp Path has such a reference in the Recording Options file Note that when the opposite situation occurs a Windows Vista or Windows 7 path is referenced no implicit directory changes are made since the Windows Vista Windows 7 path is legal on an XP system See Notes on Vista and Windows 7 Directory Protections on page 68 for more information Important Make sure that you do not attempt to save traces on a network drive on which you do not have create or write permissions Such an operation is not supported in the current software 10 1 10 Power You can control power settings e Keep VBus Power on after Generation Exerciser completes Check if you want to keep the Host VBus on at completion of a 2 0 or 3 0 Trainer Exerciser script
143. and label them the wrong speed While it is unlikely that the Analyzer will mislabel packets in this way manually setting the recording speed guarantees that the Analyzer always records packets at the correct speed Notes on Hi Speed Recordings Erroneous chirp blocks can be recorded on an idle bus when the Device has its FS terminations on while the Host has HS terminations connected This causes a small differential voltage tiny J on the USB bus that causes false Chirp detection This condition occurs during speed negotiation e Ona HS bus the condition is momentary just before the device chirps e OnaCsS bus the condition occurs both before and after the device chirp until the end of Reset The user is discouraged from using Speed HIGH to record signals on a classic speed bus e The Analyzer stops recording anything for 2 5 milliseconds following aFS_K state which is at least 2 microseconds long This is to avoid presenting garbage which is a by product of the high speed probe settling down 10 2 2 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides allows changes to be made to the Analyzer generator clocking Select Slow Clock then enter a value in the box on the right The value that is entered tells the Analyzer how much to divide the base clock by For example entering a 4 causes Full Speed traffic to be generated at a 3 megabit rate as opposed to the standard 12 megabit rate You can use th
144. anel User Manual 90 current position indicator 203 Customize command 83 dialog box 83 D Data Block viewing 104 Data Block dialog box 104 data connectors pin descriptions 39 LeCroy Corporation Index data fields collapse 101 expand 101 pop up menus 102 Data In Out connector 38 45 data length 134 search for 130 Data option 70 145 Data Packet Count option 220 Data Pattern Mask and Match 141 258 Data Payload Throughput option 220 Data View command 183 Data View window 183 data usb file 86 DB 25 connector 13 34 Decode decoding options 159 decode class request 172 endpoint 162 173 endpoint DWA RPipes 169 endpoint RPipes 167 general options for requests 170 hub status 173 layout 174 protocol specific fields 115 request recipient 159 Request RPipe 166 168 requests 170 171 standard request 171 vendor requests 172 Decode Request command 172 Decode as Endp command 173 Decode Standard Request command 171 decoded transactions viewing 110 decoded transfers 113 decoder files 155 decoding assigning 159 refresh 170 defining packet fields 295 Delay Time 292 Delete button 255 Delete selected item button 323 Delete This Event option 255 deleting events 255 delimiters 203 Delta Time 98 Descrambling 240 245 description 12 product 40 361 Index Detach Device button 41 Detach Device switch 18 44 Detail View window 205 detailed installation 33 device emulation 291 292 Device Emulation mode 292 De
145. anual Chapter 13 Updates 13 3 BusEngine and Firmware Updates LeCroy Corporation BusEngine Serdes BusEngine and Firmware updates often need to be performed when you update the USB Protocol Suite software These updates can be performed automatically or manually Both processes are described 13 3 1 Updating the BusEngines The BusEngine core is the heart of the Analyzer Using state of the art Electronically Programmable Logic Device EPLD technology it incorporates both the high speed recording engine and the configurable building blocks that implement data state error detections triggering capture filtering external signal monitoring and event counting and sequencing The BusEngine program and the Serdes BusEngine program and the Firmware that manages the internal microcontroller are fully field upgradeable Within a new software release it may be necessary to update the Analyzer s BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine hardware for proper operation The Readme file lets you know if this is necessary 13 3 2 Updating the Firmware Within a new software release it may also be necessary to update the Analyzer s firmware for proper operation The Readme file informs you if this is necessary 13 3 3 Automatic Updates When the USB Protocol Suite software is upgraded the software may become incompatible with the BusEngine Serdes BusEngine and or Firmware The next time you connect to the analyzer the application will prompt you if
146. ate up to three separate graphing windows so that you can create separate graphs of traffic and tile them vertically Within these windows you can format the graphs in a number of ways e To view two or three graphs simultaneously click the Graph Areas button The following menu opens o Statistics accumulation o Data Packet Count Ch 0 amp Data Packet Count Ch 1 Data Payload Throughput Ch 0 amp Data Payload Throughput Ch 1 Bus Usage Ch 0 amp Bus Usage ch 1 Selecting a checkbox displays the selected graph type e Statistics Accumulation Plots the percentage of Link utilization by non idle traffic for both directions of the link e Data Packet Count Packets s Plots counts of Data Packets per second for both directions of the link e Data Payload Throughput MBytes Plots data payload throughput for both directions of the link e Bus Usage Plots amount of Bus usage LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Chapter 10 Recording Options Use Recording Options to create and change various features that control the way information is recorded by the Analyzer To open the Recording Options dialog box e Select Recording Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR e Click on the Tool Bar You see the Recording Options dialog box for Voyager in Basic Mode Recording Options oyager x General misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0
147. ation 325 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 326 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Option Button After insetting a SCSI Command a Task Management Functions or a Transfer packet at the end of the packet an extra button called Option is shown After clicking this button you can set some protocol errors and command settings for that item Protocol Errors amp Command Settings Err_orrupeSHP Disable Number of times P Infinite Err orruptEND Disable O Number of times Infinite ErrlorruptSDP Disable Number of times P Infinite Err oorrupt SLE Disable O Number of times moo Infinite SLC Map Error Injection C Bypass Priming Task ttribute ErrCorruptSHP section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SHP Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptSDP section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SDP Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptEND section has Disable Number of items Infinite and END Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptSLC section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SLC Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 3 or 4 Error Injection section has CRC Error or Bypass Priming Task Attribute section has Sample Head of Queue Ordered and ACA Script Scenarios For some special purposes in which graphical scenario features are limited you
148. ator slider lets you to set the range of packets viewable in the trace display In other words it sets scrolling range of the display You can scroll the display up to the lowest packet number in the viewing range You can scroll the display down to the highest packet number in the viewing range Trace Navigator Legend The Navigator legend lets you control the display of content in Navigator panes You bring up the legend through the Navigator Panes drop down menu Press the toolbar Navigator Panes button to access the menu Select the Legend option to bring up the Navigator Legend dialog box x IY Pre Post Trigger M EAMA W Errors Types of traffic a Protocols of traffic Il Types of traffic v Reset Legend Suspend Stalled Transaction Y a Control Transfer iv Y Bulk Interrupt or SO Transfer MAK ed Transaction cach Ww Start of Frame o W Protocols of traffic IW USB 3 0 Host Transmit Traffic IW USB 3 0 Host Receive Traffic 0 e eis Options Apply Cancel The Navigator Legend dialog box has areas corresponding to each of the panes Each area has check boxes that allow you to hide display information in the pane You can set the priority of information displayed in the panes using the up and down triangles on the right Using the Legend to Show Hide Navigator Panes To use the legend to show hide an entire pane use the checkbox next to the name of each pane in
149. available for USB 3 0 recording rules 10 6 7 Actions and Action Properties For the available Actions and Action Properties see Actions and Action Properties on page 261 Action Properties For the Action Properties you can set Internal Triggering and External Triggering Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states The Advance Sequence option is not currently available for USB 3 0 recording rules LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation 10 6 8 Events and Event Properties for USB 3 0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events for USB 3 0 are e Packet Type e Link Management Packets e Transaction Packets e Data Packet Header e lIsoch Timestamp Packets e Data Packet DP for software version 3 71 and higher e Data Packet DPH DPP for software version 3 70 and lower e All Link Commands e Link Command Flow Control e LGOOD_0 through LGOOD_7 and LGOOD_n LBAD e LCRD_A through LCRD_D and LCRD x LRTY e Link Command Link State e LGO_ U1 LGO U2 LGO U3 e LAU e LXU e LMPA e LUP e LDN e LFPS e Training Sequences e TS1 e TS2 e TSEQ e Header Pattern e Link Management Packet e Set Link Function e U2 inact Tmt e Vndr Dev Test e Port Capability e Port Config e Port Cfg Rsp e Transaction Packet e ACK e
150. ay Export to Script dialog i Aik Manual Trigger Repeat Upload 4 3 7 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 2 See Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 277 E24 Start or Stop Traffic Generation available if you have the Traffic Generation module 4 3 8 View Level BT Bitstream and Intelliframe modes Repeat Mode This button becomes active when a traffic generation file utg is open See Switch to Transactions View on page 108 and following Display Packets REI See Trace View Features on page 93 Display Transactions Tr See Switch to Transactions View on page 108 Display Split Transactions FRA See Switch to Split Transaction View on page 112 Display Transfers FR See Switch to Transfer View on page 112 Sa Display Host Wire Adapter ZEG Segments See Switch to Host Wire Adapter Segment View on page 115 ae Display Host Wire Adapter Transfers piel See Switch to Host Wire Adapter Transfer View on page 116 WA Group ui Click the arrow to display the Wire Adapter Levels Display Device Wire Adapter ZEG Segments See Switch to Device Wire Adapter Segment View on page 116 Display Device Wire Adapter KFR Transfers See Switch to Device Wire Adapter Transfer View on page 116 Display PTP Transactions TRA See Switch to PTP Transactions on page 117 Display PTP Objects Ded See Switch to PTP O
151. bject Transfers on page 117 Display PTP Sessions a See Switch to PTP Sessions on page 118 Display SCSI Operations PTP Group Click the arrow to display the PTP Levels 81 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 3 9 Trace Views See Compressed CATC Trace View on page 119 and Spreadsheet View on page 120 CoG Normal CATC Trace View Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet View Color A Spreadsheet View B W 4 3 10 USB 2 USB 3 Show y Display USB 2 0 traffic only EX Display USB 3 0 traffic only 4 3 11 USB 2 0 Display Hide Hide Devices E 5o nr Hide SOFs oe Hide NAK ed transactions Hide Chirps 4 3 12 USB 3 0 Display Hide Hide Link Commands Flow Control Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets Hide Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets Hide Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Hide Link Commands Hide Logical Idle Packets other than Flow Control Hide LMP Packets Hide Upstream Packets Hide Downstream Packets Hide Electrical Idles Hide Skip Sequences Hide LFPS Packets 4 4 Tooltips Tooltips provide information about trace cells and application buttons To display a tooltip position the mouse pointer over the item 82 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 5 View Options You can hide display or reset toolbars by selecting View gt Tool bars from the menu bar S
152. bols csv file 70 dec files 155 lic file 352 usb files 86 utg file 70 utg files 283 309 Numerics 2 stage SOF hiding 151 3 0 Exerciser 307 5 volt pin 38 45 A About command 345 window 345 About window 56 Abstract Control Model dec file 155 AC connector module 34 AC connector module 42 Accurate Time Management 2 Action button 254 pop up menu 254 Properties dialog 255 actions assigning 253 events 253 256 Actions submenu 255 Add Analyzer Network Node dialog 61 Add Counter option 255 Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog 57 Addr amp Endp search criteria 130 Addr field 159 address and endpoint 135 address endpoint combination 105 Advance the Sequence button 254 LeCroy Corporation Index Advanced Recording Options Mode 222 Advisor T3 20 All Connected Devices command 57 Analyzer bus 12 front panel 41 rear panel 41 setup 43 51 52 traffic 12 Analyzer Devices dialog 57 Analyzer LEDs 30 Analyzer Network Chat Bar 73 Analyzer Network command 61 Analyzer Network dialog 61 Analyzer Ports 30 Analyzer Speed options 238 application startup 69 Application startup 56 architecture network 13 assigning actions 253 ATM Networking Control Model dec file 155 Audio Class dec file 155 Audio Class decoding 2 0 155 automatic updates 349 Available Events Area 247 B Bar option 189 Basic Recording Options Mode 222 bits 100 Bitstream mode 291 Bitstream vs Intelliframe 291 blue current
153. buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions u ERE SC MA So The buttons have the following functions Save Saves your edits and Add Remove bookmark Allows ig immediately updates the setting bars markers to be set or removed to aid and Frames shown in the trace in navigation window gt View Options Opens a menu with ie three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Line Numbers See View Options Menu below gt Go to next bookmark Ba Go to Trace View Cut Copy Go to previous bookmark Clear all bookmarks Find x e an Paste Find and Replace Undo Redo Print View Options Menu The View Options button has a menu with three options Enable Outlining Show Line Numbers Show Tooltips Enable Intellisense e Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines e Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor window e Show Tooltips Enables tooltips to appear when the mouse pointer is suspended over a script item e Enable Intellisense 287 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 4 2 Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options ab Cut Chris i Copy Ctrl C H Paste Crl y b Position Tr
154. buttons have the following functions E View Toolbox Text Snippets View Output window C View Error Output window LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 6 14 Script Toolbar The Script toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions The buttons have the following functions Undo Add Remove bookmark Allows a A markers to be set or removed to aid in navigation Redo View Options Opens a menu with three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below Compile an Find ae Go to next bookmark Go to previous bookmark Clear all bookmarks Find and Replace Find Next LeCroy Corporation Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options e Cut e Copy e Paste e Toggle Outlining e Open All Include Files The List Values option displays the types of values that can be entered for a parameter in a line To see the types of values select the current parameter then choose Show Values from the pop up menu 12 6 15 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes 12 6 16 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a toolti
155. cables 2 4 4 Switches Power On off 2 4 5 Recording Memory Size 1 GB or 4 GB for traffic data capture timing state and other data LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 5 USBTracer Trainer System Components e One stand alone USB Tracer Analyzer module e Five USB cables e USB Tracer software program installation diskettes e Product documentation 2 6 USBTracer Trainer Analyzer PC Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the installation CD for the most current PC and operating system requirements 2 The Installed USB Tracer Unit LeCroy Corporation USB Tracer is a module that inserts into the left slot on the LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System UPAS Once installed the USB Tracer Analyzer activates the user accessible controls and LEDs on the front and rear panels of the UPAS _ Universal Protocol Analyzer System a Model 2500H MODEL US006MA USB ine E MODEL USOO6MG USB E Excerciser Channel 0 orc a High Speed Classic a ar r ea i ca 1 5 E Gai cap l Host Device Host Device High GP inteni Start Speed Classic 4 Frame Stop Figure 2 2 USBTracer Front Panel FUSE 2 5A 250V Data Output Ext In Ext Out C gt Figure 2 3 USBTracer Rear Panel 100 240V 120W 33 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 1 LED and Button Descriptions This section
156. ce They are more complex than single state sequences but very powerful 10 5 12 Using Independent Sequences You can use up to two independent sequences By default they are labeled Sequence 0 and Sequence 1 The two sequences operate in parallel and have no effect on each other with the following exception Either of the two sequences can contain the action Restart All This action restarts both sequences in the Main Display area LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 6 Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager only Use the Recording Rules to set triggers for USB 3 0 Recording Options Yoyager xX General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Hec Rules Ch0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules ae Mew event iy 5 Contig is valid Available Events um Jave Save As Default Load Cancel The page has the same areas as the USB 2 0 Recording Rules see Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 on page 245 Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Recording Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area in the same way as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus in the same way as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules
157. cer to transmit externally the software trigger signal or a user defined event for probing or use by other circuitry Search functions allow the software to identify and highlight specific events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports LeCroy Corporation 13 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 1 3 2 USB Tracer Trainer Features General Fully complies with USB specification revision 2 0 Supports Link Power Management extension to USB 2 0 specification Allows reconfigurable hardware for future enhancements Has field upgradeable firmware and recording engine Supports all USB speeds 480 Mb s 12Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Has dual recording channels to aid development of multiple speed functions upstream and downstream of speed matching hub or transaction translator Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Has a
158. cific PID Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions Has search and packet hiding capabilities Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding 15 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 3 3 Traffic Generation Traffic generation capability is available as an add on module USB Trainer for the Universal Protocol Analyzer System 1 3 4 Hi Speed Slow Clock The ability to trace and generate Hi Speed traffic at fractional slow clock rate is available on both USB Tracer platforms 2500 and 2500H You can purchase this feature with a License Key Contact LeCroy for more information 16 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview 1 4 Advisor The LeCroy Advisor USB 2 0 Bus amp Protocol Analyzer is a LeCroy fourth generation product for USB development and testing The Advisor interfaces with standard USB cables and connections to capture and display Hi Speed and Classic Speed USB 2 0 bus traffic gt TOCOL CA gt ere am omnes E Act ef ee ger paz i CATC Advisor Manual Detact High Speed Trigger Device a cme PWR REC TRG u O g a Classic Speeds Figure 1 7 Advisor 1 4 1 Advisor Features General LeCroy Corporation Fully complies with USB 2
159. ck If you elect to record Loopback traffic it is recommended that you set Trigger on the Loopback command by setting Trigger on TS2 with loopback bit asserted Sequence 0 State 1 TS 182 Pex Ti Event Properties TS T52 Training Sequences Actions EKE Training Sequences E E nang Control Byte Ts Ts2 Bit 1 Channels IF AI es Bit 4 7 T Count E Step 4 Select the Electrical Test window from the View Menu Step 5 Click the Loopback Test check box Usb3 Electrical Test Loopback Command Loopback Interval gt Slave Symbol Error Count 0 Master Symbol Error Count 0 Master Bit Error Count 0 Loopback Status Exerciser Ports Termination for testing Use the termination buttons to verify that a device sees or does not see termination from the exerciser ports After you finish be sure to put them back in the mode that you expect them to be in when done Step 6 Set the Loopback Interval This is the time interval in milliseconds in which each of the BERT ordered sets BRST BDAT and BERC will be transmitted The minimum value is 1 ms The maximum value is 2428 268 435 456 ms LeCroy Corporation 331 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 7 Press the Start button Loopback entry and pattern generation occurs immediately after the link partners complete training SSC is enabled within the transmitted loopback
160. ckTiming markers mot set If you select Power Tracker from the Report menu you can select Hide Full Screen Sync by Time or Real Time Monitor see Power Tracker Toolbar section below The left side shows power voltage and current levels Right clicking a column allows you to select the vertical scale origin The origin is 0 or near the minimum measurement value The horizontal axis shows time in milliseconds You can navigate with the slider The slider sets the left vertical line The distance to the right dashed vertical line represents the sampling interval You can use time markers to measure times in this view To delete markers right click the marker and select Remove Marker s You can show hide minimum and maximum values for Power Voltage and Current by right clicking and choosing Show Min Max Values from the popup menu You can go to the time at which Minimum or Maximum values of Power Voltage or Current occur by right clicking and choosing Go To from the popup menu and then choosing a submenu item The Power Tracker samples are acquired from the start of the recording to the finish Since packet traffic or other Bus Condition events can start long after the recording starts or finish long before the recording ends many power samples in these end ranges can map to the first packet or last packet in a trace For all events when synchronizing between the Power Tracker view and other views the items associated
161. coding Load most recent decoding mapping Refresh Decoding For this Trace File Format d Color Hide Note The menus shown in this section are context sensitive You may see slightly different menus Step 2 To refresh decoding click Refresh Decoding for this Trace File Use this option to reanalyze all transactions Step 3 To use the previous decoding click Load most recent decoding mapping This option loads the most recent mapping of endpoints requests to decoding types that was done on a previous trace If the endpoints of the new trace are the same as the last one mapped the mappings are applied to the current trace This saves the user from having to constantly apply the mapping to a new trace every time the application is restarted and a new trace created The ability to retain the mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session already exists the Keep Across Recordings button in the endpoint map dialog This new feature simplifies the process when the application has been re started Note You can also change the format color and hidden status of fields using the same methods as in Display Options See Chapter 6 Display Options 170 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests 8 3 2 Decoding Standard Requests To decode a standard request Step 1 From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Standard Request to display the View Fields for Standard Request
162. configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables Figure 1 3 Figure 1 3 Direct Connection using USB 3 0 Cables or through direct connection via MMCx to SMA coaxial cables Figure 1 4 Figure 1 4 Direct Connection using SMA Differential Tap LeCroy Corporation 5 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 2 1 Voyager M3 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop PC through the USB port The PC configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any personal computer having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events a
163. connector 31 Gigabit field 241 glass fuse 34 42 Go to Marker search 126 Packet Transaction Transfer search 126 Trigger search 125 USB2 0 127 USB3 0 133 Go to Marker command 195 go to next link state 209 go to previous link state 209 Go To SCSI 137 Go to USB2 0 drop down menu 127 133 Graph Areas button 220 Graph Areas menu 191 graphical display 1 364 USB Protocol Suite User Manual graphical scenario 321 Graphical Scenario window 322 Graphical toolbar 327 graphs displaying multiple 220 Graph Areas menu 191 green comments 313 green LED 34 41 Grid Lines option 189 Grid on Top option 189 ground pins 38 45 H hardware filtering 12 header packet type 135 Help command 313 Help menu 75 311 Hi Speed recordings 238 HID dec file 156 Hide buttons 195 Hide Downstream Packets 106 Hide Electrical Idles 106 Hide Inter Packet Symbols 106 Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets 106 Hide LFPS Packets 107 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 105 Hide Link Commands other than Flow Control 106 Hide Link Training Sequences 106 Hide LMP Packets 106 Hide Logical Idle Packets 106 Hide option 219 Hide Skip Sequences 106 Hide Upstream Packets 106 hiding chirps 105 devices 105 display options 150 Idles 195 levels 151 152 NAKs 105 SOF packets 105 toolbars 83 Hierarchy Lines option 144 High Speed port 41 High Full or Low Speed packets 151 highlighting 313 High Speed traffic 9 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Man
164. cript Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE 214 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation Step 4 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog appears ee x Choose Editor application and editing settings f Notepad by default C Other Fath to the editor BITOWE Edit all selected scripts in one process T Open all included files Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script C Program Files s LeLCroynistallation S cripte sy Browse Display settings M Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start M Load last output from saved log files when possible M Activate dialog after script s stop running W Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output log fil
165. ction After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the analyzer ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button see Assigning an Action on page 253 Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions 10 6 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options e New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar e Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears see Event Pop up Menu on page 255 Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears see Action Pop up Menu on page 254 Note 1 Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states The Advance Sequence option is not currently
166. currently 3 Usage file_version 3 file_ mode HOST Sets generation mode to host or device DEVICE For generation to work this must match the selection found in the Recording Options gt Misc dialog file speed This must be included after the file_version key to determine the speed of packets to be generated Values are HIGH HI FULL or LOW Example file_speed FULL Only one file_speed is allowed per utg file but low speed traffic on a full soeed bus can be created by adding the speed LOW key to a low speed packet in a file defined as file_speed FULL No other mixing of speeds is allowed HI is the same as HIGH and was added to conform to the USB terms loop_count O through 16382 These two terms are interchangeable wrap_count or infinite Host Emulation Only This key defines the loop count for each memory segment Examples loop_count INFINITE or wrap_count 9 wrap This key marks the wrap point in the traffic loop When generation is in Repeat mode all the traffic before the wrap point is going to be sent once All the traffic after the wrap point is going to be repeated in a loop The usage of the keyword is wrap HERE or loop HERE For Device Emulation the value would be a memory segment number so that the looping is associated with only that one endpoint such as wrap 4 LeCroy Corporation 295 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Key Code Format Description
167. d Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Advisor T3 is Recording Options Advisor T3 General Misc USB 2 0 Misc LSB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Channels Options Mame Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Program Files LeCroy Installation data usb Recording Type f Snapshot IY USB 2 0 Manual Trigger use 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512MB trace Files lt Debug Support gt f Conventional Single Buffer Recording C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Buffer Size Trigger Position Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace 16 000 MB Mot used with snapshot i Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage c GB Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 pap Until Triggered plus ODayls 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg Switch to Basic Mode Save Save Os Default Load 224 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USB Tracer Trainer is Recording Options USB Tracer Trainer X General misc USB 2 0 Product Voyager
168. d Transfers You can expand a specific transfer to view its parts which are grouped and indented below the transfer 113 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 114 To expand a transfer Step 1 Right click the transfer number you wish to view to display the Expand Transfer D c bRequest wifalue wlndex Transfer 1 bRequest wifalue mlndex k Expand This Transter Expand All Transfers D0000 ox0000 bRequest walue windex Collapse All Transfers bRegquest wifalue wlndex Set marker D0000 ox0000 Format a bRequest wivalue windex bRequest walue wlndex olor Hide Step 2 Select Expand This USB Transfer to display the selected transfer in expanded format Control ADDR DRequest e wi Value windex wlLength Time Stamp SET O0 0 SET_ADDRESS New EEE oxo000 o 0 586 850 382 Transaction SETUP ADDR ag See ip R serials wi want windex wlLength 3 Sy oB4 o o fOjHeD S D 0x05 oxc001 oxoo00 0 Time Time Stamp 968 Us 0 586 850 382 Transaction A IN ADDR Jala 1 SETE Time Time Stamp 76 032 us 0 586 858 350 LIE Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp I A5 1236 1 39 974 ms 0 586 934 382 Note The Expand Collapse transfer feature operates as a toggle when one format is active the other appears as an option on the Expand Collapse drop down menu To collapse a transfer perform the same operation and select Collaps
169. d report their durations to 15 nanoseconds of accuracy LeCroy Corporation 11 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 3 USB Tracer Trainer The LeCroy USB Tracer USB 2 0 Design amp Verification System is the fifth generation product of LeCroy s analysis tools for USB development and testing The USB bus amp protocol Analyzer interfaces with standard USB cables and connections to capture and display all speeds of USB 2 0 bus traffic MODEL USo06MA USB Analyzer SA Channel o on lt a Channeli i Figure 1 5 USB Tracer Trainer 1 3 1 USB Tracer Trainer General Description The USB Tracer hardware module installs into the LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System A portable or desktop PC connects to USB Tracer at its USB port and configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is the industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols USB Tracer non intrusively provides traffic capture and analysis for USB protocol development and testing Hardware triggering allows real time event capture Hardware filtering filters different types of packets in or out of the recording Filtering also preserves recording memory so that recording time can be extended The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics Advanced search and viewing capabilities allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other des
170. ddition of jitter tolerance measurements to the loopback stream Specialized equipment such as LeCroy s PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system should be used to introduce jitter and perform the full electrical layer compliance testing process Loopback Mode test procedure Step 1 Connect the DUT to the Exerciser port For Device Loopback Attach DUT to Port A For Host Loopback Attach DUT to Port B Step 2 Set recording options For Device DUT Loopback Set Voyager as Host Emulator For Host DUT Loopback Set Voyager as Device Emulator Step 3 In the Misc USB 3 0 tab uncheck the Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs option Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs Initiating loopback mode requires that the DUT successfully link trains with the Voyager exerciser Verify that the link reaches UO by pressing the Record button and looking at traffic for LUP LDN link commands sv LC LDN Time Time Stamp 5 SLC SLC SLC EPF DO 7 D27 1 D30 7 D08 7 9 664 us 26 820 229 464 LOR Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D25 5 D11 6 DO8 2 D00 0 360 000 ns 26 820 239 128 LDN idle Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D05 2 D14 0 D31 0 DO1 7 10 024 us 26 820 239 488 C LDN Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D06 4 D03 1 D22 6 D18 1 1 600 us 26 820 249 528 330 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser You can optionally set the analyzer to record the Loopback traffic to verify that the system enters loopba
171. der packet type to which you want to go Chapter 6 Searching Traces 135 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 5 6 Link Command Packet Type j ANY Error Ctrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors j Data Length j ddr amp Endp Header Packet Type i LMF Subtype LEAD Transaction Packet Type LORD ee Hem ui Heels Loo US LALI Lau LMP LUF LON Select the link command to which you want to go 6 5 7 LMP Subtype Packet Type ANY Error Ctrl Shifk 3 Specific Errors j Data Length ddr amp Endo i Header Packet Type j Link Command Set Link Function Transaction Packet Type d Oz Inactivity Timeout Vendor Device Test Port Capability Port Configuration Pork Config Ack Select the LMP Subtype to which you want to go 136 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 5 8 Transaction Packet Type Packet Type b AMY Error Chrl ShiFk 3 Specific Errors Data Length b ddr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command b LMF Subtype b ACK NRDY ERD STATUS STALL DEY NOTIFICATION PING PING RESPONSE Select the Transaction Packet Type to which you want to go 6 6 Go To SCSI The Go To SCSI feature takes you to a SCSI Operation Command Status Task Management Task Management Response or Error 6 6 1 Error Search View Window Help 0 bo Trigger 0 to Packet Transaction Transfer Chrl Go to Marker
172. describes the LEDs buttons and connectors on the module and UPAS LEDs on the Far Left Side of the UPAS e Green PWR Power indicator LED for UPAS Lights when unit power is switched on e Red Status indicator LED for UPAS Lights during boot up LEDs and Button on the UPAS under the Left Module Slot The LEDs and button on the UPAS enclosure under the left module slot function in conjunction with the USB Tracer module inserted above it e Green REC Recording LED Lights when the unit is recording e Orange TRG Triggered LED Lights when the unit triggers on an event e Green UPLD Upload Lights when unit is uploading data to PC e Manual Trigger push button Allows a manual Trace capture LEDs and Button on the UPAS under the Right Module Slot The LEDs and button under the right module slot are reserved for LeCroy generator modules such as the USB Trainer USB Traffic Generator described in Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 277 e Green HS Illuminates when Hi Speed is being generated e Orange Classic Illuminates when Full or Low Speed is being generated Classic also illuminates during power on testing and is turned off at the end of the power on cycle If the LED blinks at the end of this cycle the hardware is faulty e Green Intelliframe lluminates when Intelliframe traffic is being generated using Intelliframe mode an intelligent adaptive traffic mode If off the generation is in Bitstream mode See Traffic Gen
173. dge Bulk In e Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Interrupt e TCP Transmission Control Protocol In Endp e Video Bulk In e Video Interrupt e Video Isoch In e Virtual UART e Wire Adapter Radio Notif Endp e Wire Adapter Data Transfer In Endp e Wire Adapter Notif Endp 164 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests Step 6 Select the type of decoding OR select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Step 7 Repeat the previous steps for any additional endpoints you would like to map Step 8 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Step 9 Click OK LeCroy Corporation 165 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 166 8 2 3 Mapping Request RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding Before mapping Request RPipes to Class Vendor Decoding you must first assign the following endpoint decoders e Wire Adapter Data Out e Wire Adapter Data In e Wire Adapter Notif To assign a decoding group to a Request RPipe Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box Step 3 Click the Request RPipes tab to display the Request RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding
174. disk 1 Make sure that the trace file destination folder has write create permissions For example the target directory might be the netwrok file system which typically does not have write create permissions 2 Make sure that the Windows or other Firewall Settings for USB Protocol Suite are set to Public 90 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 9 Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Several frequently used operations have keyboard shortcuts Table 1 Keyboard Shortcuts Operation Key Combination Trace Navigation Find Next Search Backwards Ctrl B Search Forwards Ctrl F Jump to First Packet CtrltHome Ctrlt End Shift E Ctrl Shift 0 Ctrl Shift 1 Shift Up Arrow Jump to Last Packet Go to Any Error Go to Channel 0 Go to Channel 1 Move packet selection up Move packet selection down Shift Down Arrow Q Go to PRE ERR LeCroy Corporation 91 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go to EXT Shift R Bus Conditions Shift T Shift 6 Shift Z Shift 7 Shift 5 Shift U Shift C Shift J Shift K Go to Reset Go to Resume Go to SEO Go to SE1 Go to Keep Alive Go to Suspend Go to Chirp Go to Full Speed J Go to Full Speed K O j Q Go to SRP Go to HNP Ctri Q Shift H Shift V Ctrl Shift A Ctrl Shift B Go to VBus Voltage Change Go to OTG Host A Go to OTG Host B Marker Menu Stop Recording Open Display Options dia
175. ds to be truncated during recording in order to save Analyzer memory and allow recording of more packets Enter a minimum data length value in the Bytes box The system truncates the data to the stated value or up to 5 bytes more to optimize operation efficiency in the Analyzer hardware Note Truncation of data may cause incorrect transaction or transfer decoding 239 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 3 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager The Misc USB 3 0 tab presents options for setting Recording Ports Descrambling Polarity Inversion Spread Spectrum Clock Recording Generating Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields Simple Triggers Clock Speed Selection and M3i Connector Termination RxDetect Recording Options Voyager General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 r Recording Ports r Recording Generating r Simple Triggers USB 3 0 Connectors amp Analyzer Only spare cian piste la m B Logical Idle Logical Idle MMC Host Emulation Custom recording M sup M SHP C Custom DS USB 30 m BEEE m Us USB 30 i E ac Sc Descrambling r M i USB Connector Temination RxDetect EFF EFF Downstream Upstream Aeae a Pae END END Auto T Auto i EDB EDB e Auto x Enable r C On C On A M RxDetect eee ee T Manual T SKP T SKP I Kode K Code C OF C OF Polarity Inversion rClock Speed Selection Symbo
176. e Bitrmask Mask Match hes hes OW OS om OF E ow ee Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match LeCroy Corporation 141 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 8 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search e Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR e Click ams on the Tool Bar 6 9 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu 6 10 Protocol Select USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 for the technology to use for a mixed file 142 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options Chapter 7 Display Options You can select what information to display in Trace Views using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window e Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR e Click on the Tool Bar Display Options a l x General Color Format j Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding Trace Viewing Level Trace View Mode Zoom Level Packe
177. e Click D in the Tool Bar to display the Timing Calculator screen Timing Calculator From beginning Total Time 0 000 Facket fo nanoseconds To beginning of Packet z fi Show Formulas Bus Utilization Bandwidth No idle TU No idle Bw With idle TU with idle Bw Data only TU Data only Bw Full Speed Global 3 0 4 Host Re Global 3 0 4 Host Ts Global USB 2 Global USE 3 High Speed Low Speed Super Speed Transactions Classic Speed with idle Transactions Classic Speed without idle Transactions High Speed with idle Transactions High Speed without idle Calculate Acknowledged Calculate Step 1 In the From beginning field enter the first packet number or Markers Step 2 In the To beginning of field enter the last packet number or Markers Step 3 Inthe Total Time field select nanoseconds microseconds milliseconds or seconds 180 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Step 4 Click the Show Formulas button to display the Bandwidth Formulas window with the formulas used Bandwidth Formulas LeCroy Corporation 181 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 5 Click Calculate in the left side to display the Bus Utilization Time Usage and Bandwidth Bus Utilization is e Full Speed e Global 3 0 A Host RX e Global 3 0 A Host TX e Global USB 2 e Global USB 3 e High Speed e Low Speed e Super Speed e Transactio
178. e Filter In Sets or clears Filter In action If Filter In is set you cannot use Filter Out it is disabled e Filter Out Sets or clears Filter Out action If Filter Out is set you cannot use Filter In it is disabled Note Examples that show use of filters are provided later in this chapter Advance the Sequence Creates an event sequence consisting of the event you clicked on and an event in a successive state of the sequence A thick arrow appears from the selected event and points downward ae Newavent im lela Q S Available Events Sequence 0 State 1 Errors ET Sequence 0 State 2 SEN TRIGGER In other words the Advance the Sequence button is the link between two states ina multi state sequence The Advance the Sequence arrow tells the analyzer to go to the next state if it detects the event at the tail origin of the arrow 254 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation The Action pop up menu has the following restart and trigger options Restart the Sequence not shown Restarts the sequence Note that this option is context sensitive and only appears if you have created a multi state sequence A thick arrow appears from the selected event and point upward towards the first event in the sequence Restart All Restarts all rules in all sequences and in the global state and displays an arrow and a Restart All button This action
179. e Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field x Display Options General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding i Data D ata Format Bit Order f Hexadecimal f MSE to LSB i Decimal LSE to MSE Group and Color ee ee En ee MSBtalso B Data Length Dec al ae External Data Bin Binary Hiding Packets f ASCII Hidd Time M Hidden Other W Eaa Speed Pkt Begin End Standard Custom Transaction Fields Split Trans Fields Transter Fields PTF Fields LPM Fields USB 2 0 Packets USB 3 0 Packets SCSI Fields Colors Expand ll Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load coed __ LeCroy Corporation 147 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Colors H Red 254 Greer EE Blue 133 Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red 148 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 2 2 Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Bin binary Dec decimal and He
180. e Im about the Voyager M3 and the USB Protocol Suite See Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 345 LeCroy Corporation 311 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 5 2 Main Exerciser Toolbar The Main Exerciser toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions ta a 2 B A p b Run E jF 2 USB Analyzer L Siia i The buttons have the following functions New Graphic Scenario New Text Scenario Save Saves your edits and Open file immediately updates the setting bars and Frames shown in the trace window E H i Cut Copy Paste 8 Print P About Run Run Scenario 4 Stop Scenario Trace Preview Checks script for errors and displays trace Go to USB Analyzer USB Analyzer window Start Recording Stop Recording 312 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 6 Script Editor LeCroy Corporation After you open an existing generation script file or create a new text scenario in the Script Editor use the following steps to edit or build a script The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields 12 6 1 Highlighting All known commands and parameters are highlighted in blue All predefined values and command modifiers
181. e This USB Transfer Note that you can choose to expand or collapse e Only the selected Transfer OR e All Transfers It is not necessary to use the Expand Collapse Transfers menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transfers You can double click the Transfer number field to toggle back and forth between collapsed and expanded views LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 34 Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and Transfers When transfers or transactions are displayed the fields in setup transactions and in control interrupt and Bulk transfers do not get decoded by default and are shown in hexadecimal values The exceptions are setup transactions and control transfers for standard USB device requests which are always decoded To show specific decoding for class and vendor specific device requests and endpoints you have to use the decoding association mechanism that is described in Chapter 9 on decoding When you have performed the association you see the protocol specific fields of transfers and transactions decoded in the trace view 5 35 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Segment View LeCroy Corporation A Host Wire Adapter Segment is one or more transfers between a PC and a host wire adapter To view host wire adapter segments switch to the Host Wire Adapter Segment trace viewing level To select the Host Wire Adapter Segment trace viewing level H
182. e following indicators and connectors Power LED green if on Status LED blue if system successfully initializes red while booting If red for more than a minute hardware failure green while initializing Analyzer Port A downstream Connects to Device under test Analyzer Port B upstream Connects to Host Analyzer LEDs Rec Recording red if recording enabled Trig Trigger green if triggering 2 0 USB 2 0 yellow for Low and Full Speed green for Hi Speed green if link is up flashes green while data transfers yellow if polling 3 0 USB 3 0 LeCroy Corporation 47 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 48 2 18 3 Rear Panel Sync Data a Figure 2 12 Advisor T3 Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors USB Type B connector for connection to host computer Sync Data Micro DB 25 25 pin external interface connector cable sold separately Power Connector 12V 3A DC Power Switch 0 1 Do not open the enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to LeCroy customer care N LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 18 4 Advisor T3 System Setup Advisor T3 is configured and controlled through a personal computer USB port PC Connection Advisor 73 USB Device USB Under Analysis Figure 2 13 Advisor T3 Setup LeCroy Corporation 49 Chapter 2 General Descri
183. e generator constructs a bitstream of traffic based on the UTG file and assumes that packets start at pre calculated times For example after an IN packet the generator waits a calculated fixed time before pre senting an ACK The time between them is determined by the idle time statement in between the IN and ACK packets in the utg file In this mode every bit time of a generation stream including idles and SEO s is represented by 4 bits of data so the file to be downloaded to the Generator can be very large e IntelliFrame Mode In IntelliFrame mode the generator can wait for Device responses to complete before it continues generating more host packets For exam ple after issuing an IN the generator looks for the DATAx packet issued by the device to finish and then issues an ACK This way the data length can vary and does not need to be pre calculated Also using the idle TO_EOF statement allows the generator to calculate where the end of the frame occurs so that a subsequent frame AUTO statement creates a Start of Frame at the correct time Moreover the Generator can be made to retry transactions that are NAKed automatically and to use the PING protocol where appropriate Retries can be made to occur within the same frame or in the next frame For further information on the flexible behavior that can be instituted during the generation see the syntax descriptions for the genera tion files here An additional advantage of the Intelli
184. e mode is operational The Voyager can transmit subsequent ping Ifps signals interactively to advance the DUT to the next compliance pattern Compliance Mode test procedure Step 1 Connect the DUT or HUT to a test fixture board for example an Intel board so that transmit signals go to the oscilloscope and receive signals come from the analyzer Intel Test Fixture LeCroy Corporation 333 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual The following two photos show an example connection DUT Test f Fixture To Voyager Transmit to Scope Test Fixture to DUT and Oscilloscope Connections 334 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Test Fixture to Voyager Connection blue cable LeCroy Corporation 335 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 2 Set the Recording Options in the Misc USB 3 0 tab to run the Electrical tests General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec f USB 3 0 Connectors C MMCX C Custom DS 0U56 3 0 US USE 3 0 Enable Polarity Inversion De rae istream r Sec Auto Auto On C On C Of C Of To test a USB Device in the Recording Generating section select Host Emulation mode To test a USB Host or the downstream port of a USB 3 hub select Device Emulation mode In the M3i USB Connector
185. e slow clock selection to slow down the base clock during generation This also changes the Analyzer s clock base to match Step 1 In the Misc USB 2 0 tab make sure you are out of Auto Detect mode Step 2 Select the Slow Clock checkbox Step 3 In the Divide By field enter a value Step 4 Click OK 238 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation 10 2 3 USB On The Go USB On The Go option sets the Analyzer to record the USB On The Go traffic This protocol lets you run two devices specify one of them as the host one of them as the device and to assign each device a name 10 2 4 Generator related Parameters You can set traffic generation parameters e Disable Generator Memory Use the whole Capture Buffer for the trace e Default to IntelliFrame Mode Rather than Bitstream Mode e Device Emulation Mode Limit tracing to Channel 0 You can check Device Resumes then set the Delay Time Before Resume in milliseconds from 1 to 65535 and Resume Time in milliseconds from 1 to 65535 You can set traffic generation parameters for the Device Address e Use Address in utg file The traffic generation file has an address e Emulated Device s Hex Address 01 3F Enter the Mask and Match for the emulated device You can also enter the Host Chirp Reset Length in milliseconds from 1 to 69 10 2 5 Data Truncation Option e Truncate Data Fields 2 0 Allows data fiel
186. e trying to match less than 16 bytes of data and want it to match the pattern in a data payload which might be less than 16 bytes align your pattern to the END of the 16 byte mask match array For example if you want to match the SCSI header USBS in a payload that MIGHT be less than 16 bytes you would fill out the table as follows Event Properties Data Pattem Actions Property Byte 7 Hex Labet keikan i Byte 9 Hex Data Fatter Byte 10 Hex Byte 11 Hex Byte 12 Hex Byte 13 Hex Count 2 Byte 14 Hex Byte 15 Hex Desc Any occurence on channel 0 of the specified Data Pattern This will match the pattern in a payload of sizes 4 through 1024 10 5 8 Counters and Timers for USB 2 0 Timer A timer counts the time from a starting event to a final event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 nanoseconds or milliseconds after the starting event before it performs whatever action you assign Timers cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum timer value is 65 535 Counter A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum counter value is 65 535 Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event For example you can set a trigger to occur fo
187. eating items or item groups as one item along with the number of repeats For USB 2 0 stacking items or item groups can be e SOF e Chirp merges J s and Ks into one stacked display unit e NAK ed split Transaction For USB 3 0 stacking items or item groups can be e TSEQ e TS1 with same Link Functionality e TS2 with same Link Functionality e LFPS with same Type e LUP e LDN e NAK ed Transaction Note Items are grouped regardless of any intervening Skip Sequence Electrical Idle or Logical Idle symbols If any of these occur during a stream of the repeating stacking item they are not displayed 79 Chapter 4 Software Overview 80 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 3 4 Analysis Reports File Information Report Error Report Kid See File Information on page 177 Pis See Error Summary on page 179 Timing and Bus Usage Calculations Traffic Summary See Timing Calculations on page eo See Traffic Summary on page 184 180 Data View Bus Utilization irop See Detail View on page 205 lil See Bus Utilization on page 186 Link Tracker Spec View 5 See Link Tracker 3 0 on page E See Spec View 3 0 on page 206 193 Open the Navigator bar Detail View lt gt See Using the Trace Navigator on TE See Detail View on page 205 page 198 Show USB3 Link State Timing View Show USB3 LTSSM View IM See USB3 Link State Timing i See USB
188. ecorded by the Analyzer The available reports are e File Information To view general information about the trace file e Error Summary To view a count of errors in a trace file e Timing Calculations To view timing measured between two events set within the trace file e Data View Packet Data Shows packet payload contents e Traffic Summary To view a summary of protocol related information in the trace file summary information about a selected group of items in the trace file such as a count of particular frame or packet types e Bus Utilization To display information on bandwidth usage for the transmit and receive channels e Link Tracker 3 0 Displays a detailed chronological view of events e Trace Navigator Navigates within the trace to view the location of errors and triggers narrow the range of traffic on display and jump to any point in the trace e Detail View Shows details of selected packet e Spec View 3 0 Shows packet header information and other items in a view that matches the USB 3 0 specification LeCroy Corporation 175 Chapter 9 Reports 176 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB3 Link State Timing View Graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state USB3 LTSSM View Displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification Power Tracker Voyager M3i only Displays voltage current and power You can select Hide Full Screen Sync by Time or Real Time Mo
189. ed peripheral accessories data or software LeCroy owns all parts removed from Products it repairs LeCroy may use new and or reconditioned parts at its sole discretion made by various manufacturers in performing warranty repairs If LeCroy repairs or replaces a Product the Warranty Period for the Product is not extended If LeCroy evaluates and determines there is no trouble found in any Product returned or that the returned Product is not eligible for warranty coverage LeCroy will inform you of its determination If you thereafter request LeCroy to repair the Product such labor and service shall be performed under the terms and conditions of LeCroy s then current repair policy If you chose not to have the Product repaired by LeCroy you agree to pay LeCroy for the cost to return the Product to you and that LeCroy may require payment in advance of shipment LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Limited Hardware Warranty LeCroy Corporation General Provisions THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS THAT VARY BY JURISDICTION LECROY S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP IS LIMITED TO REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY STATEMENT EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT LECROY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES FOR ANY PRODUCT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHA
190. ed to Channel 0 only Device Resumes Delay Time Before Resume in msec 1 65525 1 Device Address Resume Time in msec 1 65535 20 f Use Address in utg file Emulated Devices Hex Address 01 3 Match Ol Mask 7F Host Chirp Reset Length msec 1 69 50 Options T Truncate Data Fields 1 245 Bytes 1 Save Save Os Default Load Note USB 2 0 Device Emulation is not supported in USB Protocol Suite release 3 50 LeCroy Corporation 237 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 2 1 Analyzer Speed This option sets the speed of the traffic recorded by the Analyzer The default setting is Auto detect This setting tells the Analyzer to discover what speed traffic is running and to label packets accordingly If you are having problems with your recordings you might try setting the traffic speed to one of the fixed values Low Full and Hi speed These settings are used when you want to manually set the traffic speed In some rare cases auto detection circuitry causes Full Speed devices to fail to enumerate on plug in Changing the Analyzer speed to Full Soeed can sometimes solve this problem Setting the speed to one of the fixed values is sometimes useful for debugging purposes For example if a device that is producing numerous errors at a particular speed you may wish to set the recording to that speed in order to ensure that the Analyzer does not misread the error packets
191. ee 10 1 2 5 Notes on LFPS Signals 0 0 0 0 00 0c eeee 11 1 3 USBTracer Trainer 0 0 00 eee 12 1 3 1 USBTracer Trainer General Description 12 1 3 2 USBTracer Trainer Features 00000 08 14 1 3 0 Prattic Generation 20244266624 daodiee vues ett eeea een 16 1 3 4 Hi Speed Slow Clock 0 0000 16 TAAS O garas is ot cued ho ee ee ee ee Res ela eae Fee 17 1 4 1 Advisor Features 2 0 aaa ec ee 17 TOAS UO saani rrene dons ot alah eee dere aay wast 20 1 5 1 Advisor T3 General Description 21 1 5 2 Advisor T3 Features 0 0000 cee 22 U6 USBMO IIE TZ 2 2 6 55t0ate dec eae eo ad eee a ae 25 LO TFI onenarena ee oan ha eae baa ha tase 26 le UUSBMODIIG HS 0 i c sa vette au debe eee eed ee oboe ae as 28 General Description 0008 29 2 1 Voyager M3 System Components Packing List 29 2 2 Voyager M3 PC Requirements 0000 eee aes 29 2 3 Voyager M3 Analyzer 0 000 cece eee 29 2 4 Voyager M3 Specifications 0 0 0 0 cee 32 2 4 1 Power Requirements 0 0000 cee eee eee 32 2 4 2 Environmental Conditions 0000000 32 2 4 3 Probing Characteristics 0 0 0 0 cc eee ees 32 ZA A SWINGS rda Sadia Sard ected et Se See ee ee ee ee 32 2 4 5 Recording Memory Size naana ee 32 2 0 USBTracer Trainer System Components 33 2 6 USBTracer Trainer Analyzer PC Requ
192. eee 56 3 5 2 Analyzer Devices 0 cc eee 57 3 5 3 IP Settings Voyager only nananana anana aaa 58 3 5 4 Analyzer Network 0 0 00 0 cee eee eee 61 3 5 5 USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters 62 3 5 6 USB 3 0 Cabling and Signal Integrity 64 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 4 Chapter 5 3 6 Your First USB Recording 0 000 eee ees 65 3 6 1 Trace View Features 0 0 cc eee 67 3 7 Notes on Vista and Windows 7 Directory Protections 68 3 7 1 User Data File Paths 2 00000 c eae 68 Software Overview 0 00 eee eeee 69 4 1 Starting the Program 0 0 0 ce ee 69 4 2 The Main Display Window 0 0000 cee eee 70 AZ V EXPOS 10 205 Vi acces a comune awed eee eee ee eae ae oes 76 4 2 2 Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg files 7 A STOO Ba eean eta Ba aural ol Guu as Shy Geach a Yon Scan ae St A 78 4 3 1 Files Searches and Options 005 78 4 3 2 Zoom and Wrap 00 es 78 4 3 3 Miscellaneous 2 ack aiou wee cia cht ee Oh kee 79 4 3 4 Analysis Reports 0 0 0 cee 80 4D O INCCORGING e sieaa es SAE eS ee See ee ed 80 4 3 6 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 3 81 4 3 7 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 2 81 4 3 8 View Level 2 0 0 eee 81 4 3 9 Trace VIEWS iicas nde oS Ge Sees SY R
193. ehaviors Traffic Summary reports Real Time Statistics graphs USB 2 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Device Emulation Automation API USB 3 0 trafic generated and captured at Slow Clock rate USB 3 0 trafic generated and captured at External Slow Clock rate USB 3 0 trafic generated and captured via SMA connectors Gigabit Ethernet link for host interface communications Named features enabled on your PC are indicated by Yes in the Purchased column Named features that are not enabled on your PC are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer LeCroy Corporation 351 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message Named features that are not enabled on your PC are indicated by No in the Purchased column To use the feature you must purchase a license 13 5 Updating the Software License A current license agreement with LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the LeCroy website If your license expires you must obtain a license key from LeCroy refer to the contact information at the back of this manual After you obtain a license key follow these steps to install it Step 1 From t
194. en Privacy Policy InstallSrietd When you enable automatic notification of software updates you accept the LeCroy Privacy Policy Agreement Click the Open Privacy Policy button to view the agreement LeCroy Corporation 347 Chapter 13 Updates USB Protocol Suite User Manual In the Application In the application you can set the software to automatically check for software updates Step 1 Select Help gt Check for Updates to display the Software Update window If no update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update HSE There are no new updates available For USB Protocol Suite a r Check For updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at http iiiv lecroy comiti Libraryt Software PSG If an update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update HSE An update is available For USB Protocol Suite USB Protocol Suite v3 02 Check For updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at REG jiw lecroy com tmfLibrarysSofkwarelPSG Go bo Download Page Now gt gt Step 2 To enable automatic checking for software updates select the Check for updates at application start up checkbox The next time you open the application if you have an open internet connection the application will notify you if an update is available 348 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User M
195. ens you are working in e Click Save to save the currently specified Recording Options for use in future recording sessions Any file name can be specified though use of the rec is recommended if no extension is specified rec is added by default e Click Load to load a previously saved rec file thus restoring a previous set of Recording Options e The Save as Default function is equivalent to the Save function specifying the file name default rec Whenever you start up the Analyzer it automatically loads the default rec file if one exists e Click OK to apply any changes and close this dialog box e Click Cancel to cancel any immediate changes you have made and exit the Recording Options menu LeCroy Corporation 271 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 8 Recording Bus Data To start recording USB traffic once the appropriate Recording Options have been set perform the following steps Note If you have inserted any event triggers be sure to select Event Trigger under the General tab in the Recording Options dialog box Step 1 Select Start under Record on the Menu Bar OR Click Record on the Tool Bar Your recording session can continue until it has finished naturally or you may need to stop manually by clicking W on the Tool Bar depending on how you set the Recording Options To manually stop recording Step 1 Select Stop under Record on the Menu Bar OR Click B on the Tool Bar Click B aga
196. ent medium time constant Current long time constant Current Low f Hi Host gt Analyzer Signal Settings Host Mame Host Host Cable ID Input Signal Equalization 15E Settings short tine constant Current medium time constant Current long time constant Current C Low Hi Input Eq Input Eq T Enable Both Eg modifications Pre Emphasis Settings short time Level 0 153 Ha short tine Decay 0 7 Ha long time Level 0 15 Hl long time Decay 0 7 Ha Output power level Curent Output power level Jcurrent differential voltage en bi differential voltage Current Load default settings Cancel Load last applied settings The dialog allows you to Set Device Current or Read from Analyzer Pre Emphasis Settings short time Level 0 15 short time Decay 0 7 na long time Level 0 15 Ha long time Decay 0 7 Ha The dialog allows you to Set Host Current or Apply to Analyzer You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings e Device Name e Device Cable ID e Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Short medium and long time constant Current Off Minimum Moderate or Maximum e Pre Emphasis Settings Short and long time level 0 to 15 and short and long time decay 0 to 7 e Output Power Level Current or 213 mV to 1294 mV You can en
197. eption that it allows for up to seven sequential states in its triggering and filtering capabilities LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description Chapter 2 General Description 2 1 Voyager M3 System Components Packing List These system components are on the packing list e Voyager M3 Analyzer Exerciser System e AC power cable e USB cables five e Installation CD ROM including documentation e Micro to Standard USB adapter e Mini to Standard USB adapter e Quick Start Guide Product documentation is on the Installation CD ROM 2 2 Voyager M3 PC Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme htmll file on the installation CD for the current PC and operating system requirements 2 3 Voyager M3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figure LeCroy Rec B Voyager M3 A a a f PN Tx Rx Tx Rx A B Ea i inOutinOut In Out me We We fi 2 0 ome 1a ii d pai 3 Ea E SS 999Ajaaaaja a a Analyzer Exerciser A B Clock Trigger B Figure 2 1 Voyager M3 Analyzer Front The Analyzer has the following features Power Switch 0 1 Status LED blue if system successfully initializes red if hardware failure green while initializing LeCroy Corporation 29 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 30 Analyzer Ports A downstream and B upstream Analyzer LEDs Rec Recording Red if 2 0 recording en
198. er Manual Step 4 To set the end quick timing marker right click Packet to display the Packet menu and then select Set End Quick Timing Marker to mark the packet with a red E Packet The time from the start marker appears in the Status Bar as the Delta Time from S gt E BE peta Time 0 000000040s 3 0 Bus Utilization Host Rx 0 000 Host Tx 100 000 Throughput 0 000 v Search Eve 4 Ready 98 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 5 Time Stamp The Time Stamp field displays the time in Seconds Nanoseconds decimal The Time Stamp is at the beginning of the packet or bus condition However the Time Stamp is at the end of Sync for Low and Full Speed packets In the General tab of the Display Options you can set the Time Stamp Position to be At the end At the beginning or Merge with Packet Transaction Transfer See General Display Options on page 144 To change the time stamp right click the Time Stamp field to display the Time Stamp menu Ki me Stann C zero Time Stamp here Show Time Stamp as recorded zero Time Stamp at first packet zero Time Stamp at trigger packet Go to Time After Go to Time Before Format d Color You can Hide e Place the Zero Time Stamp at this packet e Show the recorded Time Stamp e Place the Zero Time Stamp at the first packet e Place the Zero Time Stamp at the trigger pack
199. er window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data The buttons have the following functions Ej Full Screen Expands the Link Tracker window to fill the entire screen Ps View Options Opens a menu with three options e Collapsible Idle Time Collapse Idle Bigger Than n nanoseconds Note Does not affect Collapse Idle Plus e Tooltip Display Values Scrambled Values 10 bit Codes Symbols e Time Format Seconds Clock e Reset Columns Widths return to default widths e Reset Columns Order return to default column sequence see Using the Link Tracker Window on page 194 for further details K Synchronize Trace View Synchronizes the Trace View and Link Tracker windows so that a move in one window repositions the other Because of the differences in scale and logic between the Link Tracker and Trace view window scrolling produces different effects depending on which window is being scrolled Scrolling in the trace window causes the Link Tracker window to rapidly jump from event to event Long periods of idle time are thus skipped Scrolling in the Link Tracker window in contrast produces modest movements within the trace window Scrolling in the Link Tracker window causes the trace window to pause until the beginning of a packet is displayed At that point the trace window repositions itself While scrolling long Idle periods or through the contents of a packet the trace window
200. er with out of order data packets Exerciser sends ACK TP with correct Stream ID and SEQ number Note For more information on the theory of operation of the Transaction Engine and the use of the Scripting language consult the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 3 Exerciser Files The system generates USB 3 0 traffic from traffic generation files usb3g which are text based script files that instruct the Exerciser how to generate USB 3 0 traffic These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application 12 4 Creating Exerciser Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor a good way to start is to edit a sample generation file such as MassStorageEnumeration USB3g SampleEnumHostTx usb3g or SampleMassStorageHostTx usb3g in the directory C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 3 0 You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed LeCroy Corporation 309 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 5 Exerciser Window 310 Click the USB 3 0 Exerciser use 3 0 Exerciser button to open the USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window 12 5 1 Exerciser Menus The Exerciser menus are Menu ile Undoes previous command Redoes undone command Deletes selected text Copy Copies selected text Pas
201. eration Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe on page 291 for more information e Start Stop Push button allows manual Trace capture 2 2 Back Panel e Wide range AC connector module e Power socket e Power on off switch e Enclosed 5x20 mm 2 0 A 250 V fast acting glass fuse Warning For continued protection against fire replace fuse only with the type and rating specified above e Ext In Threshold value is between 0 8 V and 2 V because it uses TTL Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is 0 V e Ext Out Uses TTL e USB type B host computer connector e Data In Out DB 25 25 pin external interface connector Warning Do not open the UPAS enclosure There are no operator serviceable parts inside Refer servicing to LeCroy 34 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 8 USB Tracer System Setup The USB Tracer module inserts into the Universal Protocol Analyzer System The UPAS connects to a desktop or laptop PC through a USB port The PC controls the UPAS and Analyzer To set up the system hardware e Insert the USB Tracer module into the UPAS e Connect the Analyzer to an AC power source e Connect to the analyzing PC with USB e Connect USB cable to the device under test 2 9 USBTracer Trainer Specifications USB Tracer is a hardware module that installs into the Universal Protocol Analyzer System The following specifications
202. es C Program Files LeCroy Installation Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel You can Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to template file You can use a template for the script 215 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically 216 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 15 Real Time Monitoring The Real Time Statistics window displays a graph of real time link activity Real Time Statistics displays a summary of the traffic currently being recorded by the Analyzer To display the Real Time Statistics window click ie in the Tool Bar to open the Real Time Statistics window The display is similar to the following Real Time Statistics E Bas Bh ARAA m F SN 501 Data Packet Count Ch 0 SN 501
203. et Note You cannot place the Zero Time Stamp at a packet when in Calendar You can also go to the Time After in seconds or the Time Before in seconds Note Time stamps are corrected to match our more accurate 2 5 ppm clock After the error due to calculating via 2 ns nominal timing of symbols reaches 8 nsec the system will correct the next time stamp by using the value obtained from the 2 5 ppm time stamp clock This can result in jumps either forward or backward by this amount of time in captures and may result in blank locations in the Link Tracker view These should not be construed as mistakes in the traffic but as a modification necessary for us to provide the most accurate time stamps over the range of a trace LeCroy Corporation 99 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 6 View Raw Bits 2 0 You can expand a specific packet to view the raw bits in detail To view raw bits Step 1 Right click Packet for the packet to view to display the Packet menu Frame CRCS EOF Packet 5 ps 0 owe Fr FF FF FF FE Frame CRCS EOF Frame CRCS EGP ss o2 ooe FF FF FF FF FE 247 Set marker 124 7 Time From Marker a Frame CRCS EOF Format ES o7 Ox08 FF FF FF FF FE Color HDF Frame CRCS EOF Hid as Oor Ome FF FF FF FF FE 124 7 jde i Step 2 Select Show Raw Bits to display the Raw Bits View for that packet xi 247 Packer Frame CRCS
204. et Standard Request i SCSI Block Command set SCSI Media Changer Command set SCSI Multi Media Commands x SCSI Controller Commands SCSI Enclosure Services LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 6 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button There are two types of cell that might appear Sequence cell and State cell In the Main Display area they are labelled as follows e Sequence cell Drag an event here to add a new sequence e State cell Drag an event here to add another state Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states a Newevernt m 9 Q Q e Config is valid Available Everts Sequence O State 1 Errors TRIGGER Sequence 1 State 1 Trans Any TRIGGER Save Save As Default Load Cancel If there currently are no events in the Main Display area a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area To drag and drop the Event button see Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area on page 252 LeCroy Corporation 265 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 266 10 6 5 Assigning an A
205. event in a Sequence since this first event will be the start of recording and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing Use timers only AFTER the first event Setting a Counter To set a counter Step 1 Open the Recording Rules page select an event and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell Step 2 Counts can only be set on a per channel basis so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed Step 3 Right click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog Step 4 In the text box to the right of the label Count enter a value Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked Step 5 Click the X in the top right corner of the dialog box to close the dialog A counter button should appear just below your selected event LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options Changing a Counter Value To change the counter value Step 1 Click the small blue dot in the upper left corner of the counter button A menu appears Step 2 Select Change Counter Value Step 3 Enter anew value in the pop up dialog box This causes the new value to appear in the counter button 10 5 9 Actions and Action Properties The Actions are Trigger Start Start recording o In Include in the trace Ta eas Wa he Gd NSAI SUGGS the event specified and no others Filter
206. f different directions with the Data same address and verify that the data OUT IN is identical to the data IN OUT from the other endpoint Used when running echo types of tests for data integrity Available only when a trace file usb is open 2 0 only 70 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Menu Function Display Options Provides display options such as color formats and filters See Display Options on page 143 Recording Options Provides setup options for recording triggering events and filtering See Recording Options on page 221 Analyzer Network Opens a dialog box for browsing to local and networked analyzers Update Device Updates the BusEngine and Firmware manually See Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine on page 350 Within the dialog click Add to browse The dialog lists PCs that are Launch CrossSync Opens the CrossSync multiple analyzer traffic synchronization Control Panel software see CrossSync Control Panel on page 90 For more infoemation refer to the CrossSync User Manual on the LAN If a PC has an analyzer attached to it and if DCOM permissions have been set on the selected PC clicking Select establishes a connection See Analyzer Network on page 61 All Connected Opens a dialog box with a list of analyzers connected to the host PC Devices Lets you select an analyzer and update the BusEngine Firmware a
207. face Breakout Board is an accessory that allows convenient access to several potentially useful standard fast TTL output and input signals It also offers a simple way to connect logic Analyzers or other tools to the Analyzer unit Four ground pins and one 5 volt pin are provided CATS AHALTZOE OROSKOLT MARD Pre 2h0 fe yl AEF 1c Pat 20 202 Oe Hi GREP RRSP REP SRE PAE EER Figure 2 9 External Interface Breakout Board The Breakout Board connects by cable to the Data In Out connector located on the rear of the Analyzer box Each signaling pin is isolated by a 100 Q series resistor and a buffer inside the Analyzer box Figure 2 10 Data In Out Connector on cable 45 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 17 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector Table 2 lists the pin out and signal descriptions for the Data In Out connector on a cable that connects to the Breakout Board Table 2 Data In Out Connector Pin Out Pin Signal Name Signa Name Signal Description 5 Volts 250mA DC source mA 2 TRG IN Trigger Input GP IN General Purpose Input 4 Eg TRG OUT u Output C e e efo fom Note Pins 2 and 3 have the same function they allow external signals to be used to cause triggering or recording Pins 4 and 5 are used to transmit output signals 2 17 2 Prototype Rework Area The Breakout Board contains a prototype rework area for making custom circuits for rapid devel
208. fault value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties e Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected e Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event 2 Number of Analyzer Counters and Timers The
209. fic Generation 277 traffic generation file format 294 modes 291 328 options 292 repeating 291 running 293 starting 291 328 stopping 291 328 Traffic Generation Start Stop button 291 Traffic Summary report 184 Traffic Type pane 202 Trainer connecting 277 307 Transaction Packet Type 137 Transaction View 108 transactions 117 decoded 110 decoding protocols 115 expanded collapsed 111 split view 112 Transfer View 112 transfers decode protocols 115 decoded 113 expanded collapsed 113 tree 287 TRG indicator 41 TRG LED 34 Trigger 31 option 254 options 255 trigger LED 34 Trigger Position slider 234 Triggered LED 44 triggered LED 41 triggering 3 18 371 Index triggers Event 231 Manual 231 manual 34 setting 247 Truncate Data Fields option 239 TTL output and input signals 38 Type B connector 31 type B connector 34 42 Type field 159 U UFI floppy CBI Protocol dec file 156 Undo Zoom option 219 Union search 140 Universal Protocol Analyzer System 13 Universal Serial Bus 40 Specification 40 Universal Serial Bus Specification 6 14 172 UPAS 13 update automatic 349 BusEngine 349 firmware 349 manual 350 Update Device dialog 350 Update License command 352 Update Selected button 350 updates license 351 updating 345 BusEngine manual 350 software 346 348 UPLD indicator 41 UPLD LED 34 upload LED 34 partial 86 Upload Again command 71 upload LED 41 Uploading LED 44 Upstream Packets 106 Upstream port lin
210. file The displays shows the Host Address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 4 Select an endpoint 162 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy Corporation Step 5 Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding E X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request 4 RFipes Endpoint OWA AFipes OtaHast Addr Ende Dir Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding Wire Adapter Data Transfer In Endo Class vendor Endpoint Decoding wire Adapter Data Transter Out Endp Ho Decoding CCID Bulk Out Message J Display DATA Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp Mass Strg UFI CBI Bulk Out Endp FTF Still Image Bulk Out ea Cancel Apply Help 2 The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options for an OUT endpoint are e No Decoding e ATAPI MMC4 Out Endp e ATAPI SPC3 Out Endp e ATAPI SSC2 Out Endp e CCID Bulk Out Message e CCD Data Bulk Out w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk Out w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Bulk Out w Prot Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch Out w Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch Out w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper e CCD Data Isoch Out w Prot Wrapper e Display DATA e HCI data out e H
211. firmware and recording engine Supports all USB speeds 5 Gb s 480 Mb s 12 Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the user friendly CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Has a 36 month warranty and hot line customer support Uses software upgradable Exerciser function Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 computer with USB or Ethernet capability Plug and Play USB installation 1 GB or 4 GB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host PC Internal wide range AC power supply Expansion port for future enhancements SMA connectors and USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation External clock inputs and outputs Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of t
212. form the export From Frame E To Frame 459397 Channel ss Rx Reset Range ta Whole Trace Save exported data in File C Program FilestLecroy USB Suite Fresco_Logic_xHCI_Ho Browse GS Start Export 2 Step 3 Enter the first frame number in the From Frame field Step 4 Enter the last frame number in the To Frame field You can Reset Range to Whole Trace Step 5 Select the Channel SS Rx Exports device TX packets SS Tx Exports host TX packets Step 6 Enter the file path for the file in which to save the exported data Step 7 Click the Start Export button to begin export Step 8 After exporting finishes click Close to close the dialog LeCroy Corporation 329 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 11 USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes In the Electrical Test window you can use Loopback mode and Compliance mode To access the Electrical Test window you must connect to the Voyager system 12 11 1 Loopback Mode The Voyager USB 3 0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling Loopback substate For receiver testing the device under test loopback slave is placed in a special test mode and echoes back a predefined loopback pattern The Voyager system can initiate this special mode loopback master and generate the basic loopback pattern The Voyager automatically monitors the received traffic for bit errors Full compliance testing requires the a
213. g allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 5 1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page a New event 2 c e a Figure 10 1 Recording Rules Toolbar ia New event kJ E E Note Table 10 1 Recording Rules Buttons New Event Creates a new event in the Available Events area Delete Event Deletes the selected event Undo Undoes the change made to Recording Rules page The Undo buffer has unlimited size Redo Restores changes done to the Recording Rules page Zoom In Enlarges the display see note There are five zoom levels The default level is the middle one key and rolling the mouse wheel Config is valid Config is invalid Zoom Out Makes the display appear smaller Show Hide Channels Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Show Hide Properties Dialog Shows or hides the properties dialog of the selected event action or state This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration can be executed by the hardware This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration cannot be executed by the hardware If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL 249 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite
214. generator file This command converts the trace to a utg file removes all device traffic and leaves only the traffic from the host device You can then use this file to emulate the host and determine whether the device under test is generating the correct traffic When creating a utg file through the Export Packets to Text Generator Text File Format menu selection it is suggested that you use the default values presented Adding NAK transactions clutters the utg file and including the device side packets creates a utg file which does not work with a real device attached To use the Export command Step 1 Start the application Step 2 Open a trace that has the pattern of traffic that you would like to generate Step 3 Select File gt Export from the menu bar to display the File Export menu Export he Packets to Text Packet view Format Merge Trace Files Packets to CSY Comma Separated Values For Excel etc Conners Endbaiebatens Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File tutgi Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generator Text File Import F sh Packets to Usb 3 Excerciser Script usb3q 1 Fresco_Logic_xHCI_Host_Dey_Bulk_Transfer_Sample usb Data 284 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Step 4 Select Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File from the Export drop down menu You see the Export to Generator Text window Export to Generator
215. gt Saves all or part of a trace to a text file or generator file Packets to Text Packet View Format Packets to CSV Comma Separated Values for Excel etc Format Saves trace as a text file in Packet View Format Saves trace aS a comma separated values text file for use with Microsoft Excel See Exports to CSV on page 76 Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File Saves trace as a script file that can be used by a Generator to generate a trace See Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg utg files on page 77 Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generation Text File utg Packets to USB3 Exerciser Script uSb3g Data Exports Transfer data as a text or binary file Merge Trace Files Merges two simultaneously recorded files into a single file This command does not work if the files were recorded at different times Import If you have exported simulations to a defined csv format you can import data from the csv file to a BusEngine data file To use this feature you must contact support for information on how to export to a specific format csv file and then import the file Exports packets to Device Emulation files This option does not export transactions See Exporting to USB 2 0 Generation Files utg files on page 77 Exports packets to USB3 Exerciser Script files This option does not export transactions Compare Endpoint Allows you to select two endpoints o
216. gt MSB e Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations e Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions e Has search and packet hiding capabilities e Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Refer to Readme txt on your installation CD for the latest information on features 19 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 5 Advisor T3 The LeCroy USB Advisor T3 USB 3 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop PC through its USB port Advisor 7 USB 2 0 3 0 Power Status Figure 1 8 Advisor T3 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on PC requirements and supported operating systems 20 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation 1 5 1 Advisor T3 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop PC through its USB port The PC configures and contro
217. h of traffic you must start recording Press to start the Real Time statistics monitor As traffic is recorded data is streamed in real time to this window and presented in a format of your choice To stop the monitor press LeCroy Corporation 217 Chapter 9 Reports 9 15 1 Real Time Statistics Buttons USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Real Time Statistics toolbar has buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data HOS Bets The buttons have the following functions we e cH Save As Saves Real Time graphs as bitmap files bmp Email Creates an email with a bmp file attachment of the graphs Print Full Screen View Settings opens a sub menu with options for formatting the display See 9 6 2 View Settings Menu below Horizontal Zoom in Horizontal Zoom out Reset graphs QAM AQ 2M gt amp Vertical zoom in Vertical Zoom out Click and Drag zoom Click diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph Sync and Graph areas If two or more graphs are displayed this button synchronizes the graphs to one another Once synchronized the positioning slider of one graph moves the other graphs Graph Areas Presents options for displaying additional graphs of data lengths packet lengths and percentage of bus utilized Start Starts the Real Time Monitor Stop Real Time Monitoring To clear the counters in t
218. he Statistics Accumulation area click the Restart button To save a snapshot Microsoft Excel csv file of the data before clearing the values click the Save and Restart button The file is in the same folder where Trace files are saved The naming convention of the file is RTS Capture YYYY MM DD_HH MM SS csv Note 1 Because file writing must happen immediately there is no file naming dialog Note 2 If you click the button more than once a second the previous file with the same timestamp will be lost 218 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 15 2 Real Time Statistical Monitor Pop up Menu If you right click a graph in the Real Time window a pop up menu appears with options for changing the format of the display Unde Zoom Fit bo Graph 4rea Scale Type d Hide Femove Properties e Undo Zoom If you have zoomed in undoes the zoom e Fit to Graph Area Displays graph so that the entire trace fits inside the graph area e Y Scale Type e Linear Converts display to linear format e Logarithmic Converts display to logarithmic format e Hide Hides the selected graph e Properties Opens a dialog box with options for changing the colors titles and other features of the graphs LeCroy Corporation 219 Chapter 9 Reports 220 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 15 3 Displaying Multiple Graphs The Real Time Statistics window gives you the ability to cre
219. he Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box select License Key File Desktop D My Documents ys My a My ek Files of type LeCroy License Key Files lic Step 2 Enter the path and filename for the license key OR Browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Step 3 Click Open 13 6 Registering Online To register the product online select Help gt Register Product Online 352 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements AeA SPA Ice 7 a FREA 25 Al oe Be ee Pb PBB l D E mooo a TO A SA SS EARRA SS a E a Ca a Tee GE T F O EDR 1A SAS it SP A A eo A EE SIT 11363 2006 ep ERE HIRE Ek FP X AA 2S ES I BP NESA R Se BT S T 11363 2006 PEELE MIR EEk o EFUP FPS RTA EHAA GRAS SE GE SB EN et e Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Hexavalent Polybrominated Polybrominated Lead Mercury Cadmium Chromium Biphenyls Diphenyl Ethers Part Name Pb Hz Cd Ct PBB PBDE GO CO e PCBAs XO KK KX Mechanica Hardware Po T o x o o oo SheetMetl O J oOo f o xXx o O O Plastic Pats GK Probes if resent O Indicates that this toxic or hazard
220. he first column Link Tracker Packet 0 n Ea f it QQ Ox ox 105 RD Text Columns ne LE ime 2 weet eo Ss 00 000 000 224 00 000 000 112 00 000 000 000 O 1 00 000 000 112 2 2 00 000 000 224 5 2 00 000 000 336 00 000 000 448 rii 00 000 O00 S60 10 1 00 000 000 672 00 000 000 7e4 13 2 00 000 000 896 16 2 00 000 001 008 19 2 00 000 001 120 00 000 001 232 e 1 00 000 001 344 e4 2 00 000 001 456 27 2 00 000 001 568 00 000 001 680 ene 00 000 001 792 33 1 nn ANA AN AA AB P 2Nt 4n 6ne O 2Nt 4nz n Ready DOO i l E LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Collapsing Idle Time Enabling Tool tips and Resetting Column Widths Click the View Options button JE to open a menu with options for formatting the display Three options are presented Collapsible Idle Time Opens a dialog box for setting the Idle time value Setting a value tells the Analyzer when to collapse Idle times and display them as grayed out strips within the Bus View window Tooltip Display Opens a menu with options for adding content to Tooltips Tooltips display when you position the mouse pointer over an item in the Bus View window The options are e Tooltips Display Values e Tooltips Display Scrambled Values e Tooltips Display 10 bit Codes e Tooltips Display Symbols Time Format Seconds or Clock Reset Column Widths This option resets column widths
221. he top or side of the Navigator bar By default the Navigator bar appears vertically to the right of the trace window The Navigator bar represents different types of trace information in the order of the packets The top of each bar corresponds to the first packet in the trace and the bottom corresponds to the last packet The Navigator bar is made up of three parts Pre and Post Trigger traffic Errors and Types of Traffic 198 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation At any time a line in the navigator bar of one pixel in height represents a fraction of the trace data If the Navigation bar is 400 pixels high then each bar in this example would represent 1 400 of the trace If the trace had 4000 packets total each bar would represent ten packets In the Types of Traffic portion of the navigation bar the color of the bar would be that of the most important item in those ten packets Drag the yellow caret at the top or bottom to set the packet range When you move the caret a message shows the packet range The blue caret indicates the current packet position in the trace view 9 8 2 Navigator Toolbar The Navigator toolbar lets you quickly set Navigator features The toolbar has two buttons va m 7Y Cole et Era Coir Navigator Ranges This button brings up a pop up menu that lets you reset the Navigator range The range determines what packets are viewable in the tr
222. heckbox 182 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 4 Data View The Data View window shows packet information To obtain the Data View window select Report gt Data View or click the t toolbar icon Packet 0 0 dwords lt gt 5 Mst Lsp mel Format DWORDs Columns 4 gt Update only on request E Wi ik Offset Hexadecimal ASCII s gt e Ready L A O eard 4 The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to e Save e Go to Previous or Next e Display Hexadecimal ASCII Decimal or Binary e Use MSB Format or LSB Format e Use Big Endian or Little Endian lt gt Hex Asci Deo Bin Msb Leb me Format DwWORDs Columns 4 Update only on request E i ik The Format field allows you to enter the number of BYTEs WORDs or DWORDs per line The Columns field allows you to set the number of columns You can Update only on request Update on click or Update on scroll You can enter an offset in the Scroll to Offset field and click the arrow to scroll there You can enter text in the Search field and click Search Previous or Search Next to go there LeCroy Corporation 183 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 5 Traffic Summary Traffic Summary summarizes the numbers and types of packets transactions etc that occurred in the open trace To run Traffic Summary select Report gt Traffic Summary or click the button marked The
223. ic Generation 2 0 300 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Kay Code E Host Generation Only If TRUE the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs and retries after receiving a NYET instead of the expected_pid This feature is only used if the expected_pid is an ACK PINGs are retried until an ACK is received When the PING is ACKed the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File If FALSE the Exerciser continues as if an ACK occurred This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example ping_after_nyet TRUE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Packet Starting Keys raw_data to specify the rest of the packet data 8 bits 0 OxFF Host Generation Only or pid string because the packet structure is unknown expected _ pid pid string Host Generation Only Use this as the PID key for packets which are expected to be sent by the device In IntelliFrame mode the generator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet or bus condition The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification DATAO DATA1 ACK NAK STALL NYET DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM The generator engine waits forever until this expected_pid appears so the user may have to
224. iles listed in the following table are in the Scripts directory under the installation directory USB Decode USB USB IF Codes Decoder Proto Name Base Sub col Class Class ID Audio Class decoding 2 0 Audio 01h AudioClass Audio1 0Requests dec AudioClass Audio2 0Requests dec Communications and CDC Control Communication 02h Direct Line Control Model Communication 02h Oth Abstract Control Model Communication 02h 02h Telephone Control Model Communication 02h O3h Multi Channel Control Model Communication 02h 04h CAPI Control Model Communication 02h 05h Ethernet Networking Control Model Communication 02h O6h ATM Networking Control Model Communication 02h O7h Wireless Handset Control Model Communication 02h O8h Device Management Model Communication 02h O9h Mobile Direct Line Model Communication 02h OAh OBEX Model Communication 02h OBh Communication Device Subclass EEM Communication 02h OCh Communications CommRequests dec Communications Comminterrupt dec Communications CommCDCEEM dec LeCroy Corporation 155 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB Decode USB USB IF Codes Decoder Proto Name Base Sub col Class Class ID HID Human Interface Device HID 03h HUT HID extension HID Extension Monitor HID extension HID Extension Physical Interface HID Extension force feedback extension to HID Point of Sale Devices HID extension HID Extension Power HID extension HID Extension Hid hid dec Hid Hid_ Req dec
225. in e Click amp on the toolbar OR e Select View gt HWA Segment Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check HWA Segment and then click OK 115 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 36 Switch to Host Wire Adapter Transfer View A Host Wire Adapter Transfer is one or more wire adapter segments or one or more transfers between a PC and a host wire adapter To view host wire adapter transfers switch to the Host Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level To select the Host Wire Adapter Transfer trace viewing level Hires e Click 5 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt HWA Transfer Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check HWA Transfer and then click OK 5 3 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Segment View A Device Wire Adapter Segment is one or more transfers between a PC and a device wire adapter To view device wire adapter segments switch to the Device Wire Adapter segment trace viewing level To select the Device Wire Adapter Segment trace viewing level Dil e Click 5 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt DWA Segment Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check DWA Segment and then click OK 5 38 Switch to Device Wire Adapter Transfer View 116 A Device Wire Adapter Transfer is one or more wire adapter segments or one or more
226. in a view that matches the USB 3 0 specification See Spec View 3 0 on page 206 USB3 Link State Graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link Timing View state see USB3 Link State Timing View on page 207 USB3 LTSSM view Displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification See USB3 LTSSM View on page 209 Power Tracker Displays voltage current and power See Power Tracker on page 210 Run Verification Opens a window to allow you to run verification scripts over the Scripts open trace See Running Verification Scripts on page 212 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Function Search see Searching Traces on page 125 Go to Trigger Positions the display to show the first packet that follows the trigger event Go to Packet Positions the display to the packet transaction transfer number Transaction Transfer selected in the Go to Packet Transaction Transfer menu Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet Go to USB2 0 Positions the display to the selected event condition value or type Go to USB3 0 Positions the display to the selected event condition value or type Go to SCSI Positions the display to the selected SCSI Operation Command Status Task Management Task Management Response or Error Find Allows complex searches on multiple criteria See Find on page
227. in during the uploading to upload only a portion of the recorded memory Note The manual Stop Recording feature is primarily of use when recording low speed traffic which can take a long time to fill the recording buffer When the recording session is finished the bus traffic is saved to the hard drive as a file named data usb or whatever name you assign as the default filename To save a current recording for future reference Step 1 Select Save As under File on the Menu Bar OR Click T on the Tool Bar You see the standard Save As screen Step 2 Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory 272 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 9 Merging Trace Files It is possible to merge a Classic Speed trace file with a Hi Speed trace file using the Merge Trace File command under the File menu This option only works with files that were created simultaneously through a single recording session If the files were recorded during separate recording sessions the system generates an error message and prevents the merge from completing Note The system can merging High Speed and Classic Speeds traffic into a single merged file if the Auto Merge 2 Channel Trace Files option is checked in the Recording Options dialog box To merge two trace files Step 1 Select File gt Merge Trace Files to display a dialog box asking for the first source file Select first file f
228. in future sessions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display options click Save as Default Do not delete the default opt file To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options window remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options window click OK To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options window click Cancel 153 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 154 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests Chapter 8 Decode Requests 8 1 Class and Vendor Definition Files LeCroy Analyzers use script files to decode class and vendor requests The script files are read when the application is initialized After reading the Analyzer decodes class and vendor requests as instructed by the files DEC files represent the new method of decoding DEC stands for decoder and describes both Class and Vendor requests in a C like language Each dec file stores an endpoint or request decode When the application starts these files are loaded dynamically Subdirectories are supported Note The dec f
229. in the other views are the ones closest in time to the timestamp of the Power Tracker sample 210 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Note Power measurement accuracy for Current is 10 mA Power measurement accuracy for Voltage is 50 mV Power measurement accuracy for Power is 50 mW The sampling period of the current and voltage is once every 20 microseconds or 50 KHz 9 13 1 Power Tracker Toolbar P Ty bes ia Gh as Di 44 vy tet Power voltage Current The buttons have the following functions B Zoom in Pointer Mode Sh Zoom out Y Hand Panning Insert Time markers Praz Zoom by Selection Vel After clicking click in the display to make a red vertical line Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines g Zoom by Horizontal Drag ii Monitor during capture Show Hide Power Tracker Types Power Voltage and or Current pas AAA h Zoom by Vertical Drag Change Power Tracker graph type Bar Line and or Point Sync by Time Synchronize the USB3 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View Full Screen E LeCroy Corporation 211 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 14 Running Verification Scripts You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis informat
230. ind All Search In Hidden Combining specified Event Groups C Union Packets that match ANY of the specified events Intersection Packets that match ALL of the specified events Exclusion Packets that OO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Cancel 138 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces LeCroy Corporation Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 If the file has both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 traffic select either of these technologies in the Protocol area upper right USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 Select Packets Transactions Split Transactions Transfers HWA Segments HWA Transfers DWA Segments DWA Transfers PTP MTP Transactions PTP MTP Objects or PTP MTP Sessions from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box Select one or more events from the Events Group box e Address Endpoint e Address RPipe e Bus Conditions e Command Status e Data Lengths e Data Pattern e Errors e Frames e Handshake e Header Packet Types e Link Command Types e LMP Subtypes e Object Counts e Object Handler e Object Format Type e On the Go Protocol e Operation Code e Packet Identifiers e Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction e Result Status e SCSI Command e Split e Task Management e Task Management Response e Transaction Packet Types e Transfer Lengths 139 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual Ste
231. ine Numbers 2 0 00 ccc ee eee 314 126 11 NOOWIDS 2 Sat bo ee ep eee eed wee ee bene Se 314 12 6 12 Text Snippets 0 0 ee 315 12 6 13 Views Toolbar 0 00 ce ee 316 12 6 14 Script Toolbar 2 0 0 ee 317 12 0 19 ENO LOG rsen istea 4 ie oe Oe bee Pope eck eee 2 Ste 63 317 12 6 T6 TOONIS oie abr asa a ok ee Saal arse Beetac eed 317 12 7 Creating a Script using the Script Editor 318 12 8 Graphical Scenario Editor 0 0 0 0 321 12 8 1 Graphical Scenario Window 005 322 12 8 2 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario 2 0 00 ce ees 327 12 8 3 Graphical Toolbar nananana aa aaaea 327 12 9 Loading and Running the Generation File 328 12 9 1 Starting Traffic Generation nananana aaa aaaea 328 12 9 2 Stop Traffic Generation anaana aaa aaa 328 12 10 Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File 329 12 11 USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes 0 330 12 11 1 Loopback Mode 2 0 00 ccc eee 330 12 11 2 Compliance Mode 0 00 cee eee 333 Chapter 13 Updates 2 0 00 cee eee eee 345 13 1 Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions 345 13 2 Software Updates 2 0 0 0 ns 346 13 2 1 Manual Check for Software Updates 346 13 2 2 Automatic Check for Software Updates 347 13 3 BusEngine and F
232. ined interval and automatically repeats until the Stop button is pressed The Electrical Test window automatically monitors the loopback patterns for receiver errors and displays the following e Number of Symbols e Number of Transmitted Errors e Number of Received Errors Status of Loopback Mode 332 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Note The Voyager Loopback Mode does not alter the transmitted signal and does not perform the jitter tolerance electrical test defined in USB IF Electrical Layer Compliance Specification Specialized equipment such as LeCroy s PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system should be used to introduce jitter as defined by the Electrical Layer Compliance Specification 12 11 2 Compliance Mode The Voyager USB 3 0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling Compliance substate This initiates the transmission of the pseudo random data pattern generated by the scrambled D10 0 compliance sequence The Voyager system USB 3 0 Electrical Test window can initiate the required test modes while an attached oscilloscope is used to measure the transmitted compliance patterns After the DUT is in the Compliance state and is sending a compliance pattern CPO the pattern will be transmitted continuously until a ping LFPS is detected at the DUT receiver The Voyager system does not send a compliance pattern but remains in electrical idle while the Complianc
233. ing Scope Conventional Single Buffer Recording or Spooled Recording Note When capturing SuperSpeed traffic with Spooled Recording the traffic rate may overflow the system s ability to upload data to disk In the event of overflow the analyzer stops the recording automatically even if the trigger event has not yet occurred The analyzer does not drop data or leave gaps in the recording Instead it automatically uploads all the traffic stored in memory You must make sure that the traffic being recorded does not overrun the buffer in this mode by either adjusting the actual data transmissions between the host and device or by adding filters to the analyzer recording to reduce the quantity of data per second that the analyzer is capturing and uploading to the Analyzer PC Note In both Spooled Recording and Conventional Single Buffer Recording when large captures are made the application automatically segments large traces into 512 MB segments The spooled captures are stored in the USB Protocol Suite directory and are numbered using the analyzer serial number and a 0 to N numeric sequence LeCroy Corporation 233 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 234 10 1 6 Buffer Size You can adjust the size of the recording buffer from a very small size up to the maximum available in your product The Recording type option determines how this buffer is used Although the Analyzer has a large physical memory the efficie
234. ion to the script A verification script also contains script code written using LeCroy Script Language used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace Step 1 Select the main menu item Report gt Run verification scripts or click the Run verification scripts button Er on the main tool bar The Run verification scripts dialog opens from which you choose then run one or several verification scripts Test USBTracer YSE event sending capabilities Result vel 2Exarnplet KS zE xarmpleS plitT ra hie zE sample ra hie zUsb3_ Example Aun scripts zE sample Ef Expand Log a Save Output ae Settings Done 212 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports To expand log click the Expand Log button E Expand L To find a view related to the verified trace and place the window under it click ES To find a view related to the verified trace and place the window to the right click HEE To save output click the Save Output button Step 2 Push the button Run scripts after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the ou
235. ipt control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes To force the utg file to run in IntelliFrame mode add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the utg file intelliframe ON To force the utg file to run in Bitstream mode add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the utg file intelliframe OFF These commands are useful if an automated interface such as USB Compliance Suite is running a script If you run the script manually to allow selection of IntelliFrame or Bitstream mode from the toolbar make sure the utg file has no such Intelliframe command line LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Table 1 Support Keys for Defining Fields within a Packet Key Code Format s s Description S O Code Description File Control Keys 22 File Control Keys Econo as A _type UPAS This must be included at the beginning of the file to CHIEF determine the speed of packets to be generated Value must be file_type UPAS to allow for High speed traffic IntelliFrame operation expected_pid and device_pid key support Full and Low speed traffic and Bitstream operation are supported on all file_type values If this statement does not appear in the file the default is file_type CHIEF allowing backward compatibility with older USB Chief usb files file_ version integer This must be included after the file_type key to determine the version of this file Value is
236. ipt that has syntax errors 313 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 314 12 6 7 Output When you compile a script that generates output or when the application sends you a message the information appears in the Output tab 12 6 8 Options Menu You can set text options in the Options menu by clicking jE e Enable Outlining Adds a hierarchy of levels to the script e Show Line Numbers Displays the line numbers at the left of the window e Show Tooltips When you place the cursor over an item information about the item appears e Enable IntelliSense Starts the Intellisense program e Toggle Outlining If Enable Outlining is checked allows you to expand or collapse the outlining levels 12 6 9 Outlining If you enable outlining at the Options button you can collapse or expand code blocks You can toggle outlining at the Options button or by right clicking a command to display a menu from which you can choose Toggle Outlining 12 6 10 Line Numbers If you enable line numbers at the Options button each line has a line number 12 6 11 Tooltips If you show tooltips at the Options button tooltips appear when you place the cursor over a button or command LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy Corporation 12 6 12 Text Snippets Text snippets appear in the Text Snippets window You can drag and drop a text s
237. ired conditions USB Tracer functions with any personal computer using the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and equipped with a functional USB interface 12 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview The Analyzer is a plug in module that installs into a LeCroy Universal Protocol Analyzer System UPAS Together the Analyzer and UPAS are controlled from a personal computer USB port across a USB connection USB Bus Figure 1 6 System Setup USB Tracer provides on the fly detection of and triggering on events such as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition USB Tracer continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects a Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by the user You can individually enable or disable real time detection of events to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer An external DB 25 connector provides a path for externally supplied data or timing data to be recorded along with traffic The DB 25 connector also provides a path for USB Tra
238. irements 33 2 f The Installed USBTracer Unit 0 0005 33 2 1 LED and Button Descriptions 34 ZA BaCk AMEN tg Scie rds ad sarc aid ese a ny Md atte are a 34 2 8 USBTracer System Setup 0 0 0 0 cee 35 v Chapter 3 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 9 USBTracer Trainer Specifications 000000006 35 2 9 1 Package ia od oe8tacu awed ard aa eee ee a Bae Oe ew eee he 35 29 2 CONMCCIOIS 4 2 9 ve ae yaw kw Sacre odie eee eed na wee 35 29 9 Weight Seiki becca cece be are e re ea ed a 35 2 9 4 Power Requirements 0 0000 cece eee eee 35 2 9 5 Environmental Conditions 0 0000005 36 2 9 6 Probing Characteristics 0 0 00 cee eee ees 36 ZO SWUCNCS gr oda a BER ee Pa OM ae ata see 36 2 9 6 InGicators LEDS sereen ad ee a eee eee Eee Awe 36 2 9 9 Recording Memory Size 0 0 ee ee 3 7 2 10 USBTracer Trainer External Interface Breakout Board 38 2 10 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector 39 2 10 2 Prototype Rework Area 2 0 0 eee 39 ZA AOVISO 6G etae ab Caw ha ates wea aoa MEA eo GAOT 40 2 12 Advisor PC Requirements 0 0 0 40 2 13 Advisor System Components Packing List 40 2 14 Advisor Stand Alone Unit 0 0 0 ccc 41 2 15 Advisor System Setup 1 0 ee 43 2 16 Advisor Specifications 0 0 0 0 ee 44 2 16 1 Package a a tra 2 aie tee a y
239. irmware Updates 349 13 3 1 Updating the BusEngines 349 13 3 2 Updating the Firmware 00 0000 e eae 349 13 3 3 Automatic Updates 0 0 0 0 02 eee 349 13 3 4 Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine 0 0000 cee eens 350 13 4 License Information 0 0 0 0 cc eee ees 351 13 5 Updating the Software License 00000 5 352 13 6 Registering Online 0 0 00 ees 352 LeCroy Corporation xiii XIV USB Protocol Suite User Manual Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Talesen reuera ee ete sees ae eee 353 How to Contact LeCroy 2 02 eee 355 Limited Hardware Warranty 005 355 INGX aniraa a ees ieee ee eee 359 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 1 Overview 1 1 Common Features LeCroy Corporation 1 1 1 Graphical Bus Traffic Display Bus traffic displays use color and graphics to show captured transactions Packets are on separate rows Packets receive time stamps and sequential numbers as the system records them Fields have labels and color codes The system automatically detects protocol errors and highlights them in red You can customize the display color scheme and field formats You can use the hide feature to suppress SOF packets and uninteresting user defined packets or fields in different contexts You can name
240. irst click of Hide SOF button hides only Empty Frame SOF s Popular Items To Hide T Hide Start Of Frame Packets T Hide MAK ed Transactions T Hide Chirp Bus Conditions T Hide SEO Bus Conditions Hide Packets Based on Channel To Hide Packets According to Speed eS E T Hide Low Speed Packets T Hide Full Speed Packets Hide High Speed Packets Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load coc O a LeCroy Corporation 151 Chapter 7 Display Options 7 4 USB 3 0 Packet Hiding Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual By default no data packets transactions or bus conditions are hidden You can hide e Link Commands Flow Control e Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ e Logical Idle Packets e Upstream Packets e Downstream Packets e Skip Sequences e ISO Time Stamp Packets e Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets e Link Commands Power Management e Electrical Idles e LMP Packets e LFPS Packets Select the USB3 Packet Hiding tab then select the data types to hide L E E B L L L E E E E 152 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 5 Saving Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window LeCroy Corporation To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use
241. is selected e Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event 2 Number of Analyzer Counters and Timers The Analyzer includes one event counter and one time counter timer If you try to assign more you get a warning Packets You must assign a packet event or logical expression to a counter and or timer Using a Counter To use a counter Step 1 Click an event to display an arrow Step 2 Click a counter This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button Note For Timers do NOT use a timer as the first
242. isc USB 2 0 page 237 Misc USB 3 0 page 240 245 name 235 options name 235 recording 272 saving 271 Recording Options Summary tab 275 Recording Ports section 240 245 Recording Rules 256 page 247 250 pop up menus 248 toolbar 247 249 Recording Type box 231 Recording Generating section 240 red errors 313 red LED 41 red square 313 refresh 170 Refresh Decoding command 75 122 Refresh Decoding for this Trace File command 170 Refresh Device List command 5 7 Register Product Online command 352 Remote NDIS 158 Remote Network Driver Interface Specification RNDIS 158 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Repeat menu 290 mode 290 Repeating a Generation Session 291 Report menu 72 175 176 reports 175 REQ button 322 Request DWA RPipes tab 168 Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box 159 Request RPipes 166 168 dialog box 166 168 tab 166 requests 170 requirements power 32 35 Reset All button 84 Reset Column Widths 195 resetting Toolbar 83 Restart All option 255 restart options 255 Restart the Sequence option 255 Restore Factory Presets button 145 Restore Factory Presets option 145 Resume settings 292 revisions firmware 345 software 345 rework area 39 46 right module slot 34 RPipe field 166 168 RPipes 166 168 endpoints 167 rules recording 3 restarting 255 validity 247 Run scripts command 213 Run verification script command 214 Run Verification Scripts command 212 Run verification scri
243. isplay shows the Host Address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 3 Select a recipient 159 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 4 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Groups drop down menu Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding J X Request Recipients Endpoints Request AFipes Endpoint AFipes Request 44 APipes Endpoint OWA APipes Sbssender Decedra __ ClassYVendor Decoding Groups HID Class Ho Decoding Audio Class J Communication Class HID Class Hub Class Requests Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The drop down menu lists the defined Class Vendor request decoding groups The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are e No Decoding e Audio 1 0 Class Requests e Audio 2 0 Class Requests e Audio Class Requests e CCID Requests e Communication Class Requests e HCI Command e HID Class e HID Class Requests e Hub Class Requests e ICCD Ver A Requests e ICCD Ver B Requests e IrDA Bridge Class Requests e Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests e Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests e Printer Class Requests e RNDIS Communication Class Requests e Standard Requests e Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Class Requests e Video 1 0 Class Reque
244. ista 32 or Windows Vista 64 desktop or portable PC The Analyzer supports the Universal Serial Bus version 2 0 Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Suite 203 Fax 1 503 297 1090 Portland OR 97221 Web http www usb org 2 12 Advisor PC Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the installation CD for the most current PC and operating system requirements 2 13 Advisor System Components Packing List The LeCroy Advisor Analyzer package includes the following items e One stand alone LeCroy USB Advisor Analyzer module e One AC power cord with a plug appropriate to your location e One External Interface Breakout Board with a 9 pin cable e Five USB cables four 3 foot 1 meter cables and one 6 foot 2 meter cable e LeCroy Advisor software program installation CD e Product documentation including online help 40 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 14 Advisor Stand Alone Unit LeCroy Corporation CATC Advisor TES Classic Speeds Manual Detach PWR REC TRG UPLD a Om E E ROMO Figure 2 6 Advisor Front Panel EXT CLK Data In Out BO wH Figure 2 7 Advisor Rear Panel The Analyzer has several user accessible controls on
245. ite wn LA Kit amp Bs ee dh 45 s BF A ms pa f Rg mA Eh ER wA PIR scsi MekwcmeEemLeLitcLiceccceael Dib Pao Cn Item Dir Addr Endp Type Miscellaneous 000 000 230 Pkt 2 TSEQ Count 2 000 000 366 Pkt 3 000 000 410 2 Pkts 4 5 000 000 470 Pkt 6 IPS Cnt 7 000 000 584 Pkt 7 IPS Cnt 6 000 000 606 Pkt 8 IPS Cnt 11 000 000 638 Pkt 9 LGOOD_D 000 001 654 Pkt 10 LBAD 000 001 680 Pkt 11 LPMA 000 001 706 Pkt 12 LCRD_A 000 001 732 Pkt 13 Set Link Func Set Link Fune Force_LinkPM 000 001 782 Pkt 14 ACK SeqN 0 NumP 0 Hseq 0 000 001 832 Pkt 15 NRDY Hseq 0 000 001 882 Pkt 16 ERDY NumP 0 Hseq 0 000 001 932 Pkt 17 Status Hseq 0 000 001 982 Pkt 18 Stall Hseq 0 000 002 032 Pkt 19 Dey Notif Notif Type FUNCION_WAKE H 000 002 082 Pkt 20 Dev Notif Notif Type LATENCY_TOLERAN 000 002 132 Pkt 21 Dey Notif Notif Type BUS_INTERVAL_AD 000 002 182 Pkt 22 1 1 OUT Ping Hseq 0 000 002 232 Pkt 23 1 1 OUT Ping Resp Hseq 0 000002282 Pkt 24 i gt S iQuicktiningmarkersnot set pach Fwd 120 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 44 1 Columns To add a column right click a column header select Add Column and then select the column name You can also add a column by dragging the attribute field in the left column from the Detail View into the Spreadsheet View To delete a column right click a column header and then select
246. its front and rear panels Red PWR power indicator LED IIluminates when the unit power is switched on Green REC recording LED Illuminates when the unit is recording Yellow TRG triggered LED Illuminates when the unit triggers an event Also lights during power on testing and blinks when the hardware is faulty Green UPLD upload LED Illuminates when unit is uploading data to host PC Manual Trigger push button allows a manual Trace capture e After beginning a recording session press the Manual Trigger switch to force a Trigger condition The session completes when a specified post trigger amount of bus data is recorded or when you manually stop a recording session e Detach Device push button allows a momentary disconnection of the device from the host on the Classic Speeds port This is useful when interesting traffic occurs during device enumeration Use the Detach Device switch shortly after starting recording to capture a Trace of the device s enumeration Two USB ports High Speed and Classic Speed each with a type A and a type B connector e High Speed Used to record 480 MB s High Speed traffic only e Classic Speeds Used to record either 12 MB s or 1 5 MB s Classic Speed traffic 41 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 42 e Wide range AC connector module e Power socket e Power on off switch e Enclosed 5x20 mm 2 0A 250 V fast acting glass fuse Warning For continued protection
247. ity the left side of the bar has segments that indicate the hardware status size activity and buffer Advisor T3 SN 2 Triggered amp Spooling 39 MBytes E eS Ill gaps 0 Activity Pa Hardware Buffer The right side of the bar has segments that indicate port status link status and search direction Term A On B On T Search Fwd 4 6 1 Recording Progress When you begin recording the Status Bar displays an indicator As recording progresses the indicator changes to reflect the recording progress graphically A black vertical line illustrates the location of the Trigger Position that you selected in Recording Options e Pre Trigger progress is in the field to the left of the Trigger Position in the before trigger color specified in the Display Options e When the Trigger Position is reached the indicator wiggles as it waits for the trigger e After the trigger occurs the field to the right of the Trigger Position fills with the after trigger color specified in the Display Options e When recording is complete the upper half of the progress indicator fills with white indicating the progress of the data upload to the host computer You should be aware of two exceptional conditions e Ifa Trigger Event occurs during the before trigger recording the before trigger color changes to the after trigger color to indicate that not all the expected data was recorded pre trigger e When you click Stop before or after a Trigge
248. k Timing Markers 0005 97 2o UME SAMD cearr a a ets Ros cated wa aA 99 5 6 View Raw Bits 2 0 0 0 eee 100 Vil USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 7 Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields 101 5 1 Using the Expand Collapse Data Field Arrows 101 5 2 Double Clicking to Expand Collapse Data Fields 101 5 3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields 101 5 7 4 Using the Data Field Pop up Menus 102 5 8 Format Color Hide Fields 0 0 0 0 eee ee 103 5 8 1 Hide Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed 103 95 9 VIEW Data BIOCK ai 00a aban a hee oie wa an Be aa 104 5 10 Pop up Tool tips anaana ee 105 5 11 Hide SOF Packets 2 0 0 0 0 0 ees 105 SAIZ AGE NAKS ate ot antes seat awe ae e rie a a cate gear a wee wed b ea 105 9 139 Mde DEVICES eww ie erin ae Sea bee da aa ra ee ka 105 9 14 Hide Chirps 2 0 ri be draa eae Bho een coedes seedy ok 105 5 15 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 3 0 105 5 16 Hide ISO Time Stamp Packet 3 0 0005 106 5 17 Hide Link Training Sequences 3 0 000005 106 5 18 Hide Inter Packet Symbols 3 0 0 0 0 0 cease 106 5 19 Hide Logical Idle Packets 3 0 00 000 e eee 106 5 20 Hide Link Commands non Flow Control 3 0 106 5 21 Hide Upstream Packets 3 0 0 000 cee eee 106 5 22 Hide LMP Packets
249. k status 208 USB architecture 13 cables 46 USB 2 0 Features 5 USB 2 0 hiding options 151 USB 2 0 traffic only 107 372 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Exerciser button 310 USB 3 0 Features 5 USB 3 0 hiding options 152 USB 3 0 packet types 94 USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window 310 USB 3 0 traffic only 107 USB connection 51 USB connector 31 USB Device Request menu 170 USB Device Requests 170 USB Implementers Forum 6 14 40 172 USB IP Setup 58 USB On The Go option 239 USB Protocol Suite program 56 USB Traffic Generation 277 307 USB type B connector 34 USB2 Hiding tab 151 USB3 Hiding tab 152 USB3 Link State Timing View 207 USB3 LTSSM View 209 USB IF 6 14 40 172 USBMobile HS 28 USBMobile T2 25 USBMobile T2 components 50 Use Address in utg file option 292 User Defined Find Events screen 138 UWB dec file 158 V vendor definition files 155 verification script 212 versions 345 Very Slow option 241 Video Class dec file 157 Video CONTROL dec file 157 Video INTERFACE COLLECTION dec file 157 Video STREAMING dec file 157 View menu 73 311 options 83 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual view data block 104 decoded transactions 110 decoded transfers 113 packet 108 raw bits 100 split transaction 112 transaction 108 transfer 112 Wire Adapter Segment 115 116 Wire Adapter Transfer 116 117 118 View Fields Dialog Layout dialog box 174 View Data Block com
250. l opm iy as E 4 sin bu f oor 4 a aes T ts bots ps N DN fog fe a H i ho u Ei ii i l q j o fi A g i H H H ne 700 oi E p a Measure Pt ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 589 5 mV 125 8 ps 7994mV 4 9968 Gbit s 502 58 mV 347 52 mV status ma 7 a R a md Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 False Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P52100mV P6 2 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0 P8 lt 0 Q1 amp Q2 amp Q3 amp Q4 amp Q5 False Passed 0 Of 4 sweeps 4005 40 GS s Typical CP1 Pattern LeCroy i ly i 1 A i i d i i P i f n i H i j i n i i n 4 rf ata Fa Pop th of 4 og uw of N Ddo fyg al n i j i i i o li i 1 i i 2 i 2 i a mt s 4 t I f i p E J 4 4 7 4 r i 4 i 4 i i i i i i rl i 3 i i i i i i a 4 H i i p i 7 H H n i J i 3 j 3 i i l j i 4 i I i B n i i i i 3 i r i j P i d i z i A H i i n i i r 3 j i f j r H j l z Measure P1t ehght Eye P2 ewdth Eye P3 eampl Eye P4 bitrate F1 P5 ampl C2 P6 ampl C3 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 value 587 1mV 144 7 ps 775 5mV 4 9955 Gbit s 434 30 mV 373 54 mV status S f S S A S Pass Fail Q1 True Q2 True Q3 True Q4 True Q5 True Q6 Q7 Qs P1 gt 200mV P2 gt 140ps P3 gt 300mV P5 2100mV P6 100mV P6 lt 0 P7 lt 0
251. l 155 366 USB Protocol Suite User Manual mode Bitstream 291 collapsed 144 device emulation 292 expanded 144 generation 290 Repeat 290 traffic generation 291 modules generator 34 Monitor dec file 156 monitoring statistics 217 Move Event to option 255 moving events 255 MTP 117 Multi Channel Control Model dec file 155 multi state sequences 250 N NAK ed transactions 151 NAKs 105 hiding 105 name of Recording Options settings 235 navigating 198 navigation shortcuts 91 tools 89 Navigation Bar checkbox 198 Navigator 198 displaying 198 legend 203 panes 199 202 range 200 201 ranges 199 slider 203 toolbar 199 Navigator Legend dialog box 203 Navigator Panes button 203 Navigator Range button 201 network 13 52 New Event button 251 option 254 pop up menu 251 New Generation Scenario button 318 New script command 214 No Decoding option 161 None option 189 number of transitions 209 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual O OBEX Model 155 object handles 117 object transfers 117 On the Go searching 132 open trace verification script 212 operating range 44 opt files 153 Option button 326 options display 9 15 24 recording 8 15 23 search 125 options file 145 Options menu 184 314 Options Name field 235 orange LED 34 Orient Horizontally option 189 Orient Vertically option 189 OTG shortcuts 92 outlining 314 output windows 213 overview 17 25 28 software
252. l Error Symbol Error Downstream Upstream Gigabit 5 0 Gbps RD Error D RDError f Auto f Auto l COn Con C VeySow ima gt j Framing Eror Triggers Low Power States C Of CoO 700 Kbps 25 Mbps CRC Eror Triggers W Receive iv Filter Out Logical Ides amp SKPs I Transmit Exerciser Filter Out LUP LDN Tx Clock Compliance Only Meenas Of Nomal Mode Options C 300ppm C 300ppm Truncate Data Fields Bytes fie r 49735Gbps 5 0015Gbps Downstream Upstream Trigger C crc32 O crc32 crcis crcis CRCSLCW crcsicw cRCSLC M CRCSLC Extemal Trigger Out with Simple Triggers For Recording Ports select USB 3 0 Connectors MMCxX or Custom DS USB 3 0 US USB 3 0 The custom option allows you to change the recording channels to use a mix of MMCX and USB 3 0 connectors For Descrambling Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Polarity Inversion Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Spread Spectrum Clock select Transmit Exerciser to apply Spread Spectrum Clocking to the transmitter To adjust the receivers to be more tolerant to Spread Spectrum Clocking select Receive Note The Transmitter and Receive commands are independent of each other 240 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options For Recording Generating select Analyzer Only Host Emulation
253. l X Request Recipients Endpoints Request APipes Endpoint AFipes Request 4 APipes Endpoint OWA APipes Class V endor Decoding Standard Requests ClassVendor Decoding Groups standard Requests Keep Across Recordings ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request recipients found in the trace file The RPipe field shows all Class and Vendor Request RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Step 4 Select a recipient Step 5 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Groups drop down menu The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are the same as for Request Recipients Step 6 Select a decoding group OR select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Step 7 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients Step 8 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Step 9 Click OK LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy Corporation 8 2 4 Mapping Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint RPipes decoding Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step
254. l appears at the top of the area To drag and drop the Event button Step 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the left mouse button Step 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell ae Mew event i a Available E vents Sequence 0 State 1 TRIGGER The default label for the first cell is Sequence 0 State 1 As described later in this section you can change that label using the Properties pop up for that cell Two new cells appear under the first cell The first of these new cells is a state cell that allows you to create another state in rule Sequence 0 to make Sequence 0 a multi state sequence The second of the new cells is to create a separate sequence which would be labelled Sequence 1 252 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 5 5 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the analyzer ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button Step 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu ca New event Config is vali Available Events Errors Add
255. lder for storing trace files user option files default opt default rec scripts and so on The default folder for USB Protocol Suite was x Program Files Lecroy USB Protocol Suite Windows Vista and Windows 7 make such paths illegal directories for user data For Windows Vista and Windows 7 files that are accessible by different user accounts must be in the path x Users Public To preserve the ability of multiple user accounts to access all the LeCroy files that were accessible in Windows XP when using Windows Vista and Windows 7 files that were in the Program Files path in Windows XP are now in x Users Public Documents Lecroy USB Protocol Suite In some cases such as paths stored in the Recording Options rec file the application silently changes this path so that the Windows Vista and Windows 7 operating systems will accept it as valid USB Protocol Suite on Windows XP still uses the Program Files directory However if a Recording Options file that was created on a Windows 7 system is used on a Windows XP system trace files will be probably be recorded to a new Windows XP directory called x Users Public Documents Lecroy USB Protocol Suite This is a legitimate path on a Windows XP system so there are no conflicts with the operating system LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview Chapter 4 Software Overview The USB Protocol Suite application can function
256. lity TS2 with same Link Functionality LFPS with same Type LUP LDN or NAK ed Transaction Note Items are grouped regardless of any intervening Skip Sequence Electrical Idle or Logical Idle symbols If any of these occur during a stream of the repeating stacking item they are not displayed Std Reqs amp Descriptors Scripts Use dynamically loaded DEC files rather than REQ and DSC files for decoding Class and Vendor requests or endpoints Default Bulk Int Xfer type to Bulk on Select FS and or HS In most cases the USB Protocol Suite can determine whether an endpoint is an Interrupt or Bulk endpoint and apply the proper decoding However in some cases the USB Protocol Suite cannot distinguish traffic from these two Transfer Types and defaults to Interrupt endpoint For FS and or HS you can set the software to default to Bulk endpoint typically when you know that captured traffic is Bulk not Interrupt Note In the Trace view you can change the Transfer Type by right clicking the INT or BULK field and selecting the appropriate option LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options LeCroy Corporation Show Protocol Use USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 Trace Viewing Level Displays Packet Transaction Split Transaction Transfer Host Wire Adapter Segment Host Wire Adapter Transfer Device Wire Adapter Segment Device Wire Adapter Transfer PTP MTP Transaction PTP MTP Object PTP MTP Session SCSI O
257. llowing five instances of any DLP To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events you enable Counters Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering For example use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message Events and Actions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties e Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered e Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 259 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 260 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties e Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes
258. log Open Recording Options dialog Apply Decoding Scripts Set Quick Timing Marker Start Set Quick Timing Marker End Ctrl Shift Left click mouse 92 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 1 Trace View Features The Trace View has these features e Packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic e Selected packets transactions and so on are highlighted with blue background and black border e To move packet selection up or down click Shift Up Arrow or Shift Down Arrow e Packets are on separate rows with individual fields both labeled and color coded e Packets are numbered sequentially as recorded time stamped with a resolution of 8 ns and highlighted to show the transmitted speed low speed full speed or high speed e Display formats can be named and saved for later use e Pop up Tool Tips detail the contents of packet fields e Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display and you can zoom in and out to optimize screen use e The display software can operate independently of the hardware and so can func tion as a stand alone Trace Viewer that may be freely distributed e High Speed SOFs display Microframes shown below Frame CRCS Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 1156 7 124 767 ps 00000 4056 3940 Frame CROCS Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp ree 4156 7 124 767 us 00000 4057 3908 T
259. ls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any personal computer having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error
260. mand 104 View Fields for Class Requests text box 172 View Fields for Endp text box 173 View Fields for Standard Request text box 171 View Options 196 button 287 menu 287 View Options button 195 View Settings button 189 Viewing Level 145 Views toolbar 316 Voyager M3 4 W Warnings 313 warranty coverage 355 limited 355 period 355 provisions 357 service 356 transfer 357 website 355 weight 35 44 Window menu 75 311 Wire Adapter dec file 158 Wire Adapter Multifunction Peripheral programming interface 158 Wireless Controller dec file 158 Wireless Handset Control Model 155 Wrap command 89 Wrap option 144 wrap here line 291 wrapping lines 144 X XFER button 323 LeCroy Corporation Index Y Y Scale Type option 219 yellow LED 41 yellow range delimiters 203 yellow square 313 Z zoom 194 Zoom in command 89 Zoom label 100 Zoom Level option 144 Zoom out command 89 373 Index USB Protocol Suite User Manual 374 LeCroy Corporation
261. menu has an option for viewing the raw bits in a data field Expand Data Expand All Data Fields Format d a Collapse All Data Fields E Color To view these bits Step 1 Click the data field to open the data field pop up menu Step 2 Select View Data Block or the fai Data View button to open the Data Block dialog box Facket 1 7 dwords Lsb mel Format Dw OR Cs A olumnms Update only on request E i LA 555342443 Ce614Fs1 24000000 sooovet2 godd 4 d d Q 0000A OoO0000 Ready PB ch Fev The View Data Block window has options for displaying the raw bits in different formats e Format Lets you display data in Hex Decimal ASCII or Binary formats e Show Per Line Lets you control how many bits are displayed per line e Bit Order Most Significant Bit Least Significant Bit 104 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 10 Pop up Tool tips Many fields within the trace display pop up tool tips when the mouse pointer is suspended over them These tips provide added details about the field Ox H T E IStarts SETUF transaction to a control 5 11 Hide SOF Packets 2 0 You can hide Start of Frame SOF packets that may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide SOF Packets button on the Tool Bar e Click Sof to hide all SOF packets Note This also hides low speed EOPs 5 12 Hide NAKs Yo
262. mmary liad AL H All reports a Pkt USB2 Reports ag Pkt Fackets E Trs Transactions HE Kir Transfers Efe PTPIMTP Transaction i ere PTPMTP Object Transte DE ETE PTP MTP Session 2E E Pkt USB3 Reports E Pkt Packets E Trs Transactions 2 Xir Transfers Eason ETP PTPIMTP Transaction oa BTP PTPIMTP Object Transfe BTP PTRIMTP Session Ready LeCroy Corporation Goa fo a B Packet ttt Bad PID Bad CRCS Bad CRC16 Bad Packet Length Bad Stuff Bits Bad EOP Babble Start Babble End LOA Bad Frame Length Bad Turnaround Timeout Bad Data Toggle Bad FramesuFrame Number Analyzer Internal Error Last Byte Incomplete Bad OTG Signal Yalue USE3 Bad CRES USB3 Bad CRC16 USBS Bad CRC32 USB3 Disparity Error USB3 10 Bit Symbol Error USB3 Unkown Packet USB3 Framing Symbol Error USB3 Link Command Data Symbol Error USB3 Bad Header Packet Length USB3 Bad Data Length Field USB3 SKP Symbol Error PTP Tra No Command PTP Tra No Response PTP Tra Id Misordered PTP Tra No Operation code L es Sead 3 o S mn SA man AA a SAE m SA ma G man AA oa SAAE mas SA mas SA man SAA oa SAA m SA mas SA ma SAA o SAA a SAAE m SA ma SAA a GA a BGAE mn A ma SAA a AA a GAE a G m AA aa A a E a Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 3 Timing Calculations The Timing Calculator is used to measure timing between any two packets e Select Timing Calculations under Report in the Menu Bar OR
263. n Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment Search Fwd 4 6 5 SuperSpeed Termination Status The lower right middle of the Status Bar shows the SuperSpeed Termination status Note The status is the status of the Analyzer s port not of the device or host under test When in Analyzer only mode it shows the status of the Analyzer A and B ports When in Exerciser mode it shows the status of the Exerciser port ed 55 ports Anl USB3 Term 4 OFF B OFF Polling occurs when the Application CPU is not busy The polling interval is reflected in a small dot at the end of the string in the Status Bar Note Terminations reflect what the Analyzer is presenting to the device or host The Analyzer changes these terminations while attempting to connect the Host DUT and Device DUT together using the SuperSpeed connection protocol For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 80 LeCroy Corporation 87 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 4 6 6 Link Status The circles 2 and 3 on the lower right of the Status Bar represent the equivalent colors of the link states for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Analyzer 3 0 USB 3 0 Off No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic
264. n a cable that connects to the Breakout Board Table 1 Data In Out Connector Pin Out Pin Signal Name Signal Description Rev T Reserved Ground 1 z eon e omas pes ooo e omas oes ooo o omar ppe oo Note Pins 4 and 17 have the same function They allow external signals to be used to cause triggering or recording Pins 3 and 16 are used to transmit output signals 2 10 2 Prototype Rework Area The Breakout Board contains a prototype rework area for making custom circuits for rapid development The area consists of plated through holes 20 columns wide by 27 rows long The top row of holes connects to GND and the bottom row connects to 5 V The remaining holes are not connected Use the rework area to insert custom components and wire wrap their respective signal power and ground pins LeCroy Corporation 39 Chapter 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 11 Advisor The LeCroy USB Advisor USB 2 0 Protocol Analyzer is a stand alone unit controlled and configured by a portable or desktop PC connected through its USB port The Advisor uses hardware triggering to capture real time events and hardware filtering to preserve memory and find data Recorded data uploads to the attached PC and displays on the CATC Trace graphical user interface as color coded packets that can be searched for specific data errors or other conditions The Analyzer works with any Microsoft Windows XP Windows V
265. n from the Help menu The License Information window provides a list of the named features supported by the current software version License Information License information for the product Serial Number 00018 Available Features Feature Title Hi Speed Slow Clock Exerciser USB 2 0 Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing on UPAS 2500H Capturing USB 2 0 Capturing U SB 3 0 Memory Size 512MB Memory Size 1GB Memory Size 2GB Memory Size 4GB Trig Filt Limited Trig Filt Limited Il Trig Filt Limited Il Trig Filt Advanced External Trigger In Out SW Analysis Link Tracker SOW Analysis Trafic Summary SWW Analysis Real Time Statistics Exerciser USB 2 0 Host Emulation B Exerciser USB 3 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Device Emulation Automation AFI USB 3 0 Slow Clock USB 3 0 External Slow Clock USB 3 0 SMA Input Output Host Interface Gigabit Ethernet Purchased Yes Yes Feature Description Hi Speed Traffic Generated and Traced at Slow Clock rate Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Enabled Required on UPAS 2500H only Capture USB 2 0 traffic Capture USB 3 0 traffic _ Recording buffer size up to 512MB Recording buffer size up to 1GB Recording buffer size up to 2GB Recording buffer size up to 4GB Trig Filt Limited Trig Filt Limited II Trig Filt Limited III Trig Filt Advanced External Trigger In Out Link Tracker display for debugging link level b
266. n in the toolbar is enabled For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 80 Note The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3 0 hosts and devices and present 3 0 terminations to them when they are plugged in However some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2 0 mode If either of these timing cases occurs click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect Reconnect cycle of the VBus If cycling does not work disable and then re enable the xHCI Host controller driver in the Windows 7 Device Manager of your PDK Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data Payload packet to the length specified in the pull down selection The actual amount captured is at LEAST the amount selected and may be up to 8 bytes more depending on traffic to increase efficiency of the Analyzer hardware Note Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers transfers SCSI etc LeCroy Corporation 241 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 3 1 Very Slow Clock Usage The Voyager M3 USB 3 0 Verification platform supports slower than standard clock rates for prototype and simulation testing All Voyager 3 0 Pro systems include the option to select 2 and 1 4 clock rates This Gigabit clock can operate at 2 5 GH
267. n retries the transaction If FALSE the Exerciser waits 1 10th of a frame before retrying the transaction Before each retry attempt the Exerciser checks to see where in the frame interval it is If it is too close to the EOF it automatically generates the next start of frame before performing the retry If it is not too close to the EOF it performs the retry without generating a new frame This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example retry_next_frame FALSE Host Generation Only Determines whether an OUT transaction is retried by repeating the OUT DATAx sequence or whether a PING sequence should be initiated If TRUE the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs and retries before going through a Retry Loop PINGs are repeated until an ACK is received and then the original OUT DATAx transaction Sequence is attempted During the PING retries the Exerciser automatically generates frames When the original Retry Sequence receives its expected_pid the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File If FALSE the original transaction is always retried This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example ping_on_retry TRUE 299 Chapter 11 Traff
268. n the top and bottom delimiters then packet 250 appears in the middle of the trace display LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation To Reset Navigator Range You can reset the Navigator range using the toolbar Navigator Range button Press the button to bring up the Navigator Range drop down menu eee Y Cb a i Set Range to Whole Trace fai igger Set Range near Packet 72 E Recently Used Ranges d Pre Post Tr The menu has the following options e Set Range to Whole Trace Allows you to reset the range to include the entire trace file contents The top range delimiter is placed at the lowest packet number in the trace The bottom range delimiter is placed at the highest packet number in the trace e Set Range Near Packet xxx Allows you to collapse the range so that only the packets immediately above and below the xxx packet are displayed The xxx packet is whatever packet is currently at the top in the trace display e Recently Used Ranges Allows you to reset the range to any of a number of recently used previously set ranges 201 Chapter 9 Reports 202 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 8 4 Navigator Panes You can display any combination of trace Navigator panes Navigator x Ma 3 T Pre Post Trigger Types of traffic Protocols of traffic From left to right the panes are Pre Post Trigger Errors Traffic Types and Protocols
269. nal quality in the middle of a USB cable LeCroy recommends using the shortest possible cables so that total length of both cables together is less than six feet The USB cables provided with your Analyzer meet this requirement When longer cables are used the Analyzer might record incorrect data LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation Chapter 3 Installation The Analyzer software installs on a Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista 32 Windows Vista 64 or Windows 7 32 or 64 personal computer system Note USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS are not supported on 64 bit operating systems Important Please uninstall any versions of USBTracer USB Advisor or USBMobile HS software on your computer BEFORE installing USB Protocol Suite The older software is not compatible with the new software and device drivers You can load files recorded using the old software into USB Protocol Suite which will automatically convert them to the new format 3 1 Installing the Analyzer Software on the PC Note You must install the software before connecting the Analyzer to the host machine for the first time Install the software on the PC administering the Analyzer Step 1 Insert the Installation CD into the CD drive of the PC that administers the Analyzer Step 2 Follow the on screen installation instructions to install the application on the PC hard disk 3 2 Setting Up the Analyzer USB Connection
270. ncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 2 GB Idle filtering 3 0 23 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display Options e Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers e Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information e Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view e Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display e Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are converted upon loading e Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors e Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations e Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint e Searches for a specific PID e Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations e Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions e Has search and packet hiding capabilities e Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding e Has a Data View
271. ncy of the recording is about a 2 1 ratio of physical memory to actual USB traffic Shorter USB packets yield a slightly less efficient recording The non traffic portion of physical memory is utilized for control and timing information Note The scale is not linear and affords more granularity in the smaller buffer sizes Note To make the full buffer available for recording you can select to Disable Generator Memory in the Misc USB 2 0 tab of the Recording Options dialog 10 1 7 Trigger Position You can adjust the amount of recording to be done post trigger or select where you want the Trigger located within the defined buffer You can adjust the Triggering Position between 1 and 99 post trigger Trigger Position is available only when Manual Trigger or Event Trigger is selected as Recording type As an example if the buffer size is set to 16 MB then for the following Trigger Position settings the amount of pre trigger and post trigger data is e 95 post triggering 0 8 MB pre trigger 15 2 MB post trigger e 75 post triggering 4 MB pre trigger 12 MB post trigger e 50 post triggering 8 MB pre trigger 8 MB post trigger e 25 post triggering 12 MB pre trigger 4 MB post trigger e 5 post triggering 15 2 MB pre trigger 0 8 MB post trigger Note When a Trigger occurs recording continues until the post trigger amount of the buffer is filled or when Stop is selected LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Cha
272. nd licensing information See Analyzer Devices on page 57 USB 3 0 Device Adds removes edits loads and saves USB 3 0 devices and lists Host Signal the device name device cable host name host cable and to what parameters the Profile Signal Settings apply Used to calibrate 3 0 connections Also shows custom device to analyzer and host to analyzer signal settings See USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters on page 62 Record see Recording Status on page 86 Sit S PORES provos ulead was on partal wpa o previous upload was only partially uploaded Reset SuperSpeed For USB 3 0 traffic capture in some cases the Analyzer might not Capture Engine correctly lock onto the 5 GBps signals on power up or it may unlock after a long period of usage To issue a soft reset to the SuperSpeed capture engine select this command Note After performing the reset you must retrain the link on your devices Generate see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 277 Start Stop Starts traffic generation After traffic generation has begun the Start command becomes Stop and lets you stop traffic generation IntelliFrame Sets the mode of generation to IntelliFrame Use before Start Generation Mode 2 0 only Bitstream Generation sets the mode of generation to bitstream Use before Start Mode 2 0 only LeCroy Corporation 71 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 72 Allows you to repea
273. ndicator LED 41 on off switch 34 42 requirements 44 socket 34 42 switch 34 Power dec file 156 power connector 31 Power LED 44 367 Index power requirements 32 35 Power Switch 29 Power Tracker 210 Pre Post Trigger pane 202 predefined values 313 Printer dec file 156 probing 32 36 Process USB3 LTSSM 144 product description 12 40 features 17 products 231 program startup 69 Properties option 254 Properties dialog box 219 Properties options actions 255 events 255 protocol analyzer 12 violations 2 protocol for mixed file 142 Protocols of Traffic 202 protocol specific fields decode 115 prototype rework area 39 46 PTP 117 PTP dec file 157 PTP Object 117 PTP Session 118 PTP Transaction 117 pull down menus 70 310 Pulse High format 255 Purchased column 351 PWR indicator 41 PWR LED 34 R range delimiters 203 raw bits 100 viewing 100 Raw Bits View 100 Readme txt file 19 345 Real Time Statistics buttons 218 Real time Statistics pop up menu 219 window 217 Rear Panel 41 368 USB Protocol Suite User Manual REC indicator 41 REC LED 34 Recently Used Ranges 201 Recipient field 159 Reconnect command 61 Record menu 71 recording activity 87 bus data 272 channels 18 first 65 LED 34 memory 44 options 8 15 23 progress 85 rules 3 snapshot 231 status 86 type 231 Recording LED 44 recording LED 41 Recording Options 18 command 221 dialog box 221 General 231 loading 235 M
274. nerations instructions here code 2 1 idrop Pattern Size sa code drop Field Size code a crop Set code File Name Line Error Description i drop Trace_B code drop Trace code drop DeviceEnumerationtnit smpt code Ready CAP f The file name appears on the tab for the file 318 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser LeCroy Corporation Step 2 Enter file information in beginning comment lines HH HHH HH HHH HH HEH HH HF HH HE HE FH EH EH HEH FH FF HH EE HE EH HE HEH FF FILE INFORMATION FILE DESCRIPTION REVISION HISTORY HH HHH HH HH HH HF HH HF HH HF HE FH EH EH HF HH HF HH EF HE EH FE HEH FF Step 3 Add a comment line by starting the line with INCLUDE FILES Step 4 To include main definitions and templates add an include file line Sinclude Include FrameworkLib ginc Step 5 Add constants Const EndpointNum lt Const DeviceNumber 1 Step 6 Add data patterns DataPattern SetAddrReq 00 05 00 00 00 00 00 00 Step 7 Add frame and structure templates struct DeliveryID Sel Ce Stream Ind x Val 3 Step 8 optional Add global variables Step 9 optional Add generation settings Step 10Add the Main generation procedure such as the following example Main Place your generations instructions here SetLinkState LinkState UO Call GetDescraptor EndpointNumy 0 DEVICE DRSCy 0x00
275. nge the Format of the cell s value to Hex Decimal Binary or ASCII You can change the Color of the field header You can Hide ALL instances of the field in the trace which you can also do in the Display Options dialog see Color Format Hiding Display Options on page 146 To unhide ALL instances of a field select View gt Unhide cells and select the field from the list of hidden fields or right click in the trace background select Unhide cells and select the field to unhide from the list You can also use the Display Options dialog see Color Format Hiding Display Options on page 146 5 8 1 Hide Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed A caret gt a in the upper left of a field shows whether the field is collapsible and expandable see Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields on page 101 When a field is collapsible expandable you can choose whether the field is shown or hidden when its set of fields is in the collapsed state Thus you can determine which fields are more critical to view in these two modes Do NOT confuse this with Hide Fields see Format Color Hide Fields above which hides the field everywhere without regard to collapse expand state can Move right within header Show Spec View Fields Collapse LCW Header Expand All LCW Header Fields Collapse All LCW Header Fields 103 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 9 View Data Block The data field pop up
276. nippet into the script The available text snippets are Send Enter a packet template name with options to delay or override SendPipeCommand Enter a command name pipe type total length setup data pattern asn store data and send erdy SetSequenceNumber Enter a pipe type device address endpoint number data directory sequence number and enable SendFile Enter a file path device address endpoint delay start sequence number payload_ size stream ID and route string PrepareWaitPkt Enter packet type as TP or DP requested packet subtype for TP packet endpoint number packet device address packet direction and packet stream ID WaitPacket Enter packets to wait default is 1 and start wait at last end default is 1 or not 0 TxSleep Enter an interval Set Link State Enter a link state Loop Enter a counter Start Recording Enter the Recorded Options File Path and Name and the Trace File Path and Name Indicate whether to keep the old trace Stop Recording Enter 0 no WaitForUpload or 1 WaitForUpload You can also force to stop recording Trigger Analyzer Has no options for Enter code between the braces Call Enter a Procedure name and the procedure parameters Packet Size Enter an integer or a template Pattern Size Enter an integer or a data pattern Field Size Enter an integer or a field name Set After the set command enter a setting and its value Trace_B Enter a message Trace
277. nitor Run Verification Scripts Opens a window to allow you to run verification scripts over the open trace Real Time Statistics To display statistical information for the channels Reports are available from the Report menu and buttons on the Tool bar Tools are available from the Tools menu Note 1 Similar to the windows in most Windows programs most report views are dockable and tab able Note 2 When you open a report view the software attempts to apply the user preferences used when you most recently viewed the report LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 1 File Information To display a File Information report select File Information under Report in the Menu Bar or click Ez in the Tool Bar to display the File Information screen File name BERT USB3 0 2 usb Trace File Creation Date amp Time Thursday January 15 2009 17 22 35 Number of packets 218452 Trigger packet number 0 Recorded with USBTracer analyzer version 3 30 Build 543 Analyzer Serial Number 65468 Firmware version 1 05 ROM 1 00 Blade 0x2104 Rev 0xD4 CPU Board 0x41 Rev 0x02 IO Board 0x12 Rev 0x02 PHY Board 0x103 Rev 0x26 null version 0 12B721 The name of the application run by user UsbSutte exe Number of markers 1 Recording Options Options Name Default Recording Mode Event trigger Buffer Size 16 000 MB Post trigger position 50 Base filename amp path
278. nput to Voyager Advisor T3 and USB Tracer Trainer is 0 V The maximum value is 5 V Event Properties of the Error Event Event Properties he _ Errors Actions al Errors Property Value Bit Stuf om Frame Len Disable l CRC Disable Pid Disable EOF Disable Short Bite Disable Time out or Turm around Violation 1 1023 T Count aaa Excessive Empty Frame Detection 1 127 Babble Yiolation Bad Data Toggle El D esc Any occurence on channel 0 of the specified Errors The dialog lists the Properties and their Values Note The default values of Babble clocks and Time out or Turnaround violation are based on the recording speed selected in the 2 0 Misc tab If the selected speed is Auto Detect the defaults are based on Hi Speed traffic since this is the most prevalent speed today If you change the recording speed AFTER you have defined error events the Babble clocks and Time out or Turnaround violation values are NOT updated so you can get a false trigger or a missed error Therefore after you change the recording speed in the 2 0 Misc tab delete any error events and create new ones The new error events are then based on the current selected speed 257 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 258 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties s Data Pattern
279. ns Classic Speed with Idle e Transactions Classic Speed without Idle High Speed with Idle High Speed without Idle e Transactions QLD OL A e Transactions Timing Calculator From beginning Total Time 4999716 Packet ja oF Packet 0 Trigger Packe nanoseconds To beginning of Packet E or Markers Show Formulas Bus Utilization Bandwidth Addr Endo Dir Mo idle TU Mo idie Bw with idle TU with idle Bw Date only TU Data_only_Bw Full Speed 0 293 0 035 Mb s o o Both 0 000 0 000 Mb s 0 000 0 000 Mbs 0 000 So 0 000 Mbs Global 3 0 A Host Rx 0 000 s 0 000 Mb s 2 Both 0 000 0 000 Mb s 0 000 0 000 Mbs 0 000 So 0 000 Mbs Global 3 0 A Host Tx 0 000 0 000 Mb s Global USE 2 0 293 0 035 Mb s Global USB 3 0 000 0 000 Mbys High Speed O 000 0 000 Mbs Low Speed 0 000 0 000 Mb s Super Speed 0 000 0 000 Mbjs Transactions Classic Speed with idle O 000 0 000 Mb s Transactions Classic Speed without idle 0 000 0 000 Mb s Transactions High Speed with idle O 000 0 000 Mb s Transactions High Speed without idle 0 000 0 000 Mb s Calculate Acknowledged Calculate Total Time is in the Total Time field Step 6 Click Calculate in the right side to display e Address e Endpoint e Direction e No Idle Time Usage e No Idle Bandwidth e With Idle Time Usage e With Idle Bandwidth e Data only Time USage e Data only Bandwidth You can also click the Acknowledged c
280. nvenient access to several potentially useful standard LV TTL output and input signals It also offers a simple way to connect logic analyzers or other tools to the USB Tracer Analyzer Six ground pins and one 5 volt pin are provided CATC UPAS 2500 Breakout Board PCA 210 0042 00 oL_ Jo oL__ Jo oL_ o oCo oL_jo oL_ o oL_ Jo oL_jo oC o oL__Jo oL_jo oC o oL_ o oL o oC o oL_ Jo GP OUTPUT TRIGGER OUT TRIGGER IN 1 TRIGGER IN O DATA 7 DATA 6 DATA 5 DATA 4 DATA 3 DATA 2 DATA 1 DATA 0 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED oooo0o00000000000000000000000 oooo0o00000000000000000000000 ooooo0o0000000000000000000000 oooo00000000000000000000000 oooooo0000000000000000000000 oooooo0oo000000000000000000000 oooooo0o000000000000000000000 ooooo0o0000000000000000000000 oooooo0o000000000000000000000 o0o0oo0oo0oo0000000000000000000 QO Figure 2 4 External Interface Breakout Board The Breakout Board connects by cable to the Data In Out connector located on the rear of the Analyzer box Each signaling pin is isolated by a 100 Q series resistor and a buffer inside the Analyzer box oOo0oo0o0000000000 O 15 14 25 24 Z3 Z2 21 20 19 1 O0000000 O00 Figure 2 5 Data In Out Connector on cable 38 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 10 1 Pin Outs for the Data In Out Connector Table 1 lists the pin out and signal descriptions for the Data In Out connector o
281. ocol Suite C Program Files LeCrc _ USB Suite SampleFiles 2 0 HS_Hub_Sample utg Oj x ie File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help Belin l a a Sof Nak a Lc Ty bidle Skip ISO 5 EC UMP Eidle LFPS fe i cv Bluse 3 0 exerciser a H Biz Run once fX Chirp Frame CRES High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 000 000 Frame CRCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 125 000 Frame CRCS High EOP Idle Time Stamp FFFFFFFFFE 124 788 us 0 000 250 000 Frame CRC5 High EOP Idle Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 375 000 Time Stamp Generation Script Editor Wa b4 a t B oo LM 5060 auto idle TO_ EOF F 5061 auto idle TO EOF 5062 auto idle TO EOF 5063 auto idle TO EOF 5064 auto idle 7472 soss pid gph W BRGP 0 idle 96 5066 pid DATAO data 23 03 08 00 02 00 00 00 idle 3312 el pig idle 3312 0 idle 368 d pic idle 112 O76 Sautn idle M 4 gt gt gt HS_Hub_Sample utg in a IK E Ready _ ina Col 16 Search Fwd 4 The Script Editor divides into three areas the toolbar the script window and the file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window 286 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 LeCroy Corporation 11 4 1 Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains
282. ocol Suite User Manual x Link Power Mm Settings DisableLPMA DisablePMLCTimeout Power State Accept 4 AL Auto PMLE Timeout Auibo LFPS Settings F LFFS U1 Exit TBurst AEG LFPS U Exit TBurst Auto er LFPS US Exit TBurst Aro Link Configuration Settings Disable LUP LON Disable LUP LDN Timeout ae LUF LON Interval Auto LUF LOM Detect Timeout Auto Custom Flow Control Automatic link Flow co Put 4294967295 OxFRFFFFFFF as Infinite or Auto For each device the following information is in the Devicelnfo cfg file e Name e Protocol UASP or BOT e Address e InterfaceNo e AlternateSetting e ConfigurationNo e Endpoint Information 324 EndpointNo Direction IN or OUT Max Burst Size PipeUsageld Endpoint Type only for UAS protocol LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Note You can only select one device from the Device List as the active device Required information for the project is defined by the active device The active protocol in the project is defined by the active device Note If you have already inserted some items in the project and then you change the active device if the new active device is in another protocol UAS or BOT the software will try to convert all information to the selected protocol based on the active device and sometimes information may be lost SCSI
283. of Traffic Each pane represents the entire trace with respect to different types of information The top of each pane represents the start of the trace file and the bottom represents the end of the trace file Pre Post Trigger To view the trigger event in the trace and the relative size of pre trigger and post trigger portions of the trace The two portions are set apart as different colors The trigger event occurs at the point the two colors meet Errors To view any errors in the trace A thin red line represents each error in the pane Traffic Types To view the types of packets that occur in the trace A different color represents each packet type in the pane The relative size of colored portions in the pane corresponds to the amounts of the various packet types in the trace As described below you can use the Navigator legend to change the types of packets that take precedence in the display Protocols of Traffic To view USB 2 0 USB 3 0 Host Tx or USB 3 0 Host Rx To Show Hide Navigator Panes You can show hide any of the panes using pop up menus accessible through right click the Navigator Panes button or by right click anywhere in any Trace Navigator pane LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports LeCroy Corporation Navigator Slider The Navigator slider appears at the left of Navigator panes The slider has yellow upper and lower range delimiters and a blue current position indicator The Navig
284. ol Suite User Manual 3 5 5 USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters For USB to add remove edit load from a comma delimited csv file or save as a comma delimited csv file USB 3 0 devices and to calibrate USB 3 0 connections select Setup gt USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters to display the USB3 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Profiles dialog Remove edi Load save Double click on profile entry or press Ins key to edit profile USBS Deyvice gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Profiles Device Mame Device Cable Host Hame Host Cable Profile Signal settings apply to Device gt Analyzer custom signal settings Host gt 4nalyzer custom signal settings Selected profile Mone pply Close The dialog lists the Device Name Device Cable Host Name Host Cable and to what the Profile Signal Settings apply It also shows Device to Analyzer and Host to Analyzer custom signal settings 62 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation To add a device click Add to display the USB3 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Parameter Profiles dialog USB3 Device gt Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Set Device Current Read from Analyzer Apply to Analyzer Set Host Current Device gt Snalyzer Signal Settings Device Name Device Device Cable ID Input Signal Equalization 15E Settings short time constant Curr
285. ommand 214 Show Line Numbers command 287 Show Line Numbers option 314 Show Markers option 189 Show Output command 214 Show Plumb Line option 189 Show Protocol 145 Show Raw Bits command 100 Show Tooltips command 287 Show Tooltips option 314 show Upstream port link states 209 Show Values option 288 317 signal descriptions 39 signaling pin 45 Simple Filters section 240 Simple Triggers section 240 245 single state sequence 250 Skip Sequences 106 slot left module 34 right module 34 slow clock 242 Slow Clock checkbox 238 Slow Clock command 238 slow clock rate 9 16 Smart Card dec file 157 Smart Card Class 157 Snapshot recording 231 SOF hiding 151 SOF packets hiding 105 370 USB Protocol Suite User Manual software license 352 updating 346 348 Software Update window 346 348 Spec View 206 Spec View command 206 specific error 134 specifications 32 35 44 Specify Action option 255 speed 16 speeds 17 41 Split Transaction View 112 Spooled Recording 233 Spread Spectrum Clock 240 245 Spreadsheet View 120 SRP 132 Start Export button 329 Start of Frame packets 151 Start Recording command 272 Start Stop button 34 starting 69 software 56 69 traffic generation 291 328 Start of Frame SOF packets 105 State cells 252 states linking 254 Static IP 58 statistics monitoring 217 Statistics Accumulation option 220 status indicator 34 Status bar 85 Status LED 29 34 Status option 189 Std Reqs amp Descriptors Scrip
286. on Enter the IP Address Enter the Subnet Mask Enter the Default Gateway Device Voyager H 501 IP Settings Obtain IP address automatically DHCP Z Oo amp DO B Subnet Mask 55 i 259 2559 s 255 Default Gateway 0 Oo 0 D Suggest static IP settings Host IPF Host subnet mask Click Apply to get a success message and return to the Analyzer Devices dialog Note You can let the system Suggest static IP settings IP address and subnet mask Step 4 Click Close to close the dialog and use the device with a Static IP address 60 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 9 4 Analyzer Network For Ethernet to display the computers and analyzers on the local network select Setup gt Analyzer Network to display the Analyzer Network dialog anavi Network E Add 2 Local machine Voyager SM65471 Voyager SM61474 Ix Remove Reconnect The dialog displays the computers on the network and the Analyzer devices connected to the computers You can click Add to display the Add Analyzer Network Node dialog in which you can select a computer on the network Add Analyzer Network Node b x Computer Hame or IF Address 5SC C14 Computer Comment o ooo OA ee ee ee sa ts ae Cancel re You can also Remove a selected computer or Reconnect a selected computer LeCroy Corporation 61 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protoc
287. on a device has a unique 32 bit identifier object handle The object handle is also unique for the session defined below An object transfer contains all the transactions for an object handle In PTP all of an object handle s PTP Transactions are a single PTP Object Transfer A PTP Object Transfer can include both PTP Transactions that involve an Initiator initiated action for example GetObject DeleteObject and GetObjectinfo transactions and PTP Transactions that involve a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe The PTP Object Transfer trace viewing level is the middle PTP level To view PTP object transfers switch to the PTP Object Transfer trace viewing level e Click DEJ on the toolbar OR e Select View gt PTP Object Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Object and then click OK LeCroy Corporation 117 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 41 Switch to PTP Sessions A session is a state of persisting communication between a device and a host during which the connection is continuous and the login and other communication parameters do not change A session begins with an OpenSession operation which establishes the communications connection and parameters and ends with a CloseSession operation A session contains all object transfers and their transactions plus all transactions that do not belong to object t
288. onitor Pop up Menu 219 9 15 3 Displaying Multiple Graphs 4 220 Chapter 10 Recording Options 221 10 1 General Recording Options 2 000 e eee 231 VOM PIOQUCH As wis cn eos he he ee Vee ee he 231 10 1 2 Recording Type 0 0 0 eee 231 10 1 3 Options for USBTracer Trainer and Advisor 232 10 1 4 Recording Channels Voyager and Advisor T3 232 10 1 5 Recording Scope Voyager and Advisor T3 233 10 16 Bufer SiZ zarran pta aeaa a od bebe e hae Someta 234 10 4 7 Tigger POSINON ace eke aaa a E a aA 234 10 1 8 Options Name 0 2 0 ee 235 10 1 9 Trace File Name amp Path 0 236 10 AONP OWED s s cacmavaie seat apace dod aot Sat Gog Baie dea Sees a sss 236 10 2 Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 Voyager Advisor T3 USBTracer Trainer and Mobile 237 10 2 1 Analyzer Speed nananana naaa 238 10 2 2 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides 238 1023 USB Om TNE GO na Jine a echt vee PRS ee 239 10 2 4 Generator related Parameters nnana naana aaan 239 10 2 5 Data Truncation Option a naaa aaa aaaea aaaea 239 10 3 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager 240 10 3 1 Very Slow Clock Usage 2 0 00 e eee 242 10 4 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 245 10 5 Recording Rules USB 2 0 0 0 0 0 2c eee eee 247 10 5 1 Recording Rules
289. opment The area consists of plated through holes 20 columns wide by 27 rows long The top row of holes connects to GND and the bottom row connects to 5 V The remaining holes are not connected Use the rework area to insert custom components and wire wrap their respective signal power and ground pins 2 17 3 PC Connection Use the LONGEST 6 foot 2 meter of the five USB cables provided to connect the host computer to the Analyzer box 46 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 2 General Description 2 18 Advisor T3 The LeCroy USB Advisor T3 USB 3 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop PC via USB 2 0 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables 2 18 1 Components The LeCroy Advisor T3 Analyzer package includes the following e One LeCroy USB Advisor T3 Analyzer e DC Power Adaptor e USB cables three e Installation CD ROM including documentation e Quick Start Guide e Carrying Case 2 18 2 Front Panel Ps Vai l le ai USB 2 0 3 0 gt Power Status Rec Trig 2 0 3 0 Figure 2 11 Advisor T3 Front Panel The front panel has th
290. or Device Emulation For Simple Filters you can Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN or Filter Out ITP For Simple Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers you can select Logical Idle SHP SDP SLC EPF END EDB COM SKP K Code For CRC Error Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers CRC32 CRC16 CRC5 LCW and or CRC5 LC For Framing Error Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers SLC SDP SHP EPF For Low Power States for Downstream and Upstream triggers U1 U2 and or U3 Note If you trigger on a CRC error type the traffic in the trace file at or near the trigger may display as IPS Inter packet symbols because the software might not detect proper framing symbols Consequently searches for CRC errors may not find the CRC trigger location To cause a trigger signal to appear on the External Trigger Out facility when the simple trigger s occur select the External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers checkbox For Clock Speed Selection select Gigabit as 5 0 2 5 or 1 25 Gbps For Voyager the Very Slow option allows you to customize the clocking frequency the Analyzer uses when capturing data You can select External or Internal see Very Slow Clock Usage section below For Termination RxDetect Voyager M3i USB connectors only you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports For Analyzer Ports if you select the Manual mode the Term butto
291. or Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Speed Low Speed Hi Speed and SuperSpeed connections are the same You only need to plug into the Exerciser ports because there is an internal Analyzer tap 12 1 1 Host Emulation For Host Emulation connect a cable from Device under Test to Exerciser A port Analyzer Exerciser a B a B Device under Test LeCroy Corporation 307 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 1 2 Device Emulation For Device Emulation connect a cable from Host under Test to Exerciser B port Analyzer Exerciser A B SO od Host under Test 308 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser 12 2 Transaction Engine The Transaction Engine allows Voyager hardware to automatically handle low level protocol elements for quicker response and higher data throughput Some Transaction Engine features are e Retry Upon RX NRDY TP Exerciser automatically waits for ERDY and then retries Header TP or ACK TP e Upon RX of Data burst packets Exerciser automatically sends ACK TP with proper SEQ number for all received packets e Upon RX of DP with out of order SEQ number Exerciser sends ACK TP with missing SEQ number and Retry bit set to 1 e Upon RX of DP with Host Error bit set Exerciser in Device Emulation mode automatically waits for ERDY and then retries packet e Upon RX of Stream Transf
292. or merging Save in 4 USE Tracer Bk gray ineusb SampleData_O usbi SampleD ata_1 usb SampleD ata _merged usb File name Sampled ata_OU usb Save as type use files usb Cancel Note The Merge Trace Files command can be run with or without a trace file open on the screen The merge process ignores the open file Step 2 Select the first trace file to be merged then click Save Note It does not matter which of the two trace files is first selected so long as both were recorded in the same session LeCroy Corporation 273 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 Select the second trace file to be merged then click Save Confirm your choices Step 4 Click Yes The two files are merged into the new file data_merged usb Note If you attempt to merge two files that were recorded in separate recording sessions the following error message appears USB Tracer 274 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 10 Recording Option Summary Tab Click the vertical triple greater than symbols on the right to display the Recording Options Summary tab Chapter 10 Recording Options Recording Options Yoyager i Rec Scope Buffer Size Multiseg Trace Keep VBus On i M3i vYBus Capture Options Name Trace Filename i i Capture Raw Data Misc USB 2 0 USB 2 0 Capture On The Go SRP Ch 0 Trace Speed Slow Clock ie GEN Memor
293. ording Type i Snapshot Manual Trigger T use 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple S12ME trace files Yous Power Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position Keep Bus power on after Generation Exerciser completes a W Capture M3i Power Measurements volkage and Current Mot used with snapshot lt Debug Support gt i Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 GB C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Recording Size Limits Pecord For ODapis 12 34 56 f Record 120000 ME Until Triggered plus ODapls 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg E eee are Save Save 45 Default Load Note Items not supported on your hardware are grayed out or not shown Step 4 Click OK to activate the recording options you selected Step 5 Turn onthe USB devices that are to be tested and cause them to generate USB traffic LeCroy Corporation 65 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 6 Click Record on the Tool Bar The system starts to record the USB traffic immediately After 4 MB of traffic are recorded the Analyzer uploads the data and displays the packets in the trace window Step 7 To terminate recording before the snapshot automatically completes click M on the
294. ormation about the Voyager M3 and the USB Protocol Suite See Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 345 LeCroy Corporation 75 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 76 4 2 1 Exports to CSV CSV files may be created as exports from the contents of 2 0 CATC Trace Packet and Transaction Views 3 0 CATC Trace Packet views and any Spreadsheet view The output is limited to 1 million rows 4 2 1 2 Export Packets to CSV When viewing 2 0 or 3 0 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or the CATC Trace Compressed view selecting Export gt Packets to CSV lt show Packets Transactions Spreadsheet item from the Export gt menu in a graphic gt exports the packets to a csv file in a pre configured format The first row of that csv file shows what each column represents 4 2 1 2 Export Transactions to CSV When viewing 2 0 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or the CATC Trace Compressed view selecting Export gt Transactions to CSV exports the 2 0 transactions to a csv file in a pre configured format The first row of that csv file shows what each column represents 4 2 1 2 Export Spreadsheet View to CSV When viewing 2 0 Packets in either the Black and White or Colored Spreadsheet Views Trace view selecting Export gt Spreadsheet to CSV exports the contents of the spreadsheet to a csv file in a pre configured format The columns match the columns as you have defined them in your
295. oth recording channels and Addresses and Endpoints To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hidden section of the Format section 150 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 3 USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Options By default no data packets transactions or bus conditions are hidden You can hide e Start of Frame packets e NAK ed transactions e Chirp Bus conditions e SEO Bus conditions e High Full or Low Speed packets e Channel 0 or Channel 1 packets You can allow any toggle value after bus reset Int and Bulk Endpoints Depending on the device after Bus Reset the endpoint toggle state might or might not be reset Selecting this option prevents display of a toggle violation error You can have 2 stage SOF hiding You can display all SOFs hide all SOFs or hide empty SOFs show only SOFs with endpoint traffic and hide empty frames Selecting this option allows you to hide empty SOFs with one click of the Hide SOF button or hide all SOFs with two clicks of the Hide SOF button Select the USB2 Packet Hiding tab then select the data types to hide General Color Format Hiding USB Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding E Allow any Toggle value after Bus Reset Hide Device Trattic Int and Bulk Endpoints Address Endpoint Direction iv 2 shage SOF Hiding F
296. otocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation 10 5 3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons Step 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split External Trigger In Step 2 Select an event such as Errors The event appears in the Available Events area Available Events Errors 0 am 251 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 10 5 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button There are two types of cell that might appear Sequence cell and State cell In the Main Display area they are labelled as follows e Sequence cell Drag an event here to add a new sequence e State cell Drag an event here to add another state If there currently are no events in the Main Display area a single sequence cel
297. oupling caps on the inputs and the trace impedance The SMA inputs use a 0 1 uf capacitor with a nominal trace impedance of 50 ohms This mandates the 350 kHz slow clock limit over the Voyager SMA inputs Some software based emulation environments require rates as low as 10 Hz For this application LeCroy offers a one time customization of the Voyager hardware platform by removing the 0 1 uf capacitor on the Voyager SMA inputs allowing the clock inputs to track externally supplied clock frequencies below 350 kHz Although removal of this capacitor will render the SMA input ports non compliant with 5 Gbps signaling the native USB 3 0 connectors will continue to operate within the USB 3 0 electrical specification LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 4 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 The Misc USB 3 0 tab presents options for setting Descrambling Termination RxDetect Polarity Inversion Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields Recording Options Advisor 3 i i General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Simple Filters M Filter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN Filter Out ITP Options W Truncate Data Fields For Descrambling Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Termination RxDetect you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports For Analyze
298. ous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 5J T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in SJ T1 1363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions refer to the environmental conditions stated in the specifications section of this Manual LeCroy Corporation 353 Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table USB Protocol Suite User Manual 354 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual How to Contact LeCroy How to Contact LeCroy Type of Service Contact Call for technical support US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Fax your questions Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 Write a letter LeCroy Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 psgsupport lecroy com Visit LeCroy s web site http www lecroy com Limited Hardware Warranty So long as you or your authorized representative you or your fully complete and return the registration card provided with the applicable hardware product or peripheral hardware products roy each a Product within fifteen days of the date of receipt from LeCroy or one of its authorized representatives LeCroy warrants that the Product will be free from defects in materials and workmanshi
299. ows all RPipes found in the trace file The displays shows the Otg Host HWA address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient Select an endpoint DWA RPipe Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options are the same as for Endpoints Select the type of decoding OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Repeat the previous steps for any additional RPipes you would like to map To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Click OK 169 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 8 3 General Options Commands are transferred on USB using special control transfers called USB Device Requests The Analyzer can decode Device Requests as they are defined in the USB specifications and various Device Class and Vendor specifications Each USB Device Request is sent using a Control Transfer Each Control Transfer starts with a SETUP transaction 8 3 1 Decoding USB Device Requests To decode a USB Device Request Step 1 Right click the Control Transfer field or the SETUP field of the USB Device Request to display the USB Device Request menu USB Device Request Decode Standard Request Poe Map Request Recipients to Class Vendor De
300. oy BusEngine Technology The BusEngine core uses Electrically Programmable Logic Device EPLD technology and incorporates both a real time recording engine and configurable building blocks that implement data state error detection triggering capture filtering external signal monitoring and event counting and sequencing Like the flash memory based firmware that controls its operation all BusEngine logic is fully field upgradeable using configuration files Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 2 Voyager M3 Analyzer The LeCroy Voyager M3 Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 development and testing It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events It can also generate USB traffic The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port Pe ye Y IY Analyzer gt A 5 In Out In Out 3 T Rx t a 5 gt Tx Rx r n gt 2 a In Out 2a B Clock Trigger Voyager M3 Exerciser USB B Re Status Figure 1 2 Voyager M3 Analyzer Exerciser System Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on PC requirements and supported operating systems 4 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If
301. p hold the mouse pointer over a keyword 317 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser USB Protocol Suite User Manual 12 7 Creating a Script using the Script Editor Before creating a script read the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual to become familiar with all parts of a script and their order learn about the commands and their parameters and see an example script To create a script do the following in the USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window Step 1 Click the New Generation Scenario button or select File gt New Generation Scenario to display a blank script Ezi LeCroy US6 3 0 Protocol Exerciser Script Scenario 2 a File Edit Build View Generation Window Help eH ihi igp a TEE j E Run gl gt 2 USE Analyzer poor E Ke aw Ag idrop Send LHHHHHHHHHRHHHHHRHRRHRRHR RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR E code 3 2i FILE INFORMATION drop SendFile 38 code 4 FILE drop TxSleep 5 DESCRIPTION code 6 REVISION HISTORY chu Set Link State aAA tett EAEE EE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EE code gi t drop Loop 5 INCLUDE FILES code 10 include Generation Include USBgeneration Ginc i drop Start Recording i 12 CONSTANTS a oop Beseraig i3 DATA PATTERNS 148 FRAME TEMPLATES tdrop a 15 GLOBAL VARIABLES code 3 16 GENERATION SETTINGS a E 17 SCRIPT CODE drop Call we Baa code 134 drop Packet Size an Place your ge
302. p 1 Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window Display Options E x General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USES Packet Hiding Level Hiding Foom Level Trace Viewing Level Trace View Mode Packet M Enable Tips z a Normal CATC Trace view IY Wrap IY Hierarchy Lines ioe oes Split Transaction Transfer HWA Segment HWA Transfer Tr pws Segment DWA Transfer PTRIMTP Transaction PTRIMTP Object Compressed CATC view Time Stamp Position Jat the end Expand Facket Data Expand Script Decodes Spreadsheet view Color IY Process USB3 LTSSM I Stacking view Spreadsheet view B W Iv Std Regs amp Descriptors Scripts Default BulkfInt Fer type to Bulk es f H Show USE Protocol Geo Plas T PTPIMTP Session scsi Operation Fonts WA Group Fields arial B i PTF Group Data Courier Mew B r Configuration Mame LeCroy default Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load Cancel pply ji Step 2 Check Transaction Step 3 Click OK LeCroy Corporation 109 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 30 View Decoded Transactions After you set Display Options the Trace View screen is re drawn to display decoded transactions in the colors and format you selected Time Transaction o DD Da Tp R bReguest w
303. p 5 Select one of the following options e Union Find all packets matching ANY of the specified events Q e intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events e Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified events Exclusion works with the other two options Select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the following fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields 8 Step 6 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin Step 7 Optionally check to Search in Hidden This option looks for the selected items even if you have currently hidden them Step 8 Optionally check to Find All This option opens a new Trace View window that contains ONLY the items for which you are searching Subsequent searches or actions cannot modify this window so it never contains any other packets Use this option only when you want to check how many packets a specific search criterion puts in the Main Trace View Step 9 Click OK After the search finishes the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Packet Selection works with Find 140 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 6 Searching Traces 6 7 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Hex asci Unicod
304. p for a period of 3 years 1 year for USBMobile T2 the Warranty Period You may also complete your registration form via the internet by visiting http www catc com support register The Warranty Period commences on the earlier of the date of delivery by LeCroy of a Product to a common carrier for shipment to you or to LeCroy s authorized representative from whom you purchase the Product What this Warranty Does Not Cover This warranty does not cover damage due to external causes including accident damage during shipment after delivery to a common carrier by LeCroy abuse misuse problems with electrical power including power surges and outages servicing not authorized by LeCroy usage or operation not in accordance with Product instructions failure to perform required preventive maintenance software related problems whether or not provided by LeCroy problems caused by use of accessories parts or components not supplied by LeCroy Products that have been modified or altered by someone other than LeCroy Products with missing or altered service tags or serial numbers and Products for which LeCroy has not received payment in full Coverage During Warranty Period During the Warranty Period LeCroy or its authorized representatives will repair or replace Products at LeCroy s sole discretion covered under this limited warranty that are returned directly to LeCroy s facility or through LeCroy s authorized representatives Le
305. pattern If the analyzer is used to record the exchange the loopback traffic should appear in both upstream and downstream directions with individual BERT ordered sets In the image below the Voyager initiates loopback testing on a host upstream port Uncheck the Hide Logical Idle Packets option on the toolbar or View menu Then use the Link Tracker to verify that the pattern is transmitted as shown below FA LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite data61989_O0000 usb JEF Fle Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help S P WELT eu auto Mode Reod m Pf PO h R e ule BRS YS Fie a l Time Stamp BR 17180605768 Idle Symbol Count Time Time Starr lt lt oF J ro q gt 17 Time Stamp 4 tea a e 2 E 17 180 605 864 ee aes Ba die Rete Aer 40 F Idle Symbol Count Time Time starr a w eB Ry ue S 668 000ns 17 180605 eae 34 Skip Sequence Count skip Data a gt e 3 A 7 gt Ba 2 SKP SKP SKP SKP e eo o a 2 W EA J idle Symbol Count Time Time Starr a 7 A i 26 2 92 000 ns 17 180 606 Po el ee a a Hg oF i cc Skip Sequence Count Skip Data SKP SKP SKP SKP fE n Link Tracker Fac e Ready SS ports Exer B USB3 Ex Term Search Fwd Device initiates loopback mode with SuperSpeed host The loopback sequence is transmitted for the def
306. peration Wire Adapter Group all and PTP Group all Trace View Mode Displays Normal CATC Trace View Compressed CATC View Spreadsheet View Color and Spreadsheet View B W Fonts Sets the font type and bold or italic style for Fields and Data Configuration Name You can name the current set of Display Options values for use with an opt file The options file can have a different name Restore Factory Presets Sets all Display Options values to the installed values 145 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 2 Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Display Options Harmat Packets Hevadecimal Time I WERE Other Speed Fkt Begin Erd Transaction Fields Split Trane Fields Transter Fields PTF Fields LPM Fields USB 2 0 Packets USB 3 0 Packets SCSI Fields m Binary Oy en 7 H zi E G E g G E g G E g G E g HE OOO OO UU Ho colors awalane hor selected tenm 146 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 7 Display Options 7 2 1 Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in th
307. ported in the field or test specific functionality To build generation script files you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor A script pre processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks For USB 3 0 applications test scenarios can contain multi stage traffic generation blocks that include Boolean expressions LOOP DO CASE and IF THEN logical branching The Voyager USB 2 0 Exerciser can transmit low full or high speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation It is backward compatible with existing USB Trainer traffic generation scripts For USB 2 0 applications the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode In Intelliframe mode the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet For example after issuing an IN the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish and then issues an ACK When NAKs are received the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet Voyager ReadyLink Emulation The LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3 0 link training and link flow control allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification The ReadyLink Emulation Mode help
308. print for the traffic generation file The example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions File C Documents and Settings Administrator Desktop enummeration High Hub Sample usb Packets 0 to 24328 Device Side Packets were filter out during Export WNAK ed transactions were filtered out during Export Saved from Channel 6 File type UPAS File version 2 File speed HIGH chirp here This needs to be added by hand since the Export function does not export it Frame auto idle TO_EOF idle TO_ EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO_EOF idle TO EOF This generation file causes the system to simulate a hub and to generate 24 320 packets see Section 11 9 Device Emulation on page 292 for details about the format of traffic generation files 283 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 3 Creating Traffic Generation Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor a good way to start is to edit an example generation file such as FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg HS_Hub_Sample utg or SampleDeviceEmulationThumbDriveFS utg in the directory C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 2 0 Trainer You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed 11 3 1 Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export Command The Export command offers an easy alternative method of creating a
309. pter 10 Recording Options 10 1 8 Options Name The Options Name is a descriptive label of the current Recording Options settings Options Names are associated with files that have a rec suffix The default option name is default Default preserves the current Recording Options settings The purpose of the Options Name box is to give you a place to preserve different Recording Options that you use on a recurrent basis For example if you use two or three different Recording Options configurations you can save these configurations and load them the next time they are needed Because Options Names are descriptive labels and not file names you can enter in any text you like into the box Your labels can be very descriptive such as Trigger on High Speed traffic when CRC errors occur To create a new Recording Options name Step 1 Enter a comment for the new file in the Options Name field Step 2 Click Save to display the Save As window Step 3 Specify a filename rec Step 4 Click Save To load a Recording Options name Step 1 Click Load to display the Open window Step 2 From the list of rec files select the one that represents your Options Name The options settings for that name then display 235 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 236 10 1 9 Trace File Name amp Path Trace File Name amp Path is the location for saving your trace file The default recording file n
310. ption USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 19 USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS 50 USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS components are e One LeCroy USBMobile T2 Analyzer or USBMobile HS Analyzer e One 1 meter A B cable standard A plug to mini B plug e One 1 meter A B cable mini A plug to mini B plug e One 15 centimeter On the Go OTG adaptor standard A receptacle to mini A plug e Installation CD e USBMobile T2 Quick Start Note All USBMobile T2 items also apply to USBMobile HS 2 19 1 Setup Insert the USBMobile T2 card or USBMobile HS card into a PCMCIA slot on your host computer Figure 2 14 USBMobile T2 Setup Note The USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS card does not fit into an ExpressCard slot To install components Step 1 Connect a host to one of the mini A B receptacles use an adaptor if necessary and connect your device to the other It does not matter which receptacle into which you plug Step 2 Insert the CD ROM Step 3 Click NEXT when you see the Add New Hardware Wizard window Step 4 Follow the on screen Plug and Play instructions Step 5 Click Finish when you see the message that says Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware requires and the file USBMobileT2 inf or USBMobileHS inf has been installed on your host PC Note USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS USB is not a hub device It connects to a USB branch by inserting a non intrusive high impedance tap Because poor sig
311. pts dialog 212 S save Display Options 153 recording options 271 trace files 236 Save as Default command 271 LeCroy Corporation Index script editing 313 Script Decoder files 159 Manual 159 Script Decoding language 159 Script Edit Window 313 Script Editor buttons 287 312 316 317 327 pop up menu 288 317 toolbar 287 tooltips 314 utility 286 window 286 script files 155 script list 213 Script toolbar 317 Scripts directory 155 SCSI commands 322 SCSI Operations 118 SCSI Bulk Protocol dec file 156 SEO Bus conditions 151 search complex 138 Direction 140 direction 142 Exclusion 140 feature 125 Intersection 140 menu 73 125 Origin 140 status 87 Union 140 select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario 327 Select License Key File dialog box 352 Select Range dialog 185 Sequence cells 252 sequences independent 262 restarting 255 sequencing 3 Serdes BusEngine Version 345 serial number 345 Session Request Protocol 132 sessions 118 set marker in trace 95 SET button 323 set End Quick Timing Marker command 98 Set Marker command 95 195 369 Index Set Range Near Packet xxx 201 Set Range to Whole Trace 201 setting generation options 292 settings Resume 292 Settings command 214 215 Settings dialog 215 SETUP field 170 transaction 170 setup 51 52 system 43 Setup menu 71 310 shortcuts 91 Show Description window command 214 show Downstream port link states 209 Show Grid c
312. pture Adjustable buffer size from 0 1 MB to 128 MB Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation and data toggle violation Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output that is used to interface to external test equipment Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 245 bytes LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Display Options e Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers e Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with Chief Inspector and Detective trace files e Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors e Set markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments e Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction e Search for a specific PID e Change bit order for all fields except Data Length Time and Packet MSB gt LSB or LSB
313. r e USB Tracer Trainer e Advisor e Mobile 10 1 2 Recording Type The Recording Type box presents three options that allow you to set how the Analyzer begins and ends a recording Recording type Snapshot Event Trigger The options are Snapshot Manual Trigger and Event Trigger Snapshot A Snapshot is a fixed length recording The size of this recording is set by the Buffer Size box Recording begins when ej is clicked and ends when either the selected buffer size is filled or the LJ button is pressed Manual Trigger Some LeCroy analyzer models include a manual trigger button on the front panel of the system The manual trigger option can be used when you elect to initiate the recording by pressing the manual trigger button Recording begins when you click ej on the Tool Bar Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size Recording ends when LJ is clicked on the Tool Bar or after post trigger memory has been filled following depression of the trigger button on the front panel Event Trigger Recording begins when you click ej on the Tool Bar Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size until an event is detected that meets the Trigger conditions specified in the Triggering Options and the defined amount of data has been recorded after the Trigger Event 231 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual
314. r LeCroy does not recommend using the Voyager clock Voyager clock input is AC coupled and has no requirement for common mode voltage For Host emulation connect Clock Out A to Clock In A You can use Clock Out B as the clock source for the DUT e For Device emulation connect Clock Out B to Clock In B You can use Clock Out A as the clock source for the DUT IMPORTANT If you switch from Very Slow Clock back to Gigabit data rates you must save the recording options and then power cycle the Voyager External Clock Input Specifications The external clock input is 3 3 volt LVPECL and operates on the USB 3 0 differential signals only not USB 2 0 signals Device setup should be AC coupled at the clock input with a 10 uF ceramic capacitor When enabled the external slow clock option affects both the SuperSpeed analyzer record and the exerciser transmit frequencies The clock source must be able to drive a 50 ohm load with a minimum peak to peak voltage swing of 200 mV Maximum peak to peak voltage swing should not exceed 1700 mV Note that these voltages are single ended as only one of the differential signals is connected via the coaxial cable When operating at 1 25 Gbps to 5 Gbps modes the data lines are directly connected to Rocket I O ports The very slow external clock mode will bypass the high speed Rocket I O logic and use a SERDES implemented in the FPGA fabric The low end of clock speed is limited by the value of the AC c
315. r 2 General Description USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 16 Advisor Specifications 2 16 1 Package Dimensions Connectors Weight 9 2 x 8 4 x 2 5 inches 23 4 x 21 3 x 6 4 cm AC power connection Trigger IN OUT input BNC Host connection USB type B Data connector Data In Out 9 pin DB 2 8 Ibs 1 2 kg 2 16 2 Power Requirements 90 to 254 V AC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum 2 16 3 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Range Operating Humidity Operating Altitude 2 16 4 Switches Power Manual Trigger Detach Device 2 16 5 LEDs O to 55 C 32 to 131 F 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F 10 to 90 non condensing Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters on off Forces trigger event Detaches the device from the classic speed connection Power PWR Illuminated when the Analyzer is powered on Recording REC Illuminated when the Analyzer is actively recording traffic data Triggered TRG Illuminated during power on testing and when the Analyzer has detected a valid trigger condition Uploading UPLD Illuminated when the Analyzer is uploading its recording memory to the host PC for display 2 16 6 Recording Memory Size 128 megabyte DRAM for traffic data capture timing state and other data 44 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 17 Advisor External Interface Breakout Board LeCroy Corporation Chapter 2 General Description The External Inter
316. r 6 Searching Traces Chapter 6 Searching Traces The Search feature provides several options for searching through recorded traffic allowing you to find specific packets based on triggering status packet number marking or content To view the Search options e Click Search in the Menu bar to display the Search drop down menu Search view Window Help 0 to Trigger Go to PacketiTransaction Transfer Ctrl 6 Go to Marker Ctrl 0 to USB2 0 0 to USB3 0 MM Eind hi Find Next F3 Search Direction Forward 6 1 Go to Trigger Note Go to Trigger is enabled only when a trigger has created the traffic file To display a Trigger Event e Select Go to Trigger under Search on the Menu Bar The Trace View is repositioned to the first packet following the Trigger event This packet is at the top of the screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Packet Selection works with Go to Trigger LeCroy Corporation 125 Chapter 6 Searching Traces USB Protocol Suite User Manual 6 2 Go to Packet Transaction Transfer To display a specific packet Step 1 From the menu bar select the command Search gt Go to Packet Transaction Transfer to display the Go to Packet Transaction Transfer window Go to Packet Transaction Transfer X Goto Packet E or Packet 0 Trigger Cancel Step 2 Select the desired viewing level packet transaction etc from the drop down menu next to
317. r Event the Status Bar adjusts accordingly to begin uploading the most recently recorded data The indicator fills with color in proportion to the specified size and actual rate at which the hardware is writing and reading the recording memory However the indicator is normalized to fill the space within the Status Bar LeCroy Corporation 85 Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 86 4 6 2 Recording Status During recording the current Recording Status is in a segment When you activate the Record function this segment flashes a message depending on the selected Recording Options such as Triggered or Uploading After recording stops e The flashing message changes to Uploading data x done x indicates the percentage completion of the data uploading process e The traffic data copies to disk overwriting any previous version of this file using the default file name data usb You can also create a file name by specifying one in the Recording Options dialog box To abort the upload process e Press Esc on the keyboard OR e Again click a in the Tool Bar You are asked if you want to keep or discard the partially uploaded data Note While uploading is in progress clicking the Stop button again opens a dialog that allows you to do a partial upload flush the current file Keep what has uploaded at this point or to continue uploading The Partial Upload button enables when you have partially uplo
318. r Manual 13 2 Software Updates 346 You can check for software updates manually or the application can automatically check for updates at startup Note To check for software updates and to download available updates you need an open internet connection 13 2 1 Manual Check for Software Updates In the application you can check for software updates Step 1 Select Help gt Check for Updates to display the Software Update window If no update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update HSE There are no new updates available For USB Protocol Suite A r Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at http Ua lecroy comtro LibrarysSorkiware PS If an update is available the window is LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update LSE An update is available for USB Protocol Suite F USB Protocol Suite v3 02 Check for updates at application start up The _ software downloads can fiai be found at Go to Download Page Now gt gt To install an available update click Go to Download Page Now to go to the LeCroy web site Follow the on screen instructions to download and install the software update To install available updates later click Later to close the window and return to the application Note If you select Later when you are later ready to install again select Help gt Check for Updates then download and install
319. r Ports if you select the Manual mode the Term button in the toolbar is enabled For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 80 LeCroy Corporation 245 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Note The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3 0 hosts and devices and present 3 0 terminations to them when they are plugged in However some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2 0 mode If either of these timing cases occurs click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect Reconnect cycle of the VBus If cycling does not work disable and then re enable the xHCI Host controller driver in the Windows 7 Device Manager of your PDK For Polarity Inversion Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Simple Filters you can Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN or Filter Out ITP Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data payload Packet to the length specified in the pull down selection Note Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers transfers SCSI etc 246 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 5 Recording Rules USB 2 0 Use the Recording Rules to set triggers and filters for USB 2 0 Recording Options
320. r Wire Adapter Data Transfer Out Enap 27 loxi Transfer Request CONTROL Field Length bits Offset bits Decoded Hex Value Description Length 5 0 24 Request Type 0x80 0x80 Transfer Type 0x80 REQUEST _TYPE_CONTROL RPipe 16 16 0 RPipe this transfer is targeted to Transfer ID 32 32 Host assigned ID for this transfer Transfer Length 32 64 p4 Amount of data following for an transfer 96 i 0x1 Last Segment Seg Num 97 0 Segment number RESERVED 7 104 0 Reserved should be set to zero xfer Dir 111 Control Transfer direction RESERVED 16 112 I Reserved should be set to zero Setup Data Field angi Decoded Hex Value Description bits bits DATA_BLOCK 64 128 8 bytes Ox68006000100004000 Data Block containing 6 bytes zi heSave As fa Find Frag Layout Previous Next r 8 3 7 Changing the Layout of Decode Requests In the View Fields windows the Decoding Information and the Descriptor information blocks following the Request Summary information have the following columns e Field such as bRequest wValue windex bLength bDescriptorType wTotalLength e Length in bits e Offset in bits e Decoded hex value typically equal to Hex Value e Hex Value hex value typically equal to Decoded e Description short description of field 173 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual To change the layout of decode requests display Step 1 Click La
321. r Wr or or aw aT a Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location Save Save Os Default Load ee W Switch to Advanced Made LeCroy Corporation 229 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for USBMobile T2 and USBMobile HS has the General Misc USB 2 0 and USB 2 0 Recording Rules tabs Recording Options USB Mobile HS T2 x General misc USB 2 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 1 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type i Snapshot Options E Beep When Trigger Occurs Manual Trigger Event Trigger Trigger Position Buffer Size 0 500 ME 1 1 1 I Options Mame Trace Filename amp Path Defaut Change Default Location lt Debug Support gt C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Switch to Basic Mode Mot used with snapshot ee W a Save Save Os Default Load 230 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options 10 1 General Recording Options The General Recording Options allow you to select or adjust the recording type the buffer size the amount of post trigger recording and the trace filename and path 10 1 1 Product You can select one of the following products e Voyage
322. r only For Ethernet connection after you open the USB Protocol Suite application confirm proper installation and Ethernet connection using the Analyzer Devices dialog and the About window LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 9 2 Analyzer Devices To show the available Analyzer Devices select Setup gt All Connected Devices to display the Analyzer Devices dialog Analyzer Devices About Voyager SWi61465 172 16 130 167 Locked by DIA4COBS PC Update Device Update License Eonnect Add Device IP Settings Select analyzer devices you want to participate in the recording Refresh Device ist z The dialog displays the Device Location and Status You can click e About to display device information see Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 345 e Update Device see Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine on page 350 e Update License see Updating the Software License on page 352 e Connect to display the Connection Properties dialog in which you can set the system to Automatically connect to the device Ask to connect to the device Take no action e Add Device to display the Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog in which you can enter an IP Address e IP Settings to use a DHCP or Static IP address To refresh the list of devices click Refresh Device List Before starting recording
323. ransfers between an OpenSession operation and a CloseSession operation For PTP all PTP Object Transfers and all PTP Transactions that occur from the OpenSession operation to the CloseSession operation is a single PTP Session The PTP Session trace viewing level is the highest PTP level To view PTP sessions switch to the PTP Session trace viewing level FTF e Click 4 on the toolbar OR e Select View gt PTP Session Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Session and then click OK 5 42 Switch to SCSI Operations 118 To view SCSI operations switch to SCSI Operations viewing level SCSI e Click cee on the toolbar OR e Select View gt SCSI Operation Level OR e Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check SCSI Operation and then click OK 5 42 1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are e Address e Number Of Transfers Total number of transfers that compose the SCSI operation e Response Time Time to transmit on the USB link from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation e Latency Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans mitted for the SCSI IO operation e Data To Status Time Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer e Payload Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI ope
324. ranslator with a special hierarchical view e Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display e Records flexible input signaling with the CATC Trace e Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with USB Tracer USBMobile Advisor Chief Inspector and Detective trace files e Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors e Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations e Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction e Searches for a specific PID e Detects and alerts the user to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations e Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measurement and analysis functions e Has search and packet hiding capabilities e Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding LeCroy Corporation 27 Chapter 1 Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual 1 7 USBMobile HS 28 The LeCroy USBMobile HS USB Hi Speed Analyzer is a portable PC Card based bus and protocol analyzer that accurately and efficiently debugs tests and verifies Low Full and Hi Speed USB semiconductors devices software and systems Figure 1 10 USBMobile HS USBMobile HS is the previous generation of PCMCIA USB Analyzer Its features are identical to USBMobile T2 with the exc
325. ration LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 43 Compressed CATC Trace View The Compressed CATC Trace view shows fields in the format Attribute Value whereas the normal CATC View shows the attribute name on top and the value below The Compressed CATC Trace view has almost all the information of the normal CATC View and behaves mostly the same way while displaying more information on each window To can compress the CATC Trace e Click on the toolbar OR e Select Trace Views gt Compressed CATC Trace LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb iol x Ez File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help ce a p HE TTT i auto Mode E Bar Rer X K al DS Unknown gt Polling RxEQ 230 000 ns Packet2 JR SS TSEQ Data Correct 32 symbol sequence TSEQ Count 2 TS 0 000 000 230 DS Polling RxEQ gt Polling Active e 368 000 ns TS 0 000 000 368 Time 60 000 ns TS 0 000 000 410 IS IPS Cnt 7 IPS Smbl COM D30 0 030 0 D30 0 COM D26 0 015 0 Time 114 000 ns TS 0 000 000 470 LGOOD_O SLC SLC SLC EPF D16 5 D23 7 DO2 0 D16 4 Time 1 016 ps TS 0 000 000 638 Packet 10 ss W LC LBAD SLC SLC SLC EPF D09 4 p00 4 09 4 Wf Time 26 000 ns Ue eee Packet 11 Packet 12 Packet 13 ss TS 0 000 001 732 Packet 14 SS ADDR 1 TS 0 000 001 782 Packet 15 SS NRDY 2 ADDR 1 TS 0 000 001 832
326. rding buffer size up to 4GB Trig Filt Limited Yes Triggering Filtering 2 Global events Trig Filt Limited Il Yes Triggering Filtering 1 Sequencer with 2 states 6 Global events Trig Filt Limited IIl Yes Triggering Filtering 2 Sequencers with 4 States 6 Global events Trig Filt Advanced Yes Triggering Filtering 2 Sequencers with 7 States 6 Global events External Trigger In Out Yes External Trigger In Out USB 3 0 CSV Import No Import USB 3 0 data from an Excel spreadsheet to LeCroy Trace File LeCroy Corporation 177 Chapter 9 Reports Real Time Bus Monitoring Exerciser USB 2 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Device Emulation Memory Size 64MB Automation API USB 3 0 Slow Clock USB 3 0 Slow Clock Divider UASP Decodes Compliance USB 3 0 SMA Input Output Host Interface Gigabit Ethernet Snapshot Only Application Layer View Low Layer View LTSSM View Spec View USB 2 0 RTS VSE Capture VBus Power Capture Self Power Class Decodes Vendor Decodes Bus Utilization View Timing Calc CSV Export App Layer Trig Filt Yes Yes Yes No 3 0 Real Time Statistics graphs USB 2 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Device Emulation Recording buffer size up to 64 MB Automation API USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured at Slow Clock rate less than 100 Mbps USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured at Slow Clock Divider rate 1 25 Gbps and 2 5 Gbps
327. rface Specification RNDIS Remote NDIS E0h 01h 03h Host Wire Adapter Wire Adapter Class EO0Oh 02h 01h Device Wire Adapter Wire Adapter Class EFh 02h 02h WireAdapter WA_DatalnEndpoint dec WireAdapter WA_DataOutEndpoint dec WireAdapter WA_NotifEndpoint dec WireAdapter WA_Requests dec WireAdapter WA_Radio_Requests dec WireAdapter WA_RadioNotifEndpoint dec Miscellaneous Device Class EFh Interface Association Descriptor Standard EFh 02h Oth SO no decoder method needed Wire Adapter Multifunction Wire Adapter Class EFh 02h 02h Peripheral programming interface Cable Based Association Framework CBAF Requests Association EFh 03h 01h Frameworks Standard StandardRequests dec IEEE IEEECompanies dec Virtual VirtualDATAIn dec Virtual VirtualDATAOut dec Virtual VirtualUARTIn dec Virtual VirtualUARTOut dec AssociationFrameworks WUSB_CableBasedAssociation dec IrDA Bridge IrDA Bridge FEh 02h 00h ATAPI ATAPI 08h 02h 50h IP IP HTTP HTTP Personal Healthcare Devices Personal OFh PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareRequest dec Healthcare PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDescriptors inc PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulkIn dec PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulkOut dec PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulk inc Content Security Devices Content Security ODh ContentSecurity ContentSecurityRequest dec ContentSecurity ContentSecurityDescriptors inc ContentSecurity ContentSecuritylnterrupt dec 158 LeCroy Corporation USB
328. riggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d transactions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 1 GB or 4 GB Idle filtering 3 0 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation Display Options Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display Uses a Trace Viewer that is backward compatible with USB Advisor
329. ring with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 512 MB Display Options Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display Records flexible input signaling with the CATC Trace Uses a Trace Viewer backward compatible with Advisor Chief Inspector and Detective trace files Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger packet colors Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction Searches for a spe
330. rnal clock input for Voyager M3 USB 3 0 analyzer and exerciser platform USB AC06 V01 A Below 350 kHz Voyager USB 3 0 Custom MMCX Slow Clock custom MMCX SMA port for ultra slow clock operation USB FE03 V01 X NA Voyager M3 USB 3 0 SMA probe kit includes eight 8 MMCX to SMA cables and license key for SMA differential input tap 242 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options erciser Ex B A J Analyzer mode but not Exerciser mode requires a clock to both the Clock A In connector and the Clock B In connector on the front panel The Clock A Out connector outputs the identical signal that was supplied to the Clock A In connector The Clock B Out connector outputs the identical signal that was supplied to the Clock B In connector You can use Clock A Out and Clock B Out to pass through the actual DUT onboard clock If the Host DUT connects to port A its Tx clock out port should connect to Clock A In Then the Clock A Out can connect to the Device DUT Rx clock in port On the opposite side the Device DUT Tx clock out port should connect to Clock B In Then Clock B Out can connect to the Host DUT Rx clock in port Note The Clock Out feature is only supported on Voyager M3i If Voyager is in Host Emulation mode connect the clock to the Clock A In connector The Exerciser uses this clock as its transmit clock and provides the identical output to the Clock A Out connector If Voy
331. rol 5 21 Hide Upstream Packets 3 0 Click the t button to Hide Upstream Packets 5 22 Hide LMP Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide LMP Packets 5 23 Hide Downstream Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide Downstream Packets 5 24 Hide Electrical Idles 3 0 Click the 4 to Hide Electrical Idles 5 29 Hide Skip Sequences 3 0 Click the Skip to Hide Skip Sequences 106 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 26 Hide LFPS Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide LFPS Packets 5 27 Display 2 Only Click the 2 button to display only USB 2 0 traffic OnLy 5 28 Display 3 Only Click the ER button to display only USB 3 0 traffic LeCroy Corporation 107 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 29 Switch to Transactions View 108 A Transaction is defined in the USB specification as the delivery of service to an endpoint This consists of a token packet an optional data packet and an optional handshake packet The specific packets that make up the transaction vary based upon the transaction type The program default display mode is Packet View Before you can view decoded transactions you must switch from Packet View to Transactions View To select Transactions View Step 1 Click TE on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Transactions Transaction H SETUP ADDR D Tp R bRequest wValue wihdex wlen wig
332. rrent packet The default value is ON Assign an integer from 1 to 40 to represent the sync field The integer is the number of zeros transmitted before the one For Low and Full Speed files the default value is 7 to give a sync of 00000001 For High Speed files the default value is 31 resulting in a sync of 00000000000000000000000000000001 Host Generation Only These four keys may be applied to individual packets to override the behavior in a given instance Normally they are used in the config_endpoint statement See their descriptions in the Endpoint Configuration section earlier These keys are populated into the utg script file automatically whenever the menu command File gt Export to utg file is run These keys do not need to be edited sipod sd_vend sd_bm_req_type sd_interface sd_host_id sd_class_ code sd_subclass sd_ protocol sd_end_ sd 306 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser The USB 3 0 Exerciser allows you to generate USB 3 0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions Note For traffic generation for USB 2 0 see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 277 12 1 Connecting to Voyager The connections differ f
333. rs and format you selected Control ADDR bRe quest wih alue windex Descriptors J cet 1 o SET_DESCRIFTOR CONFIGURATION type 00000 23 descriptors Transaction SETUP ADDR Eie mR bRe quest wh alue windex whLength J es 1 o o n s o cet_cescripror conricurATIoNtyps oxoona 174 o SETUP ADDF CRCS Pkt len Idle Time Stamp 00002 0675 1688 Data RC1iG FktLen Idle Time Stamp a osca 0 06 00 02 00 00 AB 00 osE B26 146 2233ns 00002 0675 1708 Time Time Starnp 7 167 ps 000z 06751738 re Wats Tire 64 bytes 7 600 us TH Data Time 0 64 bytes 7 500 ps Th eee Tire 143 bytes 9 733 us On ADDR T Data Time Control ADDR eT 8 beim est w alue winde Descriptors Time GET_DESCRHFPFTOR DEVICE type 00000 DEVICE descriptor 1 224 sec bRequest wih GET_DESCRIPTOR STRIMG type Index 1 Language ID Ox001B S624 When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transfers the components of each transfer are collected from the current recording and are grouped below each decoded transfer Each transfer row shows a transfer with a unique numeration a label and color coded decoding of important data Note If CRC errors are found in a DATAx 2 0 packet or a DP 3 0 packet the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction Transfer and so on levels above since it is assumed that the data will be re sent The data count will show as 0 Bytes 5 33 1 Expanded and Collapse
334. rt gt Packets to Text Generator File Format menu selection when viewing a Trace File There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software To load a generation file Step 1 Select File gt Open from the menu to display the Open dialog box Open I 2 x Look in E USBTracer e j c E Ee cypres_board usb Ets HS Enumeration Sample usb Els data 0 Sample usb BF Isoc_meraed_Sample usb Ets data 1 Sample usb EF SampleData_O usb El data merged Sample usb EF SampleData_1 Usb Ets FS Errors Sarnple usb EF SampleData_merged usb EG gray ine usb File name Files of type JUSBTracer Trace Files usb Cancel A Step 2 Select Generation Files utg from the drop down menu marked Files of Type to display a list of Traffic Generation files Step 3 Select a Traffic Generation file utg 289 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 4 Click Open The file opens LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SamplefFiles 2 HS Hub Sample utg im File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help SEP PH omenw CAB OLCSeuit ME eeee eee IER Q QE Sof Nak S e Bk Be Skip ISD 8 EC UMP Eidle UFPS pe AA i Chirp Frame CRCS High EOP idle Time Stamp FF FF FFFFFEJ 124 788 us O 000 000 000 Frame CRCS High EOP idle Time Stamp FF FF FF FFFEJ 124 788 us 0 000 125 000 Frame CR
335. s 9 9 Detail View The Detail View window shows packet details To obtain the Detail View window select Report gt Detail View or click the toolbar icon lt gt Skip S SISEBiitme SKF SKF S Drag fields to add column to x The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to Go to Previous or Next Expanding a data field displays the Data View 9 9 1 Detail View and Spreadsheet View To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View LeCroy Corporation 205 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 10 Spec View 3 0 The Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View select Report gt Spec View lt gt Bin Hee Update only on request ADDR Route String Type Rer r 0x02 000000 One Ox0 Data Len 5 Reserved ENDP Dir Eob F SegH 04001 F O One 00n 0x00 Reserved F Stream ID Ready E T The toolbar allows you to Save go to Previous or Next display Hexadecimal or Binary and Update only on request Update on click or Update on scroll H lt gt Pa Update only on request 206 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports 9 11 USB3 Link State Timing View The Link State Timing View graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state ITE Click M to display the USB3 Link State Timing View ace se OH es EE Compliance
336. s PTP Still Image Class Requests Video Class Requests and Wire Adapter Class Requests To decode a class request Step 1 From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Request to display the View Fields for Class Requests text box The following figure shows a Wire Adapter Class Requests decoding 10 x REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 25 07 00 22 00 00 1C 00 Direction Device to host Type Class Recipient RPipe bRequest SET_DESCRIPTOR wValue 0x2200 windex 0x0000 wLength 0x001C ad save as PA Find P gt Layout ww Previous Newt be cse 8 3 4 Decoding Vendor Requests To decode a vendor request e From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Request to display the View Fields for Vendor Requests text box An example of a vendor request is Command Set 8 3 5 Decoding Undefined USB WUSB Device Requests A Decoding Request may not belong to any of the defined decoding groups Standard Class or Vendor LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests 8 3 6 Decoding using Endpoint Information To decode using the endpoint information Step 1 Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the Bulk Int Transfer IN OUT transaction with data menu Step 2 Select Decode as Endp to open a View Fields for Endp text box The following figure shows a Wire Adapter Data Transfer Out Endp decoding 15 view Fields fo
337. s Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 6 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation 1 2 2 Voyager M3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions Supports the Link Power Management extension Uses field upgradeable
338. s a group of packets in one row to shorten display Apply Decoding Scripts Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu You can keep the settings across recordings See Decode Requests on page 155 WA Group HWA Segment Level displays Host Wire Adapter Segments HWA Transfer Level displays Host Wire Adapter Transfers DWA Segment Level displays Device Wire Adapter Segments DWA Transfer Level displays Device Wire Adapter Transfers PTP Group PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP Session Level displays PTP Sessions SCSI Operation Level Displays SCSI Operation Level Refresh Decoding Forces the software to re decode transactions and transfers Useful if you have applied a decoding mapping which helps fully decode a sequence of transfers as is the case with Mass Storage decoding 122 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 44 3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View In the Spreadsheet View double click a packet transaction or transfer or select a field and then select Report gt Detail View or click or on the toolbar to display the Detail View LeCroy USB
339. s and measurement and analysis functions display this timing information Time fields are time stamps idle times bit times or time deltas in either decimal or hexadecimal format You can add any number of markers to denote specific packets you can make further timing measurements from one marker to another or from marker to trigger An essential feature of time management is that idle traffic does not consume Analyzer memory Because of this unique technology the system can make accurate timing calculations while still preserving valuable recording memory for important bus traffic The oscillator has 2 5 ppm accuracy 1 1 3 CrossSync Control Panel Voyager Advisor T3 The LeCroy CrossSync control panel provides synchronization for complete end to end visibility into multi protocol systems CrossSync is LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchroni
340. s drop down menu The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are the same as for Request Recipients Step 6 Select a decoding group OR select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests LeCroy Corporation Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Click OK 8 2 6 Mapping Endpoint DWA RPipes to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint DWA RPipes decoding Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB WUSB Device Request menu Select Map Endpoint RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Click the Endpoint RPipes tab to display the Endpoint RPipes dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding l X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request DA APipes Endpoint Dw APipes Otg Host HWA RPipe Dir ClazsAendor Endpoint Decoding 0 64 2 EI 0 64 3 OUT Class vendor Endpoint Decoding Ha Decoding Keep Across Recordings x Cancel Apply Help 2 The RPipe field sh
341. s endpoints In the case of Endpoint 0 or any Control endpoints a single memory segment is created Each memory segment can be thought of as a queue of the commands and responses for a particular endpoint that occur in the generation file Commands are stored sequentially within each memory segment as they occur in the generation file For example if a generation file has a sequence of command X and Y for the Endpoint 1 the commands are extracted in this order and placed in the Endpoint 1 memory segment When the host calls for a particular device endpoint response the first command listed in that endpoint memory segment is then executed With each subsequent call to the same endpoint commands are executed sequentially down the list as they occur in the memory segments For example if three calls were made to Endpoint 0 IN then the first three commands in that endpoint s memory segment would then execute Note Each ofthe endpoint memory segments execute independently there are no behavioral interactions between the individual endpoints 293 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 10 Format of Traffic Generation Files 294 Whether you create a traffic generation from scratch or use the Export command there are a few rules about the format of the generation file that you should review These are presented in this section Traffic is generated from a text file named utg Within the text file e
342. s simplify development of USB 3 0 test scenarios By default ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages e Header Packet Acknowledgements L_GOOD_n e Buffer Credit L_CRD_ x e SKIPs at required intervals SKP e Link Synchronization e Responds to LFPS Polling LFPS e Responds to polling sequence Polling RxEQ e Responds to TS1 TS2 handshaking sequence e Responds to SS Inactive with RX Detect e Power Management Link Commands e Responds to LGO_Un with LAU e Responds to LAU with LMPA 10 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios such as e Header LBADs e Invalid link commands e 8B10B CRC Error e Running Disparity Error e Corrupt Link Commands e Corrupt Flow Control Wrong L_CRD_x Wrong L_GOOD_n Drop L_Good_n e Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgement Send LBAD LRTY e Corrupt Packet Framing SHP SDP END At the packet level you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors perform corner case or do stress testing Commands such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command allow link layer error injection anywhere within the script 1 2 5 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received Ping LFPS signals to be a minimum of 150 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized Voyager Analyzer can recognize Ping LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds an
343. signal degradation If you suspect signal integrity problems in capture situations you should first try using shorter and higher quality cables to see if this rectifies the problem 64 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 6 Your First USB Recording After installing and launching the software you can test the system by performing the following steps Step 1 Connect a USB cable to each of the two connectors on the Analyzer module then connect the other ends to the USB device under test and USB host system Note Whenever you do connect disconnect testing always plug unplug the B connector on the Analyzer to insure that the Host detects the event properly In some cases using the A port for this purpose can cause the Host to misinterpret the terminations Step 2 Select Setup gt Recording Options on the Menu Bar Step 3 Select the General tab to display a dialog box showing factory default settings such as Snapshot and 4 MB buffer size For the first recording you can leave these settings unchanged Under Recording Channels select 2 0 to record USB 2 0 traffic Recording Options oyager X General misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Channels Options Mame lv USB 2 0 Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Program Files Lecroy Installation data usb Rec
344. sts e Video 1 1 Class Requests e Video Class Requests e Wire Adapter Radio Control Request e Wire Adapter Class Requests e WUSB CBAF Requests 160 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 8 Decode Requests Step 5 Select a decoding group OR select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding Step 6 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients Step 7 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox Step 8 Click OK LeCroy Corporation 161 Chapter 8 Decode Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual 8 2 2 Mapping Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint decoding Step 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button on the Toolbar OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu Step 2 Select Map Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Step 3 Click the Endpoints tab to display the Endpoints dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Yendor Decoding X Request Recipients Endpoints Request RPipes Endpoint AFipes Request O44 APipes Endpoint OWA APipes OtaHast Addr Ende Dir Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding Wire Adapter Data Transfer In Endp Keep Actoss Recordings ox Cancel Apply Help 2 The Endpoint field Endp shows all Endpoints found in the trace
345. t However particularly in the case where bit_stuff off you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus By adding the statement raw_data_bits 11 only the first 11 bits of the defined bytes are sent For the following case raw_data 8F F0 raw_data_bits 13 the output bitstream would be 1111 0001 0000 1 Each byte is described in MSB to LSB format but is output on the wire in LSB to MSB format LeCroy Corporation 305 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code raw_data_bits bit stuff sync retry ping on_retry ping _on_nak retry _next_frame OFF ON integer 1 40 TRUE FALSE Keys for Class Decoding USB Protocol Suite User Manual Use to send a non modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data packet It is only valid in conjunction with the raw_data statement Normally every bit of the array defined in a raw_data xx yy type of statement would be sent However particularly in the case where bit_stuff off you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus By adding the statement raw_data_bits 11 only the first 11 bits of the defined bytes are sent For the following case raw_data 8F F0 raw_data_bits 13 the output bitstream would be 1111 0001 0000 1 Each byte is described in MSB to LSB format but is output on the wire in LSB to MSB format Assign the string OFF to disable bit stuffing within the cu
346. t I Enable Tips z a F Normal CATC Trace view W Wrap I Hierarchy Lines aay Split Transaction Transfer T Hwa Segment HWA Transfer owas Segment DWA Transfer PTRIMTP Transaction D PTRIMTP Object Compressed CATC View Time Stamp Position Jat the end Expand Packet Data Expand Script Decodes Spreadsheet View Color I Process USB3 LTSSM J Stacking view Spreadsheet View Biv Jw Std Regs amp Descriptors Scripts Default BulkjInt Fer type to Bulk Fs D Hs Show USB Protocol M20 30 PTPIMTP Session SCSI Operation Fonts Towa Group PTF Group Fields arial B r Data Courier New B r Configuration Mame Lecroy default Restore Factory Presets Seven Save 45 Default Load K Cancel Apply You can select General Color Format Hiding and Level Hiding display options The following sections describe these display options __ seven LeCroy Corporation 143 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 1 General Display Options You specify the main Trace View information types and settings using General Display Options see figure on previous page 144 Zoom Level Zooms out from 100 default to 10 or zooms in from 100 to 200 Enable Tips Pops up text when you position the cursor over a field Wrap Wraps lines of traffic information instead of truncating lines a
347. t Transactions Shlittrans iE Th Data 44 H ajiz O01 00 01 00 O00 O0 O8 You can also switch to Split Transactions View from the Menu Bar Step 1 Select Display Options under Setup You see the Display Options General window Step 2 Check Split Transaction 5 32 Switch to Transfer View A Transfer is defined in the USB specification as one or more transactions between a software client and its function USB transfers can be one of four kinds Control Interrupt Bulk and Isochronous The system can display all four types The default display mode is Packet View Before you can view decoded transfers you must switch from Packet View or Transaction View to Transfer View To select Transfer View Step 1 Click ER on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Transfers Note Selecting Transfer Level adds a check next to this menu item If you want to return to Packet View open the menu and reselect Transfer Level This action removes the check and returns the display to Packet View You can also switch to Transfer View from the Menu Bar Step 1 Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window Step 2 Check Transfer Step 3 Click OK 112 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 5 Reading a Trace 5 33 View Decoded Transfers LeCroy Corporation After you set Display Options the Trace View screen is re drawn to display decoded transfers in the colo
348. t may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your LeCroy product please visit www lecroy com recycle EE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS LeCroy Corporation Chapter 1 Chapter 2 OVGIVICW ash cent eke heeds oe eae se 1 1 1 Common Features 0 0 ccc eas 1 1 1 1 Graphical Bus Traffic Display 0 1 1 1 2 Accurate Time Measurement Voyager Advisor T3 2 1 1 3 CrossSync Control Panel Voyager Advisor T3 2 1 1 4 Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis 2 1 1 5 Real Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering 3 1 1 6 Advanced Event Counting and Sequencing 3 1 1 7 BusEngine Technology 00 0c eee eens 3 1 2 Voyager M3 Analyzer 0 0 0 ees 4 1 2 1 Voyager M3 General Description 6 1 2 2 Voyager M3 Features 0 0 eee 7 1 2 3 Hi Speed Slow Clock 0 000 cc eee ees 9 1 2 4 Traffic Generation 0 0 0 cc
349. t once a specified number of times or an infinite number of times using the Generation Repeat Mode window 2 0 only Repeat Mode File Information Displays information about the recording such as the number of packets and triggering setup See File Information on page 177 Error Summary Summarizes the errors throughout the recording Allows for fast navigation to packets with errors See Error Summary on page 179 White Calculations Calculates timing between two packets and bus utilization See Timing Calculations on page 180 ihn View Shows packet information See Detail View on page 205 Traffic Summary Summarizes the numbers and types of errors packets transactions split transactions and transfers that occurred in the open trace See Traffic Summary on page 184 Bus Utilization Displays graphs of packet length bus usage and bus usage by device See Bus Utilization on page 186 Link Tracker Opens a window for displaying a detailed chronological view of traffic The window provides view and navigation options See Link Tracker 3 0 on page 193 Navigator Allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace narrow the range of traffic on display and jump to any point in the trace See Using the Trace Navigator on page 198 oo View Displays details of selected packet See Detail View on page 205 a View Shows packet header information and other items
350. t the right edge of the display Hierarchy Lines Displays lines on the left side of Trace View showing the hierarchy from Packets to Transactions to Split Transactions to Transfers if you show higher level decodes Timestamp Position Aligns the Timestamp field At the beginning in a column on the left side of the Trace View At the end in a column on the left side of the Trace View or Merge with Packet Transaction Translation Selecting this option allows easier comparison with previous or following timestamps Expand Packet Data Displays packet data fields in expanded mode If this option is not selected packet data fields display in collapsed mode and you can expand them manually Expand Script Decodes Displays decoded transfer fields in expanded mode If this option is not selected decoded transfer fields display in collapsed mode and you can expand them manually Process USB3 LTSSM Enables the software processing needed for the LTSSM views Disable if you do not need link state information Stacking View Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display Stacking conserves space in the trace view by displaying repeating items or item groups as one item along with the number of repeats For USB 2 0 stacking items or item groups can be SOF Chirp merges J s and Ks into one stacked display unit or NAK ed split Transaction For USB 3 0 stacking items or item groups can be TSEQ TS1 with same Link Functiona
351. tain this copyright notice FCC Conformance Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user is required to correct the interference at his own expense The end user of this product should be aware that any changes or modifications made to this equipment without the approval of LeCroy could result in the product not meeting the Class A limits in which case the FCC could void the user s authority to operate the equipment EU Conformance Statement This equipment complies with the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and their associated amendments for Class A Information Technology Equipment It has been tested and found to comply with EN55022 1998 Class A EN61000 3 2 1998 EN61000 3 3 1995 and EN55024 1998 EN61000 4 2 1998 EN61000 4 3 1996 EN61000 4 4 1996 EN61000 4 5 1996 EN61000 4 6 1997 EN61000 4 11 1998 and EN60950 1999 In a domestic environment this produc
352. tandard t Frequently Used s Analysis Generator usbe usb3 Show View Level KSIKSIKSESESES Customize 4 5 1 Resetting the Toolbar From time to time such as following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar not to match their intended function To reset the toolbar Step 1 Select View gt Tool bars from the menu bar Step 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box Customize x Commands Toolbars Menu Options Categories Commands a Print Preview All Commands Print Setup El 83 LeCroy Corporation Chapter 4 Software Overview USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box Commands Toolbars Menu Options Toolbars Reset Iw Frequently Used Generator Reset All MenuB ar Iw Show Protocol New WlStandard wWIUSETraner Rename View Level Delete Show text labels Step 4 Click the Reset All button The toolbar resets to the factory defaults 84 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 4 Software Overview 4 6 Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the main display window j esri QuickTiming markers not set Advisor T3 SN 2 Triggered amp Spooling 39 MBytes gaps 0 Activity EE Hardware Buffer Ready Term A On B On E a Search Fwd Depending on the current activ
353. tart of Frames e NAK s NAK ed Transactions e Devices Packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint e Chirps Chirp K and Chirp J Bus conditions these are recorded only Hiding USB 3 Traffic Hides e Link Commands Flow Control e Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ e Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols Link Commands Other than Flow Control LMP Packets Electrical Idles LFPS Packets e LTSSM Transition Indicators View Layers Mode Display All Layers Application Layers or Lower USB Layers Stacking View Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display Apply Decoding Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options Scripts for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu You can keep the settings across recordings See Decode Requests on page 155 WA Group HWA Segment Level displays Host Wire Adapter Segments HWA Transfer Level displays Host Wire Adapter Transfers DWA Segment Level displays Device Wire Adapter Segments DWA Transfer Level displays Device Wire Adapter Transfers PTP Group PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP
354. te Pastes copied text Toggle Bookmark Moves back and forth between bookmarks scripts only Next Bookmark Goes to the next bookmark scripts only Previous Bookmark Goes to the previous bookmark scripts only a Clear All Bookmarks Removes all bookmarks scripts only Find Displays the Find dialog scripts only You can match case find whole word only and search up or down Replace Opens the Replace dialog to find text and replace it scripts only You can match case find whole word only and search up or down a Find Next Finds the next text entered in the Find dialog scripts only Goto Opens the Go To Line dialog in which you can enter a line number scripts only a Select All Select all text in the current file scripts only Generation Run Scenario Starts traffic generation i Stop Scenario Stops traffic generation Checks script for errors and displays trace LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser Menu Function SSS Build Pelee only ior Starts traffic generation scripts only Mew Main Toolbars Bl oaa display of the Main toolbar on or off Graphical Toolbar Switches display of the Graphical toolbar on or off graphics only a Decreases the size of the displayed elements graphics only Wraps displayed packets within the window graphics only Converts graphic scenario to text scenario graphics only Displays version a
355. ter Host to Analyzer Signal Settings e Host Name e Host Cable ID e Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Short medium and long time constant Current Off Minimum Moderate or Maximum e Pre Emphasis Settings Short and long time level 0 to 15 and short and long time decay 0 to 7 e Output Power Level Current or 213 mV to 1294 mV You can also Load the default settings or Load the last applied settings LeCroy Corporation 63 Chapter 3 Installation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Input Equalization Depending on the hardware version of your system there are two ways to control input equalization One method requires you to set three time constants or use the defaults The other method allows you to select either Hi or Low or use the default The method appropriate for your connected hardware is enabled For advanced users only You can change the values for the other hardware by checking Enable Both Eq modifications For example you might want to do this if you use the same file for both Advisor T3 and Voyager M3i 3 5 6 USB 3 0 Cabling and Signal Integrity The Analyzer requires two connector discontinuities In addition bus powered devices are susceptible to voltage drops on VBus To maintain the best possible signal integrity for all devices under test use high quality cabling and use the shortest possible cable lengths Do not stress the system by using long or low quality cabling that might result in
356. termine how trace recording occurs For Voyager the supported events for USB 2 0 are e Packet Identifier e Token Pattern e SOF Pattern e Device Request e Data Pattern e Bus Condition e Errors e Transaction e Data Length e Split e External Trigger In see Notes on External Trigger In below For Tracer Trainer the supported events for USB 2 0 are e Packet Identifier e Token Pattern e SOF Pattern e Device Request e Data Pattern e Bus Condition e Errors e External Input Signal UPAS 2500 see Notes on External Trigger In below Note External input triggers only work on Channel 0 on the USB Tracer Trainer e Transaction e Data Length e Split e Extern Data7 DataO In UPAS 2500 For Advisor the supported events for USB 2 0 are e Packet Identifier e Token Pattern e SOF Pattern e Device Request e Data Pattern e Bus Condition e Errors e Transaction e Data Length e Split 256 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options LeCroy Corporation For Mobile the supported events for USB 2 0 are Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split Notes on External Trigger In Input threshold value for Voyager and Advisor T3 is 0 8 V Input threshold values for USB Tracer Trainer are between 0 8 V and 2 V TTL Levels The minimum value of the external input signal which can be i
357. text box iew Fields for Standard Requests 0 REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 80 06 00 01 00 00 40 00 Direction Host to device Type Standard Recipient Device bRequest GET_DESCRIPTOR wValue DEVICE windex 0x0000 wLength 0x0040 Decoded GET_DESCRIPTOR DEVICE type DECODING INFORMATION i Length Offset Field bits bits bRequest 5 8 w alue 16 16 windex 16 32 DEVICE Descriptor i Length Offset dks bits bits bLength 5 0 bDescriptorType 8 8 bedUSB 16 16 bDeviceClass 8 32 bDeviceSubClass 8 40 bDeviceProtocol 8 48 b laxPacketSize0 8 56 id endor 16 64 idProduct 16 80 bedDevice 16 96 iManufacturer 8 112 iProduct 8 120 iSerialNumber 8 128 bNumConfigurations 5 136 Save ds Find Fad Layout 0x0000 Decoded 0x12 0x01 0x0200 OxEF 0x02 0x02 0x40 0x1461 0x0400 0x0100 0x01 0x02 0x00 0x01 Hex Value 0x06 0x0100 0x0000 Hex Value 0x12 0x01 0x0200 OxEF 0x02 0x02 0x40 0x1461 0x0400 0x0100 0x01 0x02 0x00 0x01 O x Description bRequest Hexal 0x0006 Type of Descriptor index info Description Descriptor size is 16 bytes DEVICE Descriptor Type Device compliant to the USB specificationversion 2 00 The devicebelongs to theMiscellaneous Device Class The devicebelongs to theCommon Class Subclass The device uses the Vire Adapter Multifunction Peripheral Protocol Maximum packet size forendpoint zero is 64 Vendor ID is 5217
358. the legend In the case of the Pre Post Trigger and Errors areas the action of show hide in the legend is identical to that provided by Trace Navigator pop up menus In the case of the Traffic Types pane there is no equivalent show hide available through the pop up menus 203 Chapter 9 Reports 204 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Using the Legend to Set the Priority of Information Display You can use the legend to set the priority of information displayed in the Pre Post Trigger Traffic Type panes This is a two step process Step 1 For a particular item in a pane click the column next to the checkbox for the item That labels the item as currently active Step 2 Next use the up down at the lower right of the area to move the item higher or lower in priority In the case of the Traffic Type pane priority determines display priority of each packet type For portions of the trace that are dominated by a particular packet type this setting no effect only the color corresponding to that packet type is displayed in that portion of the pane Suppose however that part of the trace includes equal or near equal numbers of several types of packets In that case you can use the legend to select which among those types is represented in that portion of the Traffic Types pane This allows you to view only packets of interest in crowded portions of the trace display LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Report
359. tion Message 352 line numbers 287 314 link command 136 Link Commands Flow Control 105 Link Commands other than Flow Control 106 Link Configuration Settings 325 Link Delay Settings 325 Link Power Management Settings 325 Link Tracker buttons 196 toolbar 193 Link Tracker window 193 docking 195 markers 195 reformat 194 Link Training Sequences 106 Link utilization 220 linking states 254 List Values option 288 317 365 LeCroy Corporation Index LMP Packets 106 LMP Subtype 136 Load command 153 235 271 log error 288 317 Logical Idle Packets 106 logical objects 117 looping 262 Low Speed indicator 34 LTSSM buttons 209 LTSSM View 209 LV TTL output and input signals 38 Main Display Area 193 247 Main Exerciser toolbar 312 Manual Trigger button 34 41 Manual Trigger recording 231 Manual Trigger switch 44 Map DWA RPipe to Class Vendor Decoding com mand 168 Map Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding command 162 markers 19 clearing 96 97 defining 95 editing 96 setting 95 195 Mass Storage dec file 156 Maximum Disk Usage 233 Media Transfer Protocol 117 memory 18 32 37 recording 44 requirements 234 menus graph areas 191 pull down 70 310 real time statistics 219 view settings 189 Merge Trace Files command 70 273 merging trace files 273 Micro Frames 18 Misc USB 2 0 tab recording options 237 Misc USB 3 0 tab recording options 240 245 MMCx plug connectors for interfacing 30 Mobile Direct Line Mode
360. to Basic Mode E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace Save Save Os Default Load Cancel 222 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 10 Recording Options In Basic Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Advisor T3 is Recording Options Advisor T3 x General misc USB 2 0 Misc USE 3 0 Product Voyager Advisor T3 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Recording Type Recording Channels Options Mame 0 Snapshot P i use 2 0 Default Manual Trigger Trace Filename amp Path Event Trigger USB 3 0 Change Default Location C Program Files LeCroy Installation data usb Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple 512MB trace Files f Conventional Single Buffer Recording Debug Support gt Buffer Size Trigger Position C Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space For each trace gt 16 000 MB Mot used with snapshot i Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage c GB Recording Size Limits f Record For ODapls 12 34 56 Record 120000 pap Until Triggered plus ODayls 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg Switch to Advanced Mode Save Save Os Default Load Cancel LeCroy Corporation 223 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual In Advance
361. to SCSI Operations 0 0 0 0 eee 118 5 42 1 SCOLMGINGS yan thw Canes dea ca ca bad wena E was 118 5 43 Compressed CATC Trace View 00 0002 eee 119 5 44 Spreadsheet View 2 0 0 0 ce ee 120 944 COUMANS s itera bbig avetadtbes bb dae woe Seared 121 Dee ROWS x ye Boul Selig Why wilt els welts OR Rog WRB We ela AE BO 121 5 44 3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View 123 5 45 Edit Comment 0 0 00 00 0c ee eee 124 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual LeCroy Corporation Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Searching Traces 0005 125 OTOOTO TNIE eataa ie ee ee Sue saed bk aie abd e ee ead a a Bee 125 6 2 Go to Packet Transaction Transfer 000005 126 6 3 GO TO Markerna babe ened oh to tues ee bee eae yes oes 126 GA GO 1OUSBZ 0 5 662 oe bd Seal oh otk be detach es 127 6 4 1 Packet IDs PIDS 0 0 0 cee eee 128 CF ZAIN YO Olea 4 eto A dh a dram ec atthe aa el eet See Gee he 128 OAS ONG nane 8 ohh iae Sead eit naire SAE Sane ied ee 129 6 4 4 Data Length 2 00 es 130 6 4 SAGO ENG reanna ctu ne ok Hann Ges alae PER Eee ER 130 6 4 6 Bus Conditions 0 0 0 0 ee 131 6 4 7 Split HubAddr amp Port 0 0 0 0 eee 131 0 4 8 ONNE GO eaa a bdo a hd dee Be a 132 OAS Channel 2 3 comew baa cee arane ERA eee EE 132 6 5 GO 10 USBS 04 rst uh hows bank Wiel eee Pee ey Ce Be 133 6 5 1 Packet Type 0 ees 133 6 522 SPC
362. to their defaults and enables columns to resize themselves automatically any time the application window is resized Normally columns automatically resize themselves if the application window is made larger or smaller However if you manually resize any columns in the Bus View window column widths become static Thereafter if you resize the application window the Bus View columns do not adjust automatically Reset Column Widths re enables the automatic resizing capability Reset Columns Order Return to default column sequence Docking and Undocking the Window You can undock the Link Tracker window by double clicking the blue title bar along the left side of the window Once undocked the window can be dragged anywhere in the application To redock double click again on the title bar Setting Markers Markers can be set on any event within the Link Tracker window To set a marker right click an event then select Set Marker from the pop up menu Once marked you can navigate to events with the Go to Marker command in the Search menu Markers set in the Link Tracker window display the packet number and DWORD number In contrast markers set in the Trace window just show the packet number Hiding Traffic You can hide Idles and other data from the Link Tracker window by clicking the Hide buttons on the toolbar LeCroy Corporation 195 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 7 2 Link Tracker Buttons The Link Track
363. tput windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list ve zE sample hie zE xampleS plitT ra S 2ExampleT ra hie 2Usb3_ Example Verification script T Run scripts Test USB Tracer WSE event sending capabilities Descripl This wir provide zE sample USB zZ Bus Condition CHIRP J duration TraceEvent 0096 Level USB Bus Condition CHIRP EF duration TraceEvent 0097 Level USB Zz Bus Condition CHIRP J duration TraceEvent 0098 Level USB Bus Condition CHIRP EF duration TraceEvent 0099 Level USB Bus Condition CHIRP J duration TraceEvent O100 Level USB Bus Condition CHIRP EF duration E3 Expand Log LeCroy Corporation O Channel Charnel 0 Charnel Channel 0 Charnel ns Event ns Event ns Event ns Event rie Event ns _USE2 BUS CONDITION _USB2Z BUS CONDITION _USE2 BUS CONDITION _USB2_ BUS CONDITION _USB2Z_BUS COMDITION ey Save Output ae Settings Done 213 Chapter 9 Reports USB Protocol Suite User Manual Step 3 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts i Run verification scriptis Edit script New script Show Grid Show Description windiow Show Output Settings Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit s
364. ts 144 Still Imaging Class dec file 156 Stop Recording command 272 stopping traffic generation 291 328 storage range 44 summary error 179 traffic 184 support 355 support keys 295 switches 32 36 44 synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View 209 Synchronize Trace View 196 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual system components 33 40 setup 43 system components 29 T tabs 313 file 288 Task commands 322 technical support 355 Telephone Control Model dec file 155 Termination RxDetect 240 245 Text Snippets window 315 text editing commands 313 Tile Horizontally option 189 Tile Vertically option 189 Time Stamp menu 99 timer 2 timestamp 99 Timestamp At The Beginning option 144 Timestamp field 144 timestamps 2 Timing Calculations report 180 Timing Calculator 180 To Frame field 329 toggle reset 151 Toggle Outlining option 314 toggle value 151 Tool tip Display 195 Toolbar 83 button descriptions 78 command 83 icons 78 Recording Rules 247 resetting 83 tab 84 Tools menu 176 Tooltip option 189 tooltips 82 105 144 287 288 314 317 trace first recording 65 67 reading 93 set marker in 95 shortcuts 91 view features 67 93 viewing level 145 Trace File Name amp Path button 236 LeCroy Corporation Index trace files edit comment 124 filename 236 merging 273 Trace Viewer 69 Trace Viewer mode 67 Trace Viewing Level option 145 traffic analyzing 175 display 1 generation 16 summary 184 Traf
365. u can hide NAKs that may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide NAKs button on the Tool Bar e Click X to hide all NAK packets This also hides 3 0 NRDY transactions if they are virtual equivalents of a 2 0 NAK situation 5 13 Hide Devices Click the button to open a menu for select any address endpoint combination to be hidden Click the Control CTRL key to select multiple values This menu can be moved from its default location and floated in the trace window for later use 5 14 Hide Chirps 2 0 Click the x button to hide any Chirped J or Chirped K packets recorded in a USB 2 0 Hi Speed trace 5 15 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 3 0 Click the FR button to Hide Link Commands Flow Control LeCroy Corporation 105 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 16 Hide ISO Time Stamp Packet 3 0 Click the 4 button to Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets 5 17 Hide Link Training Sequences 3 0 Click the IK button to Hide Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ 5 18 Hide Inter Packet Symbols 3 0 Click the aK button to Hide Inter Packet Symbols unexpected symbols that do not form a legal packet or ordered set 5 19 Hide Logical Idle Packets 3 0 Click the ae button to Hide Logical Idle Packets which only occur when Idle Filtering is Off 5 20 Hide Link Commands non Flow Control 3 0 Click the a button to Hide Link Commands other than Flow Cont
366. ual Hi Speed indicator 34 Hi Speed traffic 16 HNP 132 Host field 159 Host Negotiation Protocol 132 Host option 132 Host Wire Adapter dec file 158 Host Wire Adapter Segment View 115 Host Wire Adapter Transfer View 116 hosts Host Negotiation Protocol 132 with a B plug 132 with an A plug 132 hot keys 91 HS LED 34 Hub dec file 156 humidity 44 HUT dec file 156 HWA address field 166 Import command 70 Include statement 288 Include statements 313 independent sequences 262 indicators 36 UPAS 34 information priority 204 initialization 51 Initiator Settings button 324 Initiator Settings dialog 324 Insert instructions button 323 installation 51 detailed 33 40 installed unit 33 Installation CD 51 IntelliFrame button 290 mode 291 Intelliframe LED 34 Interface Association Descriptor dec file 158 Inter Packet Symbols 106 Intersection search 140 IP Address 57 IP settings 58 IP Setup 58 ISO Time Stamp Packets 106 Index K Keep Across Recordings checkbox 161 keyboard shortcuts 91 keys bus condition 303 class decoding 306 endpoint configuration 297 file control 295 packet fields 304 packet starting 301 Support 295 Keys for packet fields 306 L layout 174 Layout command 174 LED lights 41 LEDs 34 36 44 left module slot 34 Legend option 203 letter 355 LFPS Packets 107 LFPS Settings 325 license agreement 352 information 351 key 352 updating software 352 License Information window 351 License Protec
367. vice Information 324 Device IP Settings dialog 59 Device Management Model 155 Device Requests 170 Device Resumes option 292 Device Wire Adapter dec file 158 Device Wire Adapter Segment View 116 Device Wire Adapter Transfer View 116 devices hiding 105 DHCP 58 DHCP network 52 diagnostics 51 dimensions 44 Direct Line Control Model dec file 155 direction search 142 Direction field 162 display configuration name 145 format 67 graphs 220 options 9 15 24 windows 310 Display License Information 351 Display Options 19 Color Format Hiding tab 146 factory settings 145 General 144 level hiding 151 152 loading 153 saving 153 values 145 window 143 Divide By field 238 Downstream Packets 106 Downstream port link status 208 dragging buttons 252 DWA RPipes endpoints 169 E Edit as Text command 70 286 362 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Edit Comment command 70 124 Edit comment for trace file window 124 Edit Marker Comment command 96 window 95 Edit script command 214 editing comment 124 generation file 286 marker 96 97 99 script 313 electrical fuse 34 power switch 34 Electrical Idles 106 Electrically Programmable Logic Device 3 Electronically Programmable Logic Device 349 e mail 355 emulation 291 292 Enable Intellisense option 314 Enable Outlining command 287 Enable Outlining option 314 Enable Tips option 144 Endp field 162 endpoint configuration keys 297 decoding 162 Endpoint RPipes dialog box 167 169 tab
368. vironment external signals or other resources in search of a particular event and take a subsequent action such as triggering inclusive or exclusive filtering and counting In the user interface you can select configure and combine these resources to search for complex trigger conditions and selectively capture associated transactions The system can trigger on basic events such as specific bus conditions and packet identifiers PID It can also trigger on complex events such as trigger on the fifth occurrence of aSETUP Token device number nine or trigger ona SET INTERFACE request following a specified eight byte bulk data pattern match from this scanner and do not capture any start of frame SOF packets You can set the size of the recording memory specify the pre trigger to post trigger capture ratio and truncate large data packets up to 256 bytes 1 1 6 Advanced Event Counting and Sequencing The count and sequence options define rules for data recording sessions These options configure and control the order of events selected for triggering or filtering Using this feature you can specify a sequence of up to seven events that must occur before the Analyzer triggers and finishes capturing data allowing you to specify event types for recording Without this feature you may have to scroll through megabytes of recorded data to locate an occurrence of a sequence 1 1 7 BusEngine Technology The Analyzer uses LeCr
369. w to display the Expand Transaction menu 7 PEE a TF Bata l Transaction 1 0 bytes Transa Expand This Transaction T Data b Time Time 0AB 20 546 ms 20 546 ms bRequest wu a Te Wwindex wlength DEE EC E ie Gata Time a bytes oD W E T R bF equest w alue winade vuLength Time Step 2 Select Expand This Transaction Expand All Transactions Transae Time Time DAB 7 460 ps Collapse All Transactions Set marker 4 Transat Format 5 olor The screen displays the selected transaction in expanded format Note The Expand Collapse transaction feature operates as a toggle when one format is active the other appears as an option on the Expand Collapse drop down menu To collapse a transaction perform the same operation and select Collapse This Transaction Note that you can choose to expand or collapse e Only the selected Transaction OR e All Transactions It is not necessary to use the Expand Collapse Transactions menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transaction You can double click the Transaction number field to toggle back and forth between collapsed and expanded views 111 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 31 Switch to Split Transaction View To select Split Transaction View Step 1 Click the t button on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Spli
370. waiting either 1 10th of a frame or until after the next start of frame depending on the value set for retry_next_frame The retries continue until the expected_pid is received When a retry attempt finds its expected_pid the Exerciser automatically generates a new start of frame before continuing with the rest of the Gen File The start of frame is either an SOF packet or a keep alive signal If FALSE the Exerciser waits for a Pid before proceeding There is no timeout If a Pid is received which does not match the expected_pid the Exerciser continues to wait for the correct Pid to appear If the user stops the generation a message states that the generator was waiting patiently for the expected_pid and it never showed up The user must examine the problem by viewing the trace file This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example retry TRUE LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Key Code Format Description SSS retry_next_frame ping_on_retry LeCroy Corporation Host Generation Only Determines when a retry will be attempted after a failed match of an expected_pid This statement only applies if a retry TRUE statement also exists If TRUE the Exerciser waits until the current frame completes issues a start of frame and the
371. with or without the Analyzer When used without an Analyzer the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view analyze and print captured protocol traffic The software also allows you to view trace files created by the LeCroy USB Chief USB Advisor USB Detective USB Inspector and USB Tracer Trainer Opening a file created with any of those Analyzers displays a screen asking if you want to convert the old file to the new format under the name lt filename gt _convert usb When used with the Analyzer attached to the computer you can monitor and analyze the activity of your USB branch from USB ports on the Analyzer front 4 1 Starting the Program To start the USB Protocol Suite application Step 1 Select Start gt Programs gt LeCroy gt USB Protocol Suite gt USB Protocol Suite A LeCroy USB Protocol Suite C Program Files LeCroy USB Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Sim_packets usb i p oj x S File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help fX Jof Auto Mode Record E i af AU i Kis amp iat e dilh 45 lt gt aa E uae mal f ea Es TRA FR wA X PTA v sca KEK ER R Bic Bx BR ER Bk EK PR ER ERK bee OA SE BD Ronne Euse 3 o Exerciser Fe 2 Packets S LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp 0 1 S Ping 200ns 220 000ns O 000 000 010 TSEQ Data TSEQ Count Time Stamp J Correct 32 symbol sequence 0 000 000 230 Time Stamp O 000 000 368 S Time Time Stamp S
372. x hexadecimal Examples of date and time data formats are Hex uFrame Dec uFrame Date amp Time Time Bit Time seconds microseconds and nanoseconds An example of a text data format is ASCII You can alter some data formats To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Packet Fields in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as PID Types in the Group Group and Color aj USB 2 0 Packets Br Facket Fields 18 LSB to MSB 2 Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSB Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSB Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSB Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSE Hex LSB to MSB Select a format in the Format section The following formats are available for PID Types USB 2 0 Packets Packet Fields PID Types Format Bit Order MSE to LSE f LSB to MSE f Hexadecimal Decimal Binary Hiding aie perl Hidden If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB LeCroy Corporation 149 Chapter 7 Display Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 2 3 Hiding Display Options By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and any type of data You can hide transactions SOFs NAKs High Full or Low Speed packets traffic from one or b
373. y SE Misc USB 3 0 i USB 3 0 Capture T Max Disk Usage GE V Recording Size Limits ome e Record for E ord HMB E e Until Triggered plus e Until Triggered plus WE Voyager Snapshot No USB 2 0 Conventional Single Buffe 32 000 MBytes No OFF OFF Default C Program Files LeCroy I Disabled Enabled No Auto Detect No Disabled Disabled The Summary tab provides an easy to read summary of the currently selected options LeCroy Corporation 275 Chapter 10 Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 276 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 0 USB 2 0 Traffic Generation allows you to generate USB 2 0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions Note For traffic generation for USB 3 0 see Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser on page 307 11 1 Connecting to the Exerciser Generator LeCroy Corporation The following sections illustrate how to connect to the USB Tracer Trainer or to the Voyager For USB 2 you need to plug into the Exerciser ports and loop through the Analyzer ports 11 1 1 Connecting to USBTracer Trainer The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation
374. y and compact size e 64 MB of physical data recording memory LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview Recording Options e Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets e Triggering on new High Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA e CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames e Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event e Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions such as NAK d transactions e Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing e Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames e Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes e Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 64 MB Display Options e Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers e Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information e Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction t
375. yout to display the View Fields Dialog Layout dialog box Ba view WUSB xfer Fields Dialog Layout Columns to show Speci here which columns in view SOME dialog tables you would like to see A Field Check All Il Length bits Uncheck all M Offset bits Decoded Hes Value Description Show only fields specified for view in collapsed state Use these settings when View Fields dialog opens x Step 2 To display the available columns of data use the checkboxes for Length Offset Decoded Hex Value and Description You can Check All or Uncheck All Step 3 To show only the fields of Collapsed mode check Show only fields specified for view in collapsed mode Step 4 To retain settings for future viewing of Decode Request fields check Use these 174 settings when View Fields dialog opens LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 9 Reports Chapter 9 Reports The Report menu provides several reports to assist you in analyzing USB traffic recorded by the Analyzer Report Search View Window Help File Information le E Error Summary Timing Calculations Data view Traffic Summary dill Bus Utilization E Link Tracker z Mavigator Detail view Spec view r oo EA USB3 Link State Timing view USE LTSSM view Tiz Power Tracker aes Run verification scripts Cbrl ShiFk L 15 Reports assist you in analyzing traffic r
376. z 5 Gbps 1 25 GHz 2 5 Gbps and 625 MHz 1 25 Gbps over standard USB cables This fractional clock mode is also supported over the SMA coaxial inputs on the front of Voyager platforms that include the SMA option Two extra cost slow clock options can enable use of external clock sources to synchronize the frequency of the Voyager system at slower clock rates e The upper end of this external clocking supports rates from 12 5 MHz 25 Mbps to as low at 350 kHz 700 Kbps The Voyager slow clock kit USB AC01 V01 X see the table below provides this capability and includes SMA to MMCX cables for attaching the external clock source The external clock source is generated by the system ref clock on the DUT or by a dedicated clock generator e To achieve clock frequencies below 350 KHz requires minor customization of the Voyager hardware platform LeCroy offers customization option USB AC06 V01 X to remove capacitors on the SMA inputs only This allows users to configure input frequencies at rates lower than 800 Hz for both protocol traffic generation and analysis The table below outlines Voyager options for slow clock Model Number Clock Frequency cs USB TZP3 V02 X 2 50 GHz 5 00 Gbps Voyager M3i Voyager M3i Pro Analyzer Exerciser System 1 25 GHz 2 50 Gbps 625 MHz 1 25 Gbps USB AC01 V01 X 12 5 MHz to 350 kHz Voyager M3i USB 3 0 Slow Clock kit includes 4 MMCX to SMA adapter cables and software license to support exte
377. zed window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the LeCroy USB Protocol Suite application 1 1 4 Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis The system detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations The Analyzer BusEngine circuitry performs real time triggering on multiple error conditions such as PID bad bit stuffing bad header or data CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation and data toggle violation The Analyzer program highlights all hardware detected errors and further examines the trace file for additional protocol errors including wrong packet length data payload violation and packet termination not on a byte boundary 2 LeCroy Corporation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Chapter 1 Overview LeCroy Corporation 1 1 5 Real Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering The Analyzer can accurately identify and selectively record transactions of interest from the crowded stream of bus traffic The system uses more than a dozen configurable hardware building blocks that you can optimize to perform particular activities Such recording resources can independently await an initialization signal monitor its external en

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

LATEX Sophisticated professional typesetting for business and    Untitled - Sprint Support  Extron PowerCage 1600 Enclosure User Guide  IAN 102693 - Lidl Service Website  取扱説明書  Avaya CAT132 MX User's Manual  Get - Wiley Online Library  Demande d`enlèvement - Eco  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file